The LoadImage() provided by the shim does not consult MOK when loading
an image. So, simply signature verification fails when it should not.
This means we cannot use Linux EFI stub to start the kernel when the
shim is loaded. We have to fallback to legacy mode on x86 architectures.
This is not possible on other architectures due to lack of legacy mode.
This is workaround which should disappear when the shim provides
LoadImage() which looks up MOK during signature verification.
On the occasion align constants in include/grub/efi/sb.h.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
... because (surprisingly) it does not use specific EFI calling convention...
Fixes: 6a080b9cd (efi: Add calling convention annotation to all prototypes)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
acpi actually needs to access PCI, while pci-arbiter will not be making
use of ACPI, so we need to start acpi first.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
During configuration of SDL, variable enable_grub_emu_sdl is checked
whether to throw an error message. However, error could not happen
because two unequal strings were compared. Fix this by referencing
value of enable_grub_emu_sdl, not name.
Fixes: 17d6ac1a7 (emu: Add SDL2 support)
Signed-off-by: Michał Grzelak <mchl.grzlk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When referring to initrd16 the link for initrd16 should be used, not a link
for initrd. Also, correct the spelling of additionally and add a comma after
it to correct its grammatical usage.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Using grub_strncpy() instead of grub_snprintf() is less overhead and
indicates clearly that the dest should be the same string as the source.
Also fix indentation.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These are currently always the same as PRI*GRUB_UINT64_T, but they may
not be in the future.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Python bytecode files, which end in .pyc, may be generated by the build
system as needed and should not go into the git repository.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When creating at runtime a newc initrd via arguments to initrd with "newc:"
prefixes, only emit a directory path record once. The original code
intended to do that by bailing out of emitting the record when the record
to be created matches an existing record. However, this does not happen
because grub_memcmp() is improperly checked.
Generating duplicate newc directory records does not cause any problems
because the Linux unpacker will skip it once it sees the directory already
exists. This fix saves a little processing and makes the generated newc
cpio archive a little smaller.
Fixes: 92750e4c60 (Add ability to generate newc additions on runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
EFI status codes are of different classes depending on the first byte and
all error status codes defined in appendix D of the main spec start from
1 and have the high bit set. When printing as a uint, the decimal is a very
large number that needs have the high bit cleared get the spec error code.
This can be easily visually done by a human if the number is printed as hex.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Most of leftover code blindly assumes GRUB_RELOCATOR_FIRMWARE_REQUESTS_QUANT
divisibility by 8. So, enforce this at compile time.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
So all we did with the surface in SDL1 was split into window,
surface, renderer and texture. Instead of drawing into the
surface and then flipping, you build your pixels, then update
a texture and then copy the texture to the renderer.
Here we use an empty RGB surface to hold our pixels, which enables
us to keep most of the code the same. The SDL1 code has been adjusted
to refer to "surface" instead of "window" when trying to access the
properties of the surface.
This approaches the configuration by adding a new --enable-grub-emu-sdl2
argument. If set to yes, or auto detected, it disables SDL1 support
automatically.
This duplicates the sdl module block in Makefile.core.def which may
be something to be aware of, but we also don't want to build separate
module.
Fixes: https://bugs.debian.org/1038035
Signed-off-by: Julian Andres Klode <julian.klode@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These should be quite obvious and will make the SDL2 patch easier
to read then doing it inline there.
Signed-off-by: Julian Andres Klode <julian.klode@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently booting the system is prevented when call to EFI firmware
hash_log_extend_event() returns unknown error. Solve this by following
convention used in commit a4356538d (commands/tpm: Don't propagate
measurement failures to the verifiers layer).
Let the system to be bootable by default when unknown TPM error is
encountered. Check environment variable tpm_fail_fatal to fallback to
previous behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Michał Grzelak <mchl.grzlk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently bootstrap complains in the following way when
patching gnulib files:
patching file argp-help.c
Hunk #1 succeeded at 52 (offset 1 line).
Hunk #2 succeeded at 1548 (offset 115 lines).
patching file mbswidth.c
patching file mbswidth.h
Hunk #1 succeeded at 40 (offset -5 lines).
Let's fix it by amending line numbers in the patch.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
The commit bb4aa6e06 (efi: Drop all uses of efi_call_XX() wrappers) did
not add some __grub_efi_api attributes to the EFI calls. Lack of them
led to hangs on x86_64-efi target. So, let's add missing __grub_efi_api
attributes.
Fixes: bb4aa6e06 (efi: Drop all uses of efi_call_XX() wrappers)
Reported-by: Christian Hesse <list@eworm.de>
Reported-by: Robin Candau <antiz@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Robin Candau <antiz@archlinux.org>
Tested-by: Christian Hesse <list@eworm.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Move the constant from grub-core/osdep/linux/getroot.c to
include/grub/disk.h and then reuse it in place of the
hardcoded 1024 limit in diskfilter.
Fixes: 2a5e3c1f2 (disk/diskfilter: Don't make a RAID array with more than 1024 disks)
Cc: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Andres Klode <julian.klode@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A working GRUB cannot be built with upcoming binutils and GCC, because linker
relaxation was added [1] causing new unsupported relocations to appear in modules.
So we pass -mno-relax to GCC if it is supported, to disable relaxation and make
GRUB forward-compatible with new toolchains.
While similar code already exists for sparc64 in configure.ac, sparc64 sets
LDFLAGS while LoongArch requires CFLAGS to be set. If we only set LDFLAGS on
LoongArch, GCC will still generate relaxation relocations in the .o files, so
the sparc64 code cannot be reused.
[1] https://sourceware.org/git/?p=binutils-gdb.git;a=commit;h=56576f4a722b7398d35802ecf7d4185c27d6d69b
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Wu <wuxiaotian@loongson.cn>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to the relocation documentation, the following function names are
renamed to show their exact meaning:
- from grub_loongarch64_xxx64_hi12() to grub_loongarch64_abs64_hi12(),
- from grub_loongarch64_xxx64_hi12() to grub_loongarch64_abs64_lo20().
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Wu <wuxiaotian@loongson.cn>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use PRIxGRUB_INT64_T format specifier for grub_int64_t type
and drop redundant casts.
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Wu <wuxiaotian@loongson.cn>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to the ACPI specification, in ACPI 2.0 or later, an
ACPI-compatible OS must use the XSDT if present. So, we should
use xsdt_addr instead of rsdt_addr if xsdt_addr is valid.
Signed-off-by: Qiumiao Zhang <zhangqiumiao1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to the ACPI specification, in ACPI 2.0 or later, an
ACPI-compatible OS must use the XSDT if present. So, we should
use xsdt_addr instead of rsdt_addr if xsdt_addr is valid.
Signed-off-by: Qiumiao Zhang <zhangqiumiao1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Debugging GRUB can be tricky and require arcane knowledge. This will
help those unfamiliar with the process to get started debugging GRUB
with less effort.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While performing fuzz testing with XFS filesystem images with ASAN
enabled, several issues were found where the memory accesses are made
beyond the data that is allocated into the struct grub_xfs_data
structure's data field.
The existing structure didn't store the size of the memory allocated into
the buffer in the data field and had no way to check it. To resolve these
issues, the data size is stored to enable checks into the data buffer.
With these checks in place, the fuzzing corpus no longer cause any crashes.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marta Lewandowska <mlewando@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lidong Chen <lidong.chen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Ensure the generated unidata.c file is deterministic by sorting the
keys of the dict.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kanavin <alex@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The output in moddep.lst generated from syminfo.lst using genmoddep.awk
is not deterministic since the order of the dependencies on each line
can vary depending on how awk sorts the values in the array.
Be deterministic in the output by sorting the dependencies on each line.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kanavin <alex@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The output of the SOURCES lines in grub-core/Makefile.core.am, generated
from grub-core/Makefile.core.def with gentpl.py is not deterministic due to
missing sorting of the list used to generate it. Add such a sort.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kanavin <alex@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
EFI firmware determines where to load the GRUB EFI at runtime, and so the
addresses of debug symbols are not known ahead of time. There is a command
defined in the gdb_grub script which will load the debug symbols at the
appropriate addresses, if given the application load address for GRUB.
So add a command named "gdbinfo" to allow the user to print this GDB command
string with the application load address on-demand. For the outputted GDB
command to have any effect when entered into a GDB session, GDB should have
been started with the script as an argument to the -x option or sourced into
an active GDB session before running the outputted command.
Documentation for the gdbinfo command is also added.
Co-developed-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The EFI chainloader checks that a device path can be created for the $root
device before allowing chainloading to a given file. This is probably to
ensure that the given file can be accessed and loaded by the firmware.
However, since GRUB is loading the image itself, the firmware need not
be able to access the file location of the image. So remove this check.
Also, this fixes an issue where chainloading an image file on a location
that is accessible by the firmware, e.g. (hd0,1)/efi/boot.efi, would
fail when root is a location inaccessible by the firmware, e.g. memdisk.
Use GRUB_EFI_BYTES_TO_PAGES() instead of doing the calculation explicitly.
Add comment noting the section where the load options for the chainloaded
EFI application is constructed.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Extra arguments given to chainloader on EFI platforms will be sent to
the chainloaded application. Also, minor edit in the chainloading section
to note that chainloading can be a jump via the firmware and not
necessarily in real mode (which does not exist on some architectures).
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a new configuration drop-in file that loads the bli module and runs
the command if booting on the EFI platform.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a new module named bli. It implements a small but quite useful part
of the Boot Loader Interface [0]. This interface uses EFI variables for
communication between the boot loader and the operating system.
When loaded, this module sets two EFI variables under the vendor GUID
4a67b082-0a4c-41cf-b6c7-440b29bb8c4f:
- LoaderInfo: contains GRUB + <version number>.
This allows the running operating system to identify the boot loader
used during boot.
- LoaderDevicePartUUID: contains the partition UUID of the EFI System
Partition (ESP). This is used by systemd-gpt-auto-generator [1] to
find the root partitions (and others too), via partition type IDs [2].
This module is available on EFI platforms only. The bli module relies on
the part_gpt module which has to be loaded beforehand to make the GPT
partitions discoverable.
Update the documentation, add a new chapter "Modules" and describe the
bli module there.
[0] https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE/
[1] https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-gpt-auto-generator.html
[2] https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification/
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add checks for NULL pointers to grub_device_close() and
grub_disk_close() to make these functions more robust.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reword some section headings, remove "The List of" from titles. While
grammatically correct, this phrase can be omitted to increase
readability, especially in the table of contents.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a function that sets an EFI variable to a string value.
The string is converted from UTF-8 to UTF-16.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Create a new function for UTF-8 to UTF-16 conversion called
grub_utf8_to_utf16_alloc() in the grub-code/kern/misc.c and replace
charset conversion code used in some places in the EFI code. It is
modeled after the grub_utf8_to_ucs4_alloc() like functions in
include/grub/charset.h. It can't live in include/grub/charset.h,
because it needs to be reachable from the kern/efi code.
Add a check for integer overflow and remove redundant NUL-termination.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use the new printf format specifier %pG.
Fixes the text representation of GUIDs in the output of the lsefisystab
command (missing 4th dash).
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Extend the printf format specifier for pointers (%p) to accept a suffix
specifier G to print GUIDs: %pG can be used to print grub_guid structs.
This does not interfere with the -Wformat checking of gcc. Note that
the data type is not checked though (%p accepts void *).
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are 3 implementations of a GUID in GRUB. Replace them with
a common one, placed in types.h.
It uses the "packed" flavor of the GUID structs, the alignment attribute
is dropped, since it is not required.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a function to the EFI module that allows setting EFI variables
with specific attributes.
This is useful for marking variables as volatile, for example.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Steffen <osteffen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-core/kern/efi/mm.c, grub_efi_finish_boot_services() has an instance
where the memory for the variable finish_mmap_buf is freed, but on the next
iteration of a while loop, grub_efi_get_memory_map() uses finish_mmap_buf. To
prevent this, we can set finish_mmap_buf to NULL after the free.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The EFI spec mandates that the handle produced by the LoadImage boot
service has a LoadedImage protocol instance installed on it, but for
robustness, we should still deal with a NULL return value from the
helper routine that obtains this protocol pointer.
If this happens, don't try to start the image but unload it and return
an error.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Switch the x86 based EFI platform builds to the generic EFI loader,
which exposes the initrd via the LoadFile2 protocol instead of the
x86-specific setup header. This will launch the Linux kernel via its EFI
stub, which performs its own initialization in the EFI boot services
context before calling ExitBootServices() and performing the bare metal
Linux boot.
Given that only Linux kernel versions v5.8 and later support this initrd
loading method, the existing x86 loader is retained as a fallback, which
will also be used for Linux kernels built without the EFI stub. In this
case, GRUB calls ExitBootServices() before entering the Linux kernel,
and all EFI related information is provided to the kernel via struct
boot_params in the setup header, as before.
Note that this means that booting EFI stub kernels older than v5.8 is
not supported even when not using an initrd at all. Also, the EFI
handover protocol, which has no basis in the UEFI specification, is not
implemented.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The call wrappers are no longer needed now that GCC can generate
function calls using MS calling convention, so let's get rid of them.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Now that GCC can generate function calls using the correct calling
convention for us, we can stop using the efi_call_XX() wrappers, and
just dereference the function pointers directly.
This avoids the untyped variadic wrapper routines, which means better
type checking for the method calls.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
UEFI mandates MS calling convention on x86_64, which was not supported
on GCC when UEFI support was first introduced into GRUB. However, now we
can use the ms_abi function type attribute to annotate functions and
function pointers as adhering to the MS calling convention, and the
compiler will generate the correct instruction sequence for us.
So let's add the appropriate annotation to all the function prototypes.
This will allow us to drop the special call wrappers in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_efi_pxe_t struct definition has placeholders for the various
protocol method pointers, given that they are never called in the code,
and the prototypes have been omitted, and therefore do not comply with
the UEFI spec.
So let's convert them into void* pointers, so they cannot be called
inadvertently.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-core/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c, we need to make sure that the program
header offset is less than the file size along with the MULTIBOOT_SEARCH
constant. We can do so by setting the variable phlimit to the minimum value of
the two limits and check it each time we change program header index to insure
that the program header offset isn't outside of the limits.
Fixes: CID 314029
Fixes: CID 314038
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-core/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c, space is being allocated for the section
header region, but isn't verifying if the region is within the file's size.
Before calling grub_calloc(), we can add a conditional to check if the section
header region is smaller than the file size.
Fixes: CID 314029
Fixes: CID 314038
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-core/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c, the code is filling an area of memory
with grub_memset() but doesn't check if there is space in the allocated memory
before doing so. To make sure we aren't zeroing memory past the allocated memory
region, we need to check that the offset into the allocated memory region plus
the memory size of the program is smaller than the allocated memory size.
Fixes: CID 314029
Fixes: CID 314038
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The return value of grub_loongarch64_stack_pop() is unsigned, so -1 should
not be used in the first place. Replacing with 0 is enough to avoid the
UB in this edge case.
Technically though, proper error handling is needed throughout the
management of the reloc stack, so no unexpected behavior will happen
even in case of malformed object code input (right now, pushes become
no-ops when the stack is full, and garbage results if the stack does not
contain enough operands for an op). The refactor would touch some more
places so would be best done in a separate series.
Fixes: CID 407777
Fixes: CID 407778
Signed-off-by: WANG Xuerui <git@xen0n.name>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Loosely based on early_pci_serial_init() from Linux, allow GRUB to make
use of PCI serial devices.
Specifically, my Alderlake NUC exposes the Intel AMT SoL UART as a PCI
enumerated device but doesn't include it in the EFI tables.
Tested and confirmed working on a "Lenovo P360 Tiny" with Intel AMT
enabled. This specific machine has (from lspci -vv):
00:16.3 Serial controller: Intel Corporation Device 7aeb (rev 11) (prog-if 02 [16550])
DeviceName: Onboard - Other
Subsystem: Lenovo Device 330e
Control: I/O+ Mem+ BusMaster- SpecCycle- MemWINV- VGASnoop- ParErr- Stepping- SERR- FastB2B- DisINTx-
Status: Cap+ 66MHz+ UDF- FastB2B+ ParErr- DEVSEL=fast >TAbort- <TAbort- <MAbort- >SERR- <PERR- INTx-
Interrupt: pin D routed to IRQ 19
Region 0: I/O ports at 40a0 [size=8]
Region 1: Memory at b4224000 (32-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=4K]
Capabilities: [40] MSI: Enable- Count=1/1 Maskable- 64bit+
Address: 0000000000000000 Data: 0000
Capabilities: [50] Power Management version 3
Flags: PMEClk- DSI+ D1- D2- AuxCurrent=0mA PME(D0-,D1-,D2-,D3hot-,D3cold-)
Status: D0 NoSoftRst+ PME-Enable- DSel=0 DScale=0 PME-
Kernel driver in use: serial
From which the following config (/etc/default/grub) gets a working
serial setup:
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="console=tty0 earlyprintk=pciserial,00:16.3,115200 console=ttyS0,115200"
GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND="serial --port=0x40a0 --speed=115200"
GRUB_TERMINAL="serial console"
Documentation is added to note that serial devices found on the PCI bus will
be exposed as "pci,XX:XX.X" and how to find serial terminal logical names.
Also, some minor documentation improvements were added.
This can be tested in QEMU by adding a pci-serial device, e.g. using the option
"-device pci-serial".
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Tested-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On some systems /usr/share/dict/american-english can be larger than the
available space on the filesystem being tested (e.g. vfat12a). This
causes a failure of the filesystem test and is not a real test failure.
Instead, use dd to copy at most 1 MiB of data to the filesystem, which is
enough for our purposes and will not fill any of the tested filesystems.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The menu entry commands now have their own section. Change the wording in
the section that they were in to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On failure to allocate from grub_relocator_firmware_alloc_region() in
malloc_in_range() the function would stop enforcing the alignment, and
the following was returned:
lib/relocator.c:431: trying to allocate in 0x200000-0xffbf9fff aligned 0x200000 size 0x406000
lib/relocator.c:1197: allocated: 0x74de2000+0x406000
lib/relocator.c:1407: allocated 0x74de2000/0x74de2000
Fix this by making sure that target always contains a suitably aligned
address. After the change the return from the function is:
lib/relocator.c:431: trying to allocate in 0x200000-0xffb87fff aligned 0x200000 size 0x478000
lib/relocator.c:1204: allocated: 0x74c00000+0x478000
lib/relocator.c:1414: allocated 0x74c00000/0x74c00000
Fixes: 3a5768645c (First version of allocation from firmware)
Signed-off-by: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The access_size is part of a union, so doesn't technically exist for
a PIO port (i.e., not MMIO), but we set it anyways.
This doesn't cause a bug today because the other leg of the union
doesn't have anything overlapping with it now, but it's bad, I will
punish myself for writing it that way :-) In the meantime, fix this
and actually name the struct inside the union for clarity of intent
and to avoid such issue in the future.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit f23bc6510 (Transform -C option to grub-mkstandalone to
--core-compress available in all grub-install flavours.) declared
a new long option for specifying the compression method to use for
the core image.
However, the option key has not been replaced in the parser function,
it still expects the old one formerly used by grub-mkstandalone.
Because of this the option is not recognized by any of the utils for
which it is listed as supported.
Signed-off-by: Ákos Nagy <nagyakos@outlook.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When an invalid node size is detected in grub_hfsplus_mount(), data
pointer is freed. Thus, file->data is not set. The code should also
set the grub_errno when that happens to indicate an error and to avoid
accessing the uninitialized file->data in grub_file_close().
Signed-off-by: Lidong Chen <lidong.chen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The exfat-utils package is an older package complementing exfat-fuse, and
was the only exfat tools for a long time. The exfat filesystem testing code
was written with these tools in mind. A newer project exfatprogs appears to
be of better quality and functionality and was written to complement the
somewhat new exfat kernel module. Ideally we should be using the newer
exfatprogs. However, the command line interface for mkfs.exfat is different
between the two. So we can't use the exfatprogs tools until the test scripts
have been updated to account for this. Recommend installing exfat-utils
instead of exfatprogs for now.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When trying to resolve DNS names into IP addresses, the DNS code fails
from time to time with the following error:
-------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< --------
error: ../../grub-core/net/dns.c:688:no DNS record found.
-------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< --------
This happens when both IPv4 and IPv6 queries are performed against the
DNS server (e.g. 8.8.8.8) but there is no IP returned for IPv6 query, as
shown below:
-------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< --------
grub> net_del_dns 192.168.122.1
grub> net_add_dns 8.8.8.8
grub> net_nslookup ipv4.test-ipv6.com
error: ../../grub-core/net/dns.c:688:no DNS record found.
grub> net_nslookup ipv4.test-ipv6.com
216.218.228.115
-------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< --------
The root cause is the code exiting prematurely when the data->addresses
buffer has been allocated in recv_hook(), even if there was no address
returned last time recv_hook() executed.
Signed-off-by: Renaud Métrich <rmetrich@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When deleting the DNS server, we get the following error message:
-------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< --------
grub> net_del_dns 192.168.122.1
error: ../../grub-core/net/dns.c:646:no DNS reply received.
-------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< ---------------- 8< --------
This happens because the implementation is broken, it does a "add"
internally instead of a "delete".
Signed-off-by: Renaud Métrich <rmetrich@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
I ran the test suite on a 3A5000 desktop, a LoongArch architecture machine,
using Archlinux for LoongArch distro, see https://github.com/loongarchlinux.
Some software versions are:
* linux 6.3.0-rc4
* gcc 13.0.1 20230312
* binutils 2.40
* qemu 7.2.0
The test results of running "make check" with qemu 7.2 are as follows:
=================================
GRUB 2.11: ./test-suite.log
=================================
# TOTAL: 85
# PASS: 73
# SKIP: 8
# XFAIL: 0
# FAIL: 2
# XPASS: 0
# ERROR: 2
.. contents:: :depth: 2
ERROR: f2fs_test
================
mount: /tmp/grub-fs-tester.20230418175640563815408.f2fs.UDs/f2fs_rw: unknown filesystem type 'f2fs'.
dmesg(1) may have more information after failed mount system call.
MOUNT FAILED.
ERROR f2fs_test (exit status: 99)
FAIL: hfs_test
==============
recode: Request `utf8..macroman' is erroneous
mkfs.hfs: name required with -v option
FAIL hfs_test (exit status: 1)
ERROR: zfs_test
===============
zpool not installed; cannot test zfs.
ERROR zfs_test (exit status: 99)
SKIP: pata_test
===============
SKIP pata_test (exit status: 77)
SKIP: ahci_test
===============
SKIP ahci_test (exit status: 77)
SKIP: uhci_test
===============
SKIP uhci_test (exit status: 77)
SKIP: ohci_test
===============
SKIP ohci_test (exit status: 77)
SKIP: ehci_test
===============
SKIP ehci_test (exit status: 77)
SKIP: fddboot_test
==================
SKIP fddboot_test (exit status: 77)
SKIP: netboot_test
==================
SKIP netboot_test (exit status: 77)
SKIP: pseries_test
==================
SKIP pseries_test (exit status: 77)
FAIL: grub_func_test
====================
WARNING: Image format was not specified for '/tmp/grub-shell.HeTAD8Ty3U/grub.iso' and probing guessed raw.
Automatically detecting the format is dangerous for raw images, write operations on block 0 will be restricted.
Specify the 'raw' format explicitly to remove the restrictions.
Functional test failure: shift_test:
...
gfxterm_menu_640x480xi16:3 failed: 0xce34981e vs 0xd9f04953
tests/video_checksum.c:checksum:615: assert failed: 0 Checksum
gfxterm_menu_640x480xi16:2 failed: 0xa8fb749d vs 0xbf3fa5d0
tests/video_checksum.c:checksum:615: assert failed: 0 Checksum
gfxterm_menu_640x480xi16:1 failed: 0xce34981e vs 0xd9f04953
gfxterm_menu: FAIL
...
videotest_checksum:
videotest_checksum: PASS
exfctest:
exfctest: PASS
TEST FAILURE
FAIL grub_func_test (exit status: 1)
We got 2 errors:
* f2fs_test
The kernel uses 16k pages, causing failures when loading the f2fs kernel module,
see https://github.com/torvalds/linux/blob/master/fs/f2fs/super.c#L4670
This error can be ignored.
* zfs_test
zfs does not support the LoongArch architecture and is not compatible with the
6.3 kernel.
This error can be ignored.
We got 2 failures:
* hfs_test
I use recode 3.7.14-1 on Archlinux, running `recode -l` gives no output `MacRoman`,
so we get this error.
On Linux systems that support LoongArch, there is currently no need to use HFS,
so this failure can be ignored.
* grub_func_test
I don't know the reason for this failure. I guess it may be related to qemu's edk2.
In the previous review, I was told that the failure here is the expected behavior.
So, we can ignore this failure.
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Wu <wuxiaotian@loongson.cn>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds LoongArch to the GRUB build system and various tools,
so GRUB can be built on LoongArch as a UEFI application.
Signed-off-by: Zhou Yang <zhouyang@loongson.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Wu <wuxiaotian@loongson.cn>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds support of the stack-based LoongArch relocations
throughout GRUB, including tools, dynamic linkage, and support for
conversion of ELF relocations into PE ones. A stack machine is required
to handle these per the spec [1] (see the R_LARCH_SOP types), of which
a simple implementation is included.
These relocations are produced by binutils 2.38 and 2.39, while the newer
v2.00 relocs require more recent toolchain (binutils 2.40+ & gcc 13+, or
LLVM 16+). GCC 13 has not been officially released as of early 2023, so
support for v1.00 relocs are expected to stay relevant for a while.
[1] https://loongson.github.io/LoongArch-Documentation/LoongArch-ELF-ABI-EN.html#_relocations
Signed-off-by: Zhou Yang <zhouyang@loongson.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Wu <wuxiaotian@loongson.cn>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On entry, we need to save the system table pointer as well as our image
handle. Add an early startup file that saves them and then brings us
into our main function.
Signed-off-by: Zhou Yang <zhouyang@loongson.cn>
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Wu <wuxiaotian@loongson.cn>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
GRUB since 93a786a00 (kern/efi/sb: Enforce verification of font files)
has enforced verification of font files in secure boot mode. In order to
continue to be able to load some default fonts, vendors may bundle them
with their signed EFI image by adding them to the built-in memdisk.
This change makes the font loader try loading fonts from the memdisk
before the prefix path when attempting to load a font file by specifying
its filename, which avoids having to make changes to GRUB configurations
in order to accommodate memdisk bundled fonts. It expects the directory
structure to be the same as fonts stored in the prefix path,
i.e. /fonts/<name>.pf2.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Tested-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Allow specifying port numbers for http and tftp paths and allow IPv6
addresses to be recognized with brackets around them, which is required
to specify a port number.
Co-authored-by: Aaron Miller <aaronmiller@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Miller <aaronmiller@fb.com>
Co-authored-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The notation introduced in ac8a37dda (net/http: Allow use of non-standard
TCP/IP ports) contradicts that used in downstream distributions including
Fedora, RHEL, Debian, Ubuntu, and others. Revert it and apply the downstream
notation which was originally proposed to the GRUB in 2016.
This reverts commit ac8a37dda (net/http: Allow use of non-standard TCP/IP ports).
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In filesystem timestamp test, a check is done to verify that the timestamp
for a file as reported in Linux by the filesystem is within a few seconds
of the timestamp as reported by GRUB. This is done by grepping the output
of GRUB's ls command for the timestamp as reported by the filesystem in
Linux and for each of 3 seconds past that timestamp. All of these checks
except one redirect the output of grep to /dev/null. Fix this exception
to behave as the other checks.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The transform_sector() function is not very clear in what it's doing
and confusing. The GRUB already has a function which is doing the same
thing in a very self explanatory way, i.e., grub_disk_to_native_sector().
So, it's much better to use self explanatory one than transform_sector().
Signed-off-by: Mukesh Kumar Chaurasiya <mchauras@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The ISO filesystem image iso9660_early_ce.iso exposes the unusual
situation that the Rock Ridge name entry of its only file is located
after a CE entry which points to the next continuation area.
The correct behavior is to read the Rock Ridge name and to only then
load the next continuation area. If GRUB performs this correctly, then
the name "RockRidgeName:x" will be read and reported by grub-fstest.
If GRUB wrongly performs the CE hop immediately when encountering the CE
entry, then the dull ISO 9660 name "rockridg" will not be overridden and
be put out by grub-fstest.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Tested-by: Lidong Chen <lidong.chen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The SUSP specs demand that the reading of the next SUSP area which is
depicted by a CE entry shall be delayed until reading of the current
SUSP area is completed. Up to now GRUB immediately ends reading of the
current area and loads the new one. So, buffer the parameters of a found
CE entry and perform checks and reading of new data only after the
reader loop has ended.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Tested-by: Lidong Chen <lidong.chen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch enables multiple options in Vec5 which are required and
solves the boot issues seen on some machines which are looking for
these specific options.
1. LPAR: Client program supports logical partitioning and
associated hcall()s.
2. SPLPAR: Client program supports the Shared
Processor LPAR Option.
3. DYN_RCON_MEM: Client program supports the
“ibm,dynamic-reconfiguration-memory” property and it may be
presented in the device tree.
4. LARGE_PAGES: Client supports pages larger than 4 KB.
5. DONATE_DCPU_CLS: Client supports donating dedicated processor cycles.
6. PCI_EXP: Client supports PCI Express implementations
utilizing Message Signaled Interrupts (MSIs).
7. CMOC: Enables the Cooperative Memory Over-commitment Option.
8. EXT_CMO: Enables the Extended Cooperative Memory Over-commit Option.
9. ASSOC_REF: Enables “ibm,associativity” and
“ibm,associativity-reference-points” properties.
10. AFFINITY: Enables Platform Resource Reassignment Notification.
11. NUMA: Supports NUMA Distance Lookup Table Option.
12. HOTPLUG_INTRPT: Supports Hotplug Interrupts.
13. HPT_RESIZE: Enable Hash Page Table Resize Option.
14. MAX_CPU: Defines maximum number of CPUs supported.
15. PFO_HWRNG: Supports Random Number Generator.
16. PFO_HW_COMP: Supports Compression Engine.
17. PFO_ENCRYPT: Supports Encryption Engine.
18. SUB_PROCESSORS: Supports Sub-Processors.
19. DY_MEM_V2: Client program supports the “ibm,dynamic-memory-v2” property in the
“ibm,dynamic-reconfiguration-memory” node and it may be presented in the device tree.
20. DRC_INFO: Client program supports the “ibm,drc-info” property definition and it may be
presented in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Avnish Chouhan <avnish@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch converts the plain numbers used in Vec5 properties to constants.
1. LPAR: Client program supports logical partitioning and
associated hcall()s.
2. SPLPAR: Client program supports the Shared
Processor LPAR Option.
3. CMO: Enables the Cooperative Memory Over-commitment Option.
4. MAX_CPU: Defines maximum number of CPUs supported.
Signed-off-by: Avnish Chouhan <avnish@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Per systemctl(1), it "is asynchronous; it will return after the reboot
operation is enqueued, without waiting for it to complete". This differs
from kexec(8), which calls reboot(2) and therefore does not return.
When not using fallback, this confusingly results in:
error trying to perform 'systemctl kexec': 0
Aborted. Press any key to exit.
on screen for a bit, followed by successful kexec.
To reduce the likelihood of hitting this case, add a delay on successful
return. Ultimately, the systemd interface is racy: we can't avoid it
entirely unless we never fallback on success.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When the tpm module is loaded, the verifier reads entire file into
memory, measures it and uses verified content as a backing buffer for
file accesses. However, this process may result in high memory
utilization for file operations, sometimes causing a system to run out
of memory which may finally lead to boot failure. To address this issue,
among others, the commit 887f98f0d (mm: Allow dynamically requesting
additional memory regions) have optimized memory management by
dynamically allocating heap space to maximize memory usage and reduce
threat of memory exhaustion. But in some cases problems may still arise,
e.g., when large ISO images are mounted using loopback or when dealing
with embedded systems with limited memory resources.
Unfortunately current implementation of the tpm module doesn't allow
elimination of the back buffer once it is loaded. Even if the TPM device
is not present or it has been explicitly disabled. This may unnecessary
allocate a lot memory. To solve this issue, a patch has been developed
to detect the TPM status at module load and skip verifier registration
if the device is missing or deactivated. This prevents allocation of
memory for the back buffer, avoiding wasting memory when no real measure
boot functionality is performed. Disabling the TPM device in the system
can reduce memory usage in the GRUB. It is useful in scenarios where
high memory utilization is a concern and measurements of loaded
artifacts are not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Now that the gdb_grub script uses the Python API in GDB, a GDB with Python
support must be used. Note that this means a GDB with version greater than
7.0 must be used. This should not be an issue since that was released over
a decade ago. Also, the minimum version of Python must be 3.5, which was
released around 8 years ago.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
RISC-V doesn't have to do anything very different from other architectures
to loader EFI stub linux kernel. As a result, just use the common linux
loader instead of defining a RISC-V specific linux loader.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atishp@rivosinc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The arch specific image header details are not very useful as most of
the GRUB just looks at the PE/COFF spec parameters (PE32 magic and
header offset).
Remove the arch specific images headers and define a generic arch
headers that provide enough PE/COFF fields for the GRUB to parse
kernel images correctly.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atishp@rivosinc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
ARM64 linux loader code is written in such a way that it can be reused
across different architectures without much change. Move it to common
code so that RISC-V doesn't have to define a separate loader.
Signed-off-by: Atish Patra <atishp@rivosinc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-module-verifierXX.c, the function grub_module_verifyXX() performs an
initial check that the ELF section headers are within the module's size, but
doesn't check if the sections being accessed have contents that are within the
module's size. In particular, we need to check that sh_offset and sh_size are
less than the module's size. However, for some section header types we don't
need to make these checks. For the type SHT_NULL, the section header is marked
as inactive and the rest of the members within the section header have undefined
values, so we don't need to check for sh_offset or sh_size. In the case of the
type SHT_NOBITS, sh_offset has a conceptual offset which may be beyond the
module size. Also, this type's sh_size may have a non-zero size, but a section
of this type will take up no space in the module. This can all be checked in the
function get_shdr(), but in order to do so, the parameter module_size must be
added to functions so that the value of the module size can be used in
get_shdr() from grub_module_verifyXX().
Also, had to rework some for loops to ensure the index passed to get_shdr() is
within bounds.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add symbols for boot.image, disk.image, and lzma_decompress.image if the
target is i386-pc. This is only done for i386-pc because that is the only
target that uses the images. By loading the symbols for these images,
these images can be more easily debugged by allowing the setting of break-
points in that code and to see easily get the value of data symbols.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A new command, run_on_start, for things to do before GRUB starts executing.
Currently, this is setting up the loading of module symbols as they are
loaded and allowing user-defined script to be run if a command named
"onstart" exists.
On some platforms, notably x86, software breakpoints set in GDB before
the GRUB image is loaded will be cleared when the image is loaded. This
is because the breakpoints work by overwriting the memory of the break-
point location with a special instruction which when hit will cause the
debugger to stop execution. Just before execution is resumed by the
debugger, the original instruction bytes are put back. When a breakpoint
is set before the GRUB image is loaded, the special debugger instruction
will be written to memory and when the GRUB image is loaded by the
firmware, which has no knowledge of the debugger, the debugger instruction
is overwritten. To the GDB user, GDB will show the breakpoint as set, but
it will never be hit. Furthermore, GDB now becomes confused, such that
even deleting and re-setting the breakpoint after the GRUB image is loaded
will not allow for a working breakpoint.
To work around this, in run_on_start, first a watchpoint is set on _start,
which will be triggered when the firmware starts loading the GRUB image.
When the _start watchpoint is hit, the current breakpoints are saved to a
file and then deleted by GDB before they can be overwritten by the firmware
and confuse GDB. Then a temporary software breakpoint is set on _start,
which will get triggered when the firmware hands off to GRUB to execute. In
that breakpoint load the previously saved and deleted breakpoints now that
there is no worry of them getting overwritten by the firmware. This is
needed for runtime_load_module to work when it is run before the GRUB image
is loaded.
Note that watchpoints are generally types of hardware breakpoints on x86, so
its deleted as soon as it gets triggered so that a minimal set of hardware
breakpoints are used, allowing more for the user.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Many targets, such as EFI, load GRUB at addresses that are determined at
runtime. So the load addresses in kernel.exec will almost certainly be
wrong. Given the address of the start of the text segment, these
functions will tell GDB to load the symbols at the proper locations. It
is left up to the user to determine how to get the text address of the
loaded GRUB image.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Remove gmodule.pl and rewrite as a python in gdb_helper.py. This removes
Perl dependency for the GRUB GDB script, but adds Python as a dependency.
This is more desirable because Python is tightly integrated with GDB and
can do things not even available to GDB native scripting language. GDB must
be built with Python, however this is not a major limitation because every
major distro non-end-of-life versions build GDB with Python support. And GDB
has had support for Python since around 7.1-ish, which is about a decade.
This re-implementation has an added feature. If there is a user defined
command named "onload_<module name>", then that command will be executed
after the symbols for the specified module are loaded. When debugging a
module it can be desirable to set break points on code in the module.
This is difficult in GRUB because, at GDB start, the module is not loaded
and on EFI platforms its not known ahead of time where the module will
be loaded. So allow users to create an "onload_<modname>" command which
will be run when the module with name "modname" is loaded.
Another addition is a new convenience function is defined
$is_user_command(), which returns true if its string argument is
the name of a user-defined command.
A secondary benefit of these changes is that the script does not write
temporary files and has better error handling capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The gdb_grub script was originally meant to be run once when GDB first
starts up via the -x argument. So it runs commands unconditionally
assuming that the script has not been run before. Its nice to be able
to source the script again when developing the script to modify/add
commands. So only run the commands not defined in user-defined commands,
if a variable $runonce has already been set and when those commands have
been run to set $runonce.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are broadly two classes of targets to consider when loading symbols
for GRUB, targets that determine where to load GRUB at runtime
(dynamically positioned) and those that do not (statically positioned).
For statically positioned targets, symbol loading is determined at link
time, so nothing more needs to be known to load the symbols. For
dynamically positioned targets, such as EFI targets, at runtime symbols
should be offset by an amount that depends on where the runtime chose to
load GRUB.
It is important to not load symbols statically for dynamic targets
because then when subsequently loading the symbols correctly one must
take care to remove the existing static symbols, otherwise there will be
two sets of symbols and GDB seems to prefer the ones loaded first (i.e.
the static ones).
Use autoconf variables to generate a gdb_grub for a particular target,
which conditionally run startup code depending on if the target uses
static or dynamic loading.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
By moving this code into a function, it can be run re-utilized while gdb is
running, not just when loading the script. This will also be useful in
some following changes which will make a separate script path for targets
which statically vs dynamically position GRUB code.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The gcc build has failed for 32-bit host (e.g. i386-emu and arm-emu)
due to mismatch between format specifier and data type.
../grub-core/osdep/devmapper/getroot.c: In function
'grub_util_pull_devmapper':
../grub-core/osdep/devmapper/getroot.c:265:75: error: format '%lu'
expects argument of type 'long unsigned int', but argument 2 has type
'int' [-Werror=format=]
../grub-core/osdep/devmapper/getroot.c:276:80: error: format '%lu'
expects argument of type 'long unsigned int', but argument 2 has type
'int' [-Werror=format=]
This patch fixes the problem by casting the type of calculated offset to
grub_size_t and use platform PRIuGRUB_SIZE as format specifier.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for trusted boot using a vTPM 2.0 on the IBM IEEE1275
PowerPC platform. With this patch grub now measures text and binary data
into the TPM's PCRs 8 and 9 in the same way as the x86_64 platform
does.
This patch requires Daniel Axtens's patches for claiming more memory.
Note: The tpm_init() function cannot be called from GRUB_MOD_INIT() since
it does not find the device nodes upon module initialization and
therefore the call to tpm_init() must be deferred to grub_tpm_measure().
For vTPM support to work on PowerVM, system driver levels 1010.30
or 1020.00 are required.
Note: Previous versions of firmware levels with the 2hash-ext-log
API call have a bug that, once this API call is invoked, has the
effect of disabling the vTPM driver under Linux causing an error
message to be displayed in the Linux kernel log. Those users will
have to update their machines to the firmware levels mentioned
above.
Cc: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Nageswara R Sastry <rnsastry@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
When working on memory, it's nice to be able to test your work.
Add a memtest module. When compiled with --enable-mm-debug, it exposes
3 commands:
* lsmem - print all allocations and free space in all regions
* lsfreemem - print free space in all regions
* stress_big_allocs - stress test large allocations:
- how much memory can we allocate in one chunk?
- how many 1MB chunks can we allocate?
- check that gap-filling works with a 1MB aligned 900kB alloc + a
100kB alloc.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Nageswara R Sastry <rnsastry@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
As a legacy support, if the vector 5 is not implemented, Power Hypervisor will
consider the max CPUs as 64 instead 256 currently supported during
client-architecture-support negotiation.
This patch implements the vector 5 and set the MAX CPUs to 256 while setting the
others values to 0 (default).
Signed-off-by: Diego Domingos <diegodo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avnish Chouhan <avnish@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Nageswara R Sastry <rnsastry@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On powerpc-ieee1275, we are running out of memory trying to verify
anything. This is because:
- we have to load an entire file into memory to verify it. This is
difficult to change with appended signatures.
- We only have 32MB of heap.
- Distro kernels are now often around 30MB.
So we want to be able to claim more memory from OpenFirmware for our heap
at runtime.
There are some complications:
- The grub mm code isn't the only thing that will make claims on
memory from OpenFirmware:
* PFW/SLOF will have claimed some for their own use.
* The ieee1275 loader will try to find other bits of memory that we
haven't claimed to place the kernel and initrd when we go to boot.
* Once we load Linux, it will also try to claim memory. It claims
memory without any reference to /memory/available, it just starts
at min(top of RMO, 768MB) and works down. So we need to avoid this
area. See arch/powerpc/kernel/prom_init.c as of v5.11.
- The smallest amount of memory a ppc64 KVM guest can have is 256MB.
It doesn't work with distro kernels but can work with custom kernels.
We should maintain support for that. (ppc32 can boot with even less,
and we shouldn't break that either.)
- Even if a VM has more memory, the memory OpenFirmware makes available
as Real Memory Area can be restricted. Even with our CAS work, an LPAR
on a PowerVM box is likely to have only 512MB available to OpenFirmware
even if it has many gigabytes of memory allocated.
What should we do?
We don't know in advance how big the kernel and initrd are going to be,
which makes figuring out how much memory we can take a bit tricky.
To figure out how much memory we should leave unused, I looked at:
- an Ubuntu 20.04.1 ppc64le pseries KVM guest:
vmlinux: ~30MB
initrd: ~50MB
- a RHEL8.2 ppc64le pseries KVM guest:
vmlinux: ~30MB
initrd: ~30MB
So to give us a little wriggle room, I think we want to leave at least
128MB for the loader to put vmlinux and initrd in memory and leave Linux
with space to satisfy its early allocations.
Allow other space to be allocated at runtime.
Tested-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Tested-by: Nageswara R Sastry <rnsastry@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This was apparently "required by some firmware": commit dc94685009
(2007-02-12 Hollis Blanchard <hollis@penguinppc.org>).
It's not clear what firmware that was, and what platform from 14 years ago
which exhibited the bug then is still both in use and buggy now.
It doesn't cause issues on qemu (mac99 or pseries) or under PFW for Power8.
I don't have access to old Mac hardware, but if anyone feels especially
strongly we can put it under some feature flag. I really want to disable
it under pseries because it will mess with region merging.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Nageswara R Sastry <rnsastry@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
On PowerVM, the first time we boot a Linux partition, we may only get
256MB of real memory area, even if the partition has more memory.
This isn't enough to reliably verify a kernel. Fortunately, the Power
Architecture Platform Reference (PAPR) defines a method we can call to ask
for more memory: the broad and powerful ibm,client-architecture-support
(CAS) method.
CAS can do an enormous amount of things on a PAPR platform: as well as
asking for memory, you can set the supported processor level, the interrupt
controller, hash vs radix mmu, and so on.
If:
- we are running under what we think is PowerVM (compatible property of /
begins with "IBM"), and
- the full amount of RMA is less than 512MB (as determined by the reg
property of /memory)
then call CAS as follows: (refer to the Linux on Power Architecture
Reference, LoPAR, which is public, at B.5.2.3):
- Use the "any" PVR value and supply 2 option vectors.
- Set option vector 1 (PowerPC Server Processor Architecture Level)
to "ignore".
- Set option vector 2 with default or Linux-like options, including a
min-rma-size of 512MB.
- Set option vector 3 to request Floating Point, VMX and Decimal Floating
point, but don't abort the boot if we can't get them.
- Set option vector 4 to request a minimum VP percentage to 1%, which is
what Linux requests, and is below the default of 10%. Without this,
some systems with very large or very small configurations fail to boot.
This will cause a CAS reboot and the partition will restart with 512MB
of RMA. Importantly, grub will notice the 512MB and not call CAS again.
Notes about the choices of parameters:
- A partition can be configured with only 256MB of memory, which would
mean this request couldn't be satisfied, but PFW refuses to load with
only 256MB of memory, so it's a bit moot. SLOF will run fine with 256MB,
but we will never call CAS under qemu/SLOF because /compatible won't
begin with "IBM".)
- unspecified CAS vectors take on default values. Some of these values
might restrict the ability of certain hardware configurations to boot.
This is why we need to specify the VP percentage in vector 4, which is
in turn why we need to specify vector 3.
Finally, we should have enough memory to verify a kernel, and we will
reach Linux. One of the first things Linux does while still running under
OpenFirmware is to call CAS with a much fuller set of options (including
asking for 512MB of memory). Linux includes a much more restrictive set of
PVR values and processor support levels, and this CAS invocation will likely
induce another reboot. On this reboot grub will again notice the higher RMA,
and not call CAS. We will get to Linux again, Linux will call CAS again, but
because the values are now set for Linux this will not induce another CAS
reboot and we will finally boot all the way to userspace.
On all subsequent boots, everything will be configured with 512MB of RMA,
so there will be no further CAS reboots from grub. (phyp is super sticky
with the RMA size - it persists even on cold boots. So if you've ever booted
Linux in a partition, you'll probably never have grub call CAS. It'll only
ever fire the first time a partition loads grub, or if you deliberately lower
the amount of memory your partition has below 512MB.)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Nageswara R Sastry <rnsastry@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Found during a test build on Debian/hurd-i386 with --disable-werror enabled:
In file included from grub-core/osdep/getroot.c:12:
grub-core/osdep/hurd/getroot.c: In function ‘grub_util_find_hurd_root_device’:
grub-core/osdep/hurd/getroot.c:126:13: error: unused variable ‘next’ [-Werror=unused-variable]
126 | char *next;
| ^~~~
grub-core/osdep/hurd/getroot.c:125:14: error: unused variable ‘size’ [-Werror=unused-variable]
125 | size_t size;
| ^~~~
Fixes: e981b0a24 (osdep/hurd/getroot: Use "part:" qualifier)
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This prevents load_all_modules from failing when called before any
modules have been loaded. Failures in GDB user-defined functions cause
any function which called them to also fail.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
GDB logging is redirected to write .segments.tmp, which means that GDB
will wrap lines longer than what it thinks is the screen width
(typically 80 characters). When wrapping does occur it causes gmodule.pl
to misbehave. So disable line wrapping by using GDB's "with" command so
that its guaranteed to return the width to the previous value upon
command completion.
Also disable command tracing when dumping the module sections because that
output will go to .segments.tmp and thus cause gmodule.pl to misbehave.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
An error in any GDB command causes it to immediately abort with an error,
this includes any command that calls that command. This leads to an issue
in dump_module_sections where an error causes the command to exit without
turning off file redirection. The user then ends up with a GDB command
line where commands output nothing to the console.
Instead do the work of dump_module_sections in the command
dump_module_sections_helper and run the command using GDB's pipe command
which does the redirection and undoes the redirection when it finishes
regardless of any errors in the command.
Also, remove .segments.tmp file prior to loading modules in case one was
left from a previous run.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On EFI platforms where EFI calls do not require a wrapper (notably i386-efi
and arm64-efi), the func argument needs to be wrapped in parenthesis to
allow valid syntax when func is an expression which evaluates to a function
pointer. On EFI platforms that do need a wrapper, this was never an issue
because func is passed to the C function wrapper as an argument and thus
does not need parenthesis to be evaluated.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The "addr" is used to request the memory with specific ranges but the real
loadable address come from the relocator. Thus, print the final retrieved
addresses, virtual and physical, for initrd.
On the occasion migrate to PRIxGRUB_ADDR and PRIxGRUB_SIZE format specifiers.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Szu <jeremy.szu@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The functional test requires unicode.pf2 to run successfully, so
explicitly have the test return ERROR when its not found.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Tested-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tests should be SKIP'd only when they do not apply to a particular target.
Hard errors are for when the test should run but can not be setup properly.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These are not added to grub-fs-tester because they are not generated and
none of the filesystem tests are run on these ISOs. The test is to run the
command "ls /" on the ISO, and a failure is determined if the command
times out, has non-zero return value or has any output.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Tested-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The disk sector size provided by sysfs file system considers the sector
size of 512 irrespective of disk sector size, thus causing the read by
the GRUB to an incorrect offset from what was originally intended.
Considering the 512 sector size of sysfs data the actual sector needs to
be modified corresponding to disk sector size.
Signed-off-by: Mukesh Kumar Chaurasiya <mchauras@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
By using a shell variable that is set once by the expansion of an autoconf
variable, the resulting script is more readable.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function send_dhcp_packet(), added an error check for the return
value of grub_netbuff_push().
Fixes: CID 404614
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We do a lot of math about heap growth in hot path of grub_memalign().
However, the result is only used if out of memory is encountered, which
is seldom.
This patch moves these calculations away from hot path. These
calculations are now only done if out of memory is encountered. This
change can also help compiler to optimize integer overflow checks away.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When grub_memalign() encounters out-of-memory, it will try
grub_mm_add_region_fn() to request more memory from system firmware.
However, it doesn't preallocate memory space for future allocation
requests. In extreme cases, it requires one call to
grub_mm_add_region_fn() for each memory allocation request. This can
be very slow.
This patch introduces GRUB_MM_HEAP_GROW_EXTRA, the minimal heap growth
granularity. The new region size is now set to the bigger one of its
original value and GRUB_MM_HEAP_GROW_EXTRA. Thus, it will result in some
memory space preallocated if current allocations request is small.
The value of GRUB_MM_HEAP_GROW_EXTRA is set to 1MB. If this value is
smaller, the cost of small memory allocations will be higher. If this
value is larger, more memory will be wasted and it might cause
out-of-memory on machines with small amount of RAM.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When grub_memalign() encounters out-of-memory, it will try
grub_mm_add_region_fn() to request more memory from system firmware.
However, the size passed to it doesn't take region management overhead
into account. Adding a memory area of "size" bytes may result in a heap
region of less than "size" bytes really available. Thus, the new region
may not be adequate for current allocation request, confusing
out-of-memory handling code.
This patch introduces GRUB_MM_MGMT_OVERHEAD to address the region
management overhead (e.g. metadata, padding). The value of this new
constant must be large enough to make sure grub_memalign(align, size)
always succeeds after a successful call to
grub_mm_init_region(addr, size + align + GRUB_MM_MGMT_OVERHEAD),
for any given addr and size (assuming no integer overflow).
The size passed to grub_mm_add_region_fn() is now correctly adjusted,
thus if grub_mm_add_region_fn() succeeded, current allocation request
can always succeed.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When re-running a failed test, even the non-standard grub-shell QEMU
arguments should be preserved in the run.sh to more precisely replay
the failed test run.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Now it becomes trivial to re-run a test from the output in its working
directory. This also makes it easy to send a reproducible failing test to
the mailing list. This has allowed a refactor so that the duplicated code
to call QEMU has be condensed (e.g. the use of timeout and file descriptor
redirection). The run.sh script will pass any arguments given to QEMU.
This allows QEMU to be easily started in a state ready for GDB to be
attached.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows turning on shell tracing for grub-shell and grub-fs-tester
when its not practical or not possible to use command line arguments
(e.g. from "make check"). Turn on tracing when the envvar is an integer
greater than 1, since these can generate a lot of output. Since this
change uses the environment variables to set the default value for debug
in grub-shell, this allows enabling grub-shell's debug mode which will
preserve various generated output files that are helpful for debugging
tests.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If processing of a SUSP CE entry leads to a continuation area which
begins by entry CE or ST, then these entries were skipped without
interpretation. In case of CE this would lead to premature end of
processing the SUSP entries of the file. In case of ST this could
cause following non-SUSP bytes to be interpreted as SUSP entries.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Tested-by: Lidong Chen <lidong.chen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
An SL entry consists of the entry info and the component area.
The entry info should take up 5 bytes instead of sizeof(*entry).
The area after the first 5 bytes is the component area. It is
incorrect to use the sizeof(*entry) to check the entry boundary.
Signed-off-by: Lidong Chen <lidong.chen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the code, the for loop advanced the entry pointer to the next entry before
checking if the next entry is within the system use area boundary. Another
issue in the code was that there is no check for the size of system use area.
For a corrupted system, the size of system use area can be less than the size
of minimum SUSP entry size (4 bytes). These can cause buffer overrun. The fixes
added the checks to ensure the read is valid and within the boundary.
Signed-off-by: Lidong Chen <lidong.chen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is no check for the end of block when reading
directory extents. It resulted in read_node() always
read from the same offset in the while loop, thus
caused infinite loop. The fix added a check for the
end of the block and ensure the read is within directory
boundary.
Signed-off-by: Lidong Chen <lidong.chen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The logical sector size used by LUKS1 is 512 bytes and LUKS2 uses 512 to
4069 bytes. The default password used is "pass", but can be overridden
by setting the PASS environment variable. The device mapper name is set
to the name of the temp directory so that its easy to correlate device
mapper name with a particular test run. Also since this name is unique
per test run, multiple simultaneous test runs are allowed.
Note that cryptsetup is passing the --disable-locks parameter to allow
cryptsetup run successfully when /run/lock/cryptsetup is not accessible.
Since the device mapper name is unique per test run, there is no need to
worry about locking the device to serialize access.
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Louis Bonicoli <pierre-louis.bonicoli@libregerbil.fr>
Tested-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This lets a LUKS2 cryptodisk have its cipher and hash filled out,
otherwise they wouldn't be initialized if cheat mounted.
Signed-off-by: Josselin Poiret <dev@jpoiret.xyz>
Tested-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Changes UUID comparisons so that LUKS1 and LUKS2 are both recognized
as being LUKS cryptodisks.
Signed-off-by: Josselin Poiret <dev@jpoiret.xyz>
Tested-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When using grub-probe with cryptodisk, the mapped block device from the host
is used directly instead of decrypting the source device in GRUB code.
In that case, the sector size and count of the host device needs to be used.
This is especially important when using LUKS2, which does not assign
total_sectors and log_sector_size when scanning, but only later when the
segments in the JSON area are evaluated. With an unset log_sector_size,
grub_device_open() complains.
This fixes grub-probe failing with
"error: sector sizes of 1 bytes aren't supported yet.".
Signed-off-by: Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Tested-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Oops. You're allowed to have up to n = NAT_JOURNAL_ENTRIES entries
_inclusive_, because the loop below uses i < n, not i <= n. D'oh.
Fixes: 4bd9877f62 (fs/f2fs: Do not read past the end of nat journal entries)
Reported-by: программист нект <programmer11180@programist.ru>
Tested-by: программист нект <programmer11180@programist.ru>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building .img files, a .interp section from the .image files will
sometimes be copied into the .img file. This additional section pushes
the .img file beyond the 512-byte limit and causes grub-install to fail
to run for i386-pc platforms.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_cmd_cryptomount make check test performs some functional testing
of cryptomount and by extension the underlying cryptodisk infrastructure.
A utility test script named grub-shell-luks-tester is created to handle the
complexities of the testing, making it simpler to add new test cases in
grub_cmd_cryptomount.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows test case scripts to use the appropriate halt command for
the built architecture to end execution early. Otherwise, test case
scripts have no way to know the appropriate mechanism for halting the
test case early.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When turning on shell tracing the trim line will be output before we
actually want to start the trim. However, in this case the trim line never
starts from the beginning of the line. So start trimming from the correct
line by matching from the beginning of the line.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This will be useful for tests that have unwanted output from setup. This is
not documented because its only intended to be internal at the moment. Also,
--no-trim is allowed to explicitly turn off trim.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows us to test if unexpected output in test scripts is because of
a bug in GRUB, because there was an error in QEMU, or QEMU was killed due
to a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The "transparent" parameter to grub_gzio_open() was removed in 2010, fc2ef1172c
(* grub-core/io/gzio.c (grub_gzio_open): Removed "transparent" parameter.)
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit f5759a878 (normal/help: Add paging instructions to normal and help
prompts) changed the output of the help command, which broke the help
test. This change allows the test to pass.
On the occasion do s/outpu/output/.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We currently rely on some pretty fragile comparison by name to
identify whether a serial port being configured is identical
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The various functions to add a port used to return port->name, and
the callers would immediately iterate all registered ports to "find"
the one just created by comparing that return value with ... port->name.
This is a waste of cycles and code. Instead, have those functions
return "port" directly.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This adds the ability to explicitly add an MMIO based serial port
via the "serial" command. The syntax is:
serial --port=mmio,<hex_address>{.b,.w,.l,.q}
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is common for PCI based UARTs to use larger than one byte access
sizes. This adds support for this and uses the information present
in SPCR accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
"serial auto" is now equivalent to just "serial" and will use the
SPCR to discover the port if present, otherwise defaults to "com0"
as before.
This allows to support MMIO ports specified by ACPI which is needed
on AWS EC2 "metal" instances, and will enable GRUB to pickup the
port configuration specified by ACPI in other cases.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
And while at it, unify it as clock frequency in Hz, to match the value in
grub_serial_config struct and do the division by 16 in one common place.
This will simplify adding SPCR support.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This adds the ability for the driver to access UARTs via MMIO instead
of PIO selectively at runtime, and exposes a new function to add an
MMIO port.
In an ideal world, MMIO accessors would be generic and have architecture
specific memory barriers. However, existing drivers don't have them and
most of those "bare metal" drivers tend to be for x86 which doesn't need
them. If necessary, those can be added later.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The i386-pc mode supports MBR partition scheme where maximum partition
size is 2 TiB. In case of large partitions left shift expression with
unsigned long int "length" object may cause integer overflow making
calculated partition size less than true value. This issue is fixed by
increasing the size of "length" integer type.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Fomin <maxim@fomin.one>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows the cmp command to be used in GRUB scripts to conditionally
run commands based on whether two files are the same.
The command is now quiet by default and the -v switch can be given to enable
verbose mode, the previous behavior.
Update documentation accordingly.
Suggested-by: Li Gen <ligenlive@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows seeing full QEMU output of grub-shell, which can be invaluable
when debugging failing tests.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The xenpolicy variable was left set from previous function call. This
resulted in all-but-first menu entries including XSM policy, even if it
did not exist.
Fix this by initializing the xenpolicy variable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Marczykowski-Górecki <marmarek@invisiblethingslab.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If max_char_width or max_char_height are negative wrong values can be propagated
by grub_font_get_max_char_width() or grub_font_get_max_char_height(). Prevent
this from happening.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Like glyphs in ascii_font_glyph[], assign null_font to
unknown_glyph->font in order to prevent grub_font_get_*() from
dereferencing NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is a problem in ascii_glyph_lookup(). It doesn't check the return
value of grub_malloc(). If memory can't be allocated, then NULL pointer
will be written to.
This patch fixes the problem by fallbacking to unknown_glyph when
grub_malloc() returns NULL.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds support for plain encryption mode, plain dm-crypt, via
new module/command named "plainmount".
Signed-off-by: Maxim Fomin <maxim@fomin.one>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
The final piece needed to add UEFI file system transposition support is to
ensure the boot media can be located regardless of how the boot partition
was instantiated. Especially, we do not want to be reliant on brittle
partition UUIDs, as these only work if a boot media is duplicated at the
block level and not at the file system level.
To accomplish this for EFI boot, we now create a UUID file in a .disk/
directory, that can then be searched for.
Note: The switch from make_image_fwdisk_abs() to make_image_abs() is
needed in order to use the search functionality.
Signed-off-by: Pete Batard <pete@akeo.ie>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
To enable file system transposition support for UEFI, we also must ensure that
there exists a copy of the EFI bootloaders, that are currently embedded in the
efi.img for xorriso, at their expected UEFI location on the ISO 9660 file system.
This is accomplished by removing the use of a temporary directory to create the
efi/ content, to instead place it at the root of the ISO 9660 content.
Signed-off-by: Pete Batard <pete@akeo.ie>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In order to add file system transposition support for UEFI, i.e. the ability
to copy the content of an grub-mkrescue ISO 9660 image onto user-formatted
media, and have that boot on UEFI systems, the first thing we need to do is
add support for the file systems that are natively handled by UEFI. This
mandatorily includes FAT, but we also include NTFS as the latter is also
commonly supported on modern x64 platforms.
Signed-off-by: Pete Batard <pete@akeo.ie>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
SC2120 (warning): function references arguments, but none are ever passed.
In grub-completion.bash.in line 63:
__grub_get_options_from_help () {
^-- SC2120 (warning)
local prog
if [ $# -ge 1 ]; then
prog="$1"
The arg of __grub_get_options_from_help() is optional. So, the current
code meets the exception and does not need to be modified. Ignoring the
warning then.
More: https://github.com/koalaman/shellcheck/wiki/SC2120
Signed-off-by: t.feng <fengtao40@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
SC2155 (warning): Declare and assign separately to avoid masking return values.
The exit status of the command is overridden by the exit status of the
creation of the local variable.
In grub-completion.bash.in line 115:
local config_file=$(__grub_dir)/grub.cfg
^---------^ SC2155 (warning)
In grub-completion.bash.in line 126:
local grub_dir=$(__grub_dir)
^------^ SC2155 (warning)
More: https://github.com/koalaman/shellcheck/wiki/SC2155
Signed-off-by: t.feng <fengtao40@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
SC2207 (warning): Prefer mapfile or read -a to split
command output (or quote to avoid splitting).
In grub-completion.bash.in line 56:
COMPREPLY=($(compgen -P "${2-}" -W "${1-}" -S "${4-}" -- "$cur"))
^-- SC2207 (warning)
In grub-completion.bash.in line 119:
COMPREPLY=( $(compgen \
^-- SC2207 (warning)
In grub-completion.bash.in line 128:
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -f -X '!*/*.mod' -- "${grub_dir}/$cur" | {
^-- SC2207 (warning)
COMPREPLY=($(command)) are doing unquoted command expansion in an array.
This will invoke the shell's sloppy word splitting and glob expansion.
If we want to split the output into lines or words, use read -r and
loops will be better. This prevents the shell from doing unwanted
splitting and glob expansion, and therefore avoiding problems with
output containing spaces or special characters.
More: https://github.com/koalaman/shellcheck/wiki/SC2207
Signed-off-by: t.feng <fengtao40@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_file_open() calls grub_file_get_device_name(), but doesn't check
the return. Instead, it checks if grub_errno is set.
However, nothing initialises grub_errno here when grub_file_open()
starts. This means that trying to open one file that doesn't exist and
then trying to open another file that does will (incorrectly) also
fail to open that second file.
Let's fix that.
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <steve@einval.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The current i386 initrd is limited under 1 GiB memory and it works with
most compressed initrds (also initrd_addr_max case reported by kernel).
addr = (addr_max - aligned_size) & ~0xFFF;
Above line is used to calculate the reasonable address to store the initrd.
However, if initrd size is greater than 1 GiB or initrd_addr_max, then it
will get overflow, especially on x86_64 arch.
Therefore, add a check point to prevent it overflows as well as having
a debug log for complex story of initrd addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Szu <jeremy.szu@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Only perform call to fwsetup if one is on EFI platform. On all other
platforms fwsetup command does not exists, and thus returns 0 and
a useless uefi-firmware menu entry gets generated.
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <dimitri.ledkov@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The l1_entries and l2_entries were not freed at the end of file read.
Fixes: 5825b3794 (BFS implementation based on the specification)
Signed-off-by: t.feng <fengtao40@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The hashtable is not freed if GRUB_AFFS_FILETYPE_HARDLINK and
grub_disk_read() failed. If grub_affs_create_node() returns non-zero
the hashtable should be freed too.
By the way, the hashtable argument is unused in grub_affs_create_node().
So, we can remove the argument and free it in grub_affs_iterate_dir().
It allocates the memory and it should be responsible for releasing it.
This is why commit ebf32bc4e9 (fs/affs: Fix resource leaks) missed
this memory leak.
Fixes: ebf32bc4e9 (fs/affs: Fix resource leaks)
Signed-off-by: t.feng <fengtao40@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
An unchecked decrement operation in cl_print() would cause a few
integers to underflow. Where an output terminal's state is stored in
cl_term, the values cl_term->ystart and cl_term->pos.y both underflow.
This can be replicated with the following steps:
1. Get to the GRUB command line
2. Hold down the "d" key (or any key that enters a visible character)
until it fills the entire row
3. Press "HOME" and then press "CTRL-k". This will clear every
character entered in step 2
4. Continuously press "CTRL-y" until the terminal scrolls the original
prompt ("grub> ") passed the terminal's top row. Now, no prompt
should be visible. This step causes cl_term->ystart to underflow
5. Press "HOME" and then "d" (or any visible character). This can have
different visual effects for different systems, but it will always
cause cl_term->pos.y to underflow
On BIOS systems, these underflows cause the output terminal to
completely stop displaying anything. Characters can still be
entered and commands can be run, but nothing will display on the
terminal. From here, you can only get the display working by running
a command to switch the current output terminal to a different type:
terminal_output <OTHER_TERMINAL>
On UEFI systems, these replication steps do not break the output
terminal. Until you press "ENTER", the cursor stops responding to input,
but you can press "ENTER" after step 5 and the command line will
work properly again. This patch is mostly important for BIOS systems
where the output terminal is rendered unusable after the underflows
occur.
This patch adds two checks, one for each variable. It ensures that
cl_term->ystart does not decrement passed 0. It also ensures that
cl_term->pos.y does not get set passed the terminal's bottom row.
When the previously listed replication steps are followed with this
patch, the terminal's cursor will be set to the top row and the command
line is still usable, even on BIOS systems.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Cohen <rcohenprogramming@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Coordinates passed to screen_write_char() did not have any checks to
ensure they are not out-of-bounds. This adds an if statement to prevent
out-of-bounds writes to the VGA text buffer.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Cohen <rcohenprogramming@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Per "man 5 cpio", the namesize in the cpio header includes the trailing
NUL byte of the pathname and the pathname is followed by NUL bytes, but
the current implementation ignores the trailing NUL byte when making
the newc header. Although make_header() tries to pad the pathname string,
the padding won't happen when strlen(name) + sizeof(struct newc_head)
is a multiple of 4, and the non-NULL-terminated pathname may lead to
unexpected results.
Assume that a file is created with 'echo -n aaaa > /boot/test12' and
loaded by grub2:
linux /boot/vmlinuz
initrd newc:test12:/boot/test12 /boot/initrd
The initrd command eventually invoked grub_initrd_load() and sent
't''e''s''t''1''2' to make_header() to generate the header:
00000070 30 37 30 37 30 31 33 30 31 43 41 30 44 45 30 30 |070701301CA0DE00|
00000080 30 30 38 31 41 34 30 30 30 30 30 33 45 38 30 30 |0081A4000003E800|
00000090 30 30 30 30 36 34 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 36 33 |0000640000000163|
000000a0 37 36 45 34 35 32 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 30 30 |76E4520000000400|
000000b0 30 30 30 30 30 38 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 33 30 30 |0000080000001300|
000000c0 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 |0000000000000000|
000000d0 30 30 30 30 30 36 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 74 65 |00000600000000te|
^namesize
000000e0 73 74 31 32 61 61 61 61 30 37 30 37 30 31 30 30 |st12aaaa07070100|
^^ end of the pathname
Since strlen("test12") + sizeof(struct newc_head) is 116 = 29 * 4,
make_header() didn't pad the pathname, and the file content followed
"test12" immediately. This violates the cpio format and may trigger such
error during linux boot:
Initramfs unpacking failed: ZSTD-compressed data is trunc
To avoid the potential problems, this commit counts the trailing NUL byte
in when calling make_header() and adjusts the initrd size accordingly.
Now the header becomes
00000070 30 37 30 37 30 31 33 30 31 43 41 30 44 45 30 30 |070701301CA0DE00|
00000080 30 30 38 31 41 34 30 30 30 30 30 33 45 38 30 30 |0081A4000003E800|
00000090 30 30 30 30 36 34 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 36 33 |0000640000000163|
000000a0 37 36 45 34 35 32 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 30 30 |76E4520000000400|
000000b0 30 30 30 30 30 38 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 33 30 30 |0000080000001300|
000000c0 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 |0000000000000000|
000000d0 30 30 30 30 30 37 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 74 65 |00000700000000te|
^namesize
000000e0 73 74 31 32 00 00 00 00 61 61 61 61 30 37 30 37 |st12....aaaa0707|
^^ end of the pathname
Besides the trailing NUL byte, make_header() pads 3 more NUL bytes, and
the user can safely read the pathname without a further check.
To conform to the cpio format, the headers for "TRAILER!!!" are also
adjusted to include the trailing NUL byte, not ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Gary Lin <glin@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Validate the length of Allocation Extent Descriptor in grub_udf_read_block(),
based on the details in UDF spec. v2.01 section 2.3.11.
Fixes: CID 314037
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This enables an early failure; for i386-ieee1275 and powerpc-ieee1275 on
Linux, without /dev/nvram the system may be left in an unbootable state.
Signed-off-by: Ismael Luceno <iluceno@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When running tests there are many invocations of grub-shell, and because
the output files are all random names in the same tmp directory, it
becomes more work to figure out which files went with which grub-shell
invocations. So all generated files from one invocation of grub-shell
are put into a randomly named directory, so as not to collide with other
grub-shell invocations. And now that the generated files can be put in
a location where they will not get stepped on, and they can be named
sensible names.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The out->ncomb is a bit-field of 8 bits. So, the max possible value is 255.
However, code in grub_unicode_aglomerate_comb() doesn't check for an
overflow when incrementing out->ncomb. If out->ncomb is already 255,
after incrementing it will get 0 instead of 256, and cause illegal
memory access in subsequent processing.
This patch introduces GRUB_UNICODE_NCOMB_MAX to represent the max
acceptable value of ncomb. The code now checks for this limit and
ignores additional combining characters when limit is reached.
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The calculations in blit_comb() need information from glyph's font, e.g.
grub_font_get_xheight(main_glyph->font). However, main_glyph->font is
NULL if main_glyph comes from ascii_font_glyph[]. Therefore
grub_font_get_*() crashes because of NULL pointer.
There is already a solution, the null_font. So, assign it to those glyphs
in ascii_font_glyph[].
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
As a mitigation and hardening measure add sanity checks to
grub_font_blit_glyph() and grub_font_blit_glyph_mirror(). This patch
makes these two functions do nothing if target blitting area isn't fully
contained in target bitmap. Therefore, if complex calculations in caller
overflows and malicious coordinates are given, we are still safe because
any coordinates which result in out-of-bound-write are rejected. However,
this patch only checks for invalid coordinates, and doesn't provide any
protection against invalid source glyph or destination glyph, e.g.
mismatch between glyph size and buffer size.
This hardening measure is designed to mitigate possible overflows in
blit_comb(). If overflow occurs, it may return invalid bounding box
during dry run and call grub_font_blit_glyph() with malicious
coordinates during actual blitting. However, we are still safe because
the scratch glyph itself is valid, although its size makes no sense, and
any invalid coordinates are rejected.
It would be better to call grub_fatal() if illegal parameter is detected.
However, doing this may end up in a dangerous recursion because grub_fatal()
would print messages to the screen and we are in the progress of drawing
characters on the screen.
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The expression (ctx.bounds.height - combining_glyphs[i]->height) / 2 may
evaluate to a very big invalid value even if both ctx.bounds.height and
combining_glyphs[i]->height are small integers. For example, if
ctx.bounds.height is 10 and combining_glyphs[i]->height is 12, this
expression evaluates to 2147483647 (expected -1). This is because
coordinates are allowed to be negative but ctx.bounds.height is an
unsigned int. So, the subtraction operates on unsigned ints and
underflows to a very big value. The division makes things even worse.
The quotient is still an invalid value even if converted back to int.
This patch fixes the problem by casting ctx.bounds.height to int. As
a result the subtraction will operate on int and grub_uint16_t which
will be promoted to an int. So, the underflow will no longer happen. Other
uses of ctx.bounds.height (and ctx.bounds.width) are also casted to int,
to ensure coordinates are always calculated on signed integers.
Fixes: CVE-2022-3775
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Expressions like u64 = u32 * u32 are unsafe because their products are
truncated to u32 even if left hand side is u64. This patch fixes all
problems like that one in fbutil.
To get right result not only left hand side have to be u64 but it's also
necessary to cast at least one of the operands of all leaf operators of
right hand side to u64, e.g. u64 = u32 * u32 + u32 * u32 should be
u64 = (u64)u32 * u32 + (u64)u32 * u32.
For 1-bit bitmaps grub_uint64_t have to be used. It's safe because any
combination of values in (grub_uint64_t)u32 * u32 + u32 expression will
not overflow grub_uint64_t.
Other expressions like ptr + u32 * u32 + u32 * u32 are also vulnerable.
They should be ptr + (grub_addr_t)u32 * u32 + (grub_addr_t)u32 * u32.
This patch also adds a comment to grub_video_fb_get_video_ptr() which
says it's arguments must be valid and no sanity check is performed
(like its siblings in grub-core/video/fb/fbutil.c).
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
As a mitigation and hardening measure enforce verification of font
files. Then only trusted font files can be load. This will reduce the
attack surface at cost of losing the ability of end-users to customize
fonts if e.g. UEFI Secure Boot is enabled. Vendors can always customize
fonts because they have ability to pack fonts into their GRUB bundles.
This goal is achieved by:
* Removing GRUB_FILE_TYPE_FONT from shim lock verifier's
skip-verification list.
* Adding GRUB_FILE_TYPE_FONT to lockdown verifier's defer-auth list,
so font files must be verified by a verifier before they can be loaded.
Suggested-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If search target is less than all entries in font->index then "hi"
variable is set to -1, which translates to SIZE_MAX and leads to errors.
This patch fixes the problem by replacing the entire binary search code
with the libstdc++'s std::lower_bound() implementation.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The BMP index (font->bmp_idx) is designed as a reverse lookup table of
char entries (font->char_index), in order to speed up lookups for BMP
chars (i.e. code < 0x10000). The values in BMP index are the subscripts
of the corresponding char entries, stored in grub_uint16_t, while 0xffff
means not found.
This patch fixes the problem of large subscript truncated to grub_uint16_t,
leading BMP index to return wrong char entry or report false miss. The
code now checks for bounds and uses BMP index as a hint, and fallbacks
to binary-search if necessary.
On the occasion add a comment about BMP index is initialized to 0xffff.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In fact it can't overflow at all because glyph_id->ncomb is only 8-bit
wide. But let's keep safe if somebody changes the width of glyph_id->ncomb
in the future. This patch also fixes the inconsistency between
render_max_comb_glyphs and render_combining_glyphs when grub_malloc()
returns NULL.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Remove grub_font_dup_glyph() since nobody is using it since 2013, and
I'm too lazy to fix the integer overflow problem in it.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch fixes several integer overflows in grub_font_construct_glyph().
Glyphs of invalid size, zero or leading to an overflow, are rejected.
The inconsistency between "glyph" and "max_glyph_size" when grub_malloc()
returns NULL is fixed too.
Fixes: CVE-2022-2601
Reported-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The length of memory allocation and file read may overflow. This patch
fixes the problem by using safemath macros.
There is a lot of code repetition like "(x * y + 7) / 8". It is unsafe
if overflow happens. This patch introduces grub_video_bitmap_calc_1bpp_bufsz().
It is safe replacement for such code. It has safemath-like prototype.
This patch also introduces grub_cast(value, pointer), it casts value to
typeof(*pointer) then store the value to *pointer. It returns true when
overflow occurs or false if there is no overflow. The semantics of arguments
and return value are designed to be consistent with other safemath macros.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Check glyph's width and height against limits specified in font's
metadata. Reject the glyph (and font) if such limits are exceeded.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
zpool status by default prints basenames of VDEVs, which means that GRUB
would have to go around guessing to see whether a VDEV exists. Instead,
it'd be more robust to simply tell zpool to give us full paths to VDEVs
via -P.
Signed-off-by: Arsen Arsenović <arsen@aarsen.me>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is not an ideal solution, as interactive users must always run
a command in order to get the behavior they want, but it avoids
problematic interactions between prompting and sourcing files.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently if an EFI firmware fails to do a TPM measurement for a file,
the error will be propagated to the verifiers framework which will
prevent it to be opened. This mean that buggy firmwares will lead to
the system not booting because files won't be allowed to be loaded. But
a failure to do a TPM measurement isn't expected to be a fatal error
that causes the system to be unbootable.
To avoid this, don't return errors from .write and .verify_string
callbacks and just print a debug message in the case of a TPM
measurement failure. Add an environment variable, tpm_fail_fatal, to
restore the previous behavior.
Also-authored-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add an include on stdbool.h, making the bool type generally available
within the GRUB without needing to add a file-specific include every
time it would be used.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GRUB emulator is used as a debugging utility but it could also be
used as a user-space bootloader if there is support to boot an operating
system.
The Linux kernel is already able to (re)boot another kernel via the
kexec boot mechanism. So the grub-emu tool could rely on this feature
and have linux and initrd commands that are used to pass a kernel,
initramfs image and command line parameters to kexec for booting
a selected menu entry.
By default the systemctl kexec option is used so systemd can shutdown
all of the running services before doing a reboot using kexec. But if
this is not present, it can fall back to executing the kexec user-space
tool directly. The ability to force a kexec-reboot when systemctl kexec
fails must only be used in controlled environments to avoid possible
filesystem corruption and data loss.
Signed-off-by: Raymund Will <rw@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: John Jolly <jjolly@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A user may wish to use an image that is not sorted as the "latest"
version as the top-level entry. For example, in Arch Linux, if a user
has the LTS and regular kernels installed, "/boot/vmlinuz-linux-lts"
gets sorted as the "latest" compared to "/boot/vmlinuz-linux", meaning
the LTS kernel becomes the top-level entry. However, a user may wish to
use the regular kernel as the top-level default with the LTS only
existing as a backup.
This need can be seen in Arch Linux's AUR with two user-submitted
packages[0][1] providing an update hook which patches /etc/grub.d/10_linux
to move the desired kernel to the top-level. This patch serves to solve
this in a more generic way.
Introduce the GRUB_TOP_LEVEL, GRUB_TOP_LEVEL_XEN and GRUB_TOP_LEVEL_OS_PROBER
variables to allow users to specify the top-level entry.
Create grub_move_to_front() as a helper function which moves entries to
the front of a list. This function does the heavy lifting of moving
the menu entry to the front in each script.
In 10_netbsd, since there isn't an explicit list variable, extract the
items that are being iterated through into a list so that we can
optionally apply grub_move_to_front() to the list before the loop.
[0]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/grub-linux-default-hook
[1]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/grub-linux-rt-default-hook
Signed-off-by: Denton Liu <liu.denton@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Oskari Pirhonen <xxc3ncoredxx@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-core/video/readers/jpeg.c, the height and width of a JPEG image don't
have an upper limit for how big the JPEG image can be. In Coverity, this is
getting flagged as an untrusted loop bound. This issue can also seen in PNG and
TGA format images as well but Coverity isn't flagging it. To prevent this, the
constant IMAGE_HW_MAX_PX is being added to include/grub/bitmap.h, which has
a value of 16384, to act as an artificial limit and restrict the height and
width of images. This value was picked as it is double the current max
resolution size, which is 8K.
Fixes: CID 292450
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is "belt and braces" with commit 12e20a6a69 (disk/diskfilter:
Check calloc() result for NULL): we end up trying to use too much memory
in situations like corrupted Linux software RAID setups purporting to
use a huge number of disks. Simply refuse to permit such configurations.
1024 is a bit arbitrary, yes, and I feel a bit like I'm tempting fate
here, but I think 1024 disks in an array (that GRUB has to read to boot!)
should be enough for anyone.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Now that we implemented support for the LoadFile2 protocol for initrd
loading, there is no longer a need to pass the initrd parameters via
the device tree. This means that when the LoadFile2 protocol is being
used, there is no reason to update the device tree in the first place,
and so we can ignore it entirely.
The only remaining reason to deal with the devicetree is if we are
using the "devicetree" command to load one from disk, so tweak the
logic in grub_fdt_install() to take that into account.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <quic_llindhol@quicinc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Recent Linux kernels will invoke the LoadFile2 protocol installed on
a well-known vendor media path to load the initrd if it is exposed by
the firmware. Using this method is preferred for two reasons:
- the Linux kernel is in charge of allocating the memory, and so it can
implement any placement policy it wants (given that these tend to
change between kernel versions),
- it is no longer necessary to modify the device tree provided by the
firmware.
So let's install this protocol when handling the "initrd" command if
such a recent kernel was detected (based on the PE/COFF image version),
and defer loading the initrd contents until the point where the kernel
invokes the LoadFile2 protocol.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When GRUB runs on top of EFI firmware, it only has access to block and
network device abstractions exposed by the firmware, and it is up to the
firmware to quiesce the underlying hardware when exiting boot services
and handing over to the OS.
This is especially important for network devices, to prevent incoming
packets from being DMA'd straight into memory after the OS has taken
over but before it has managed to reconfigure the network hardware.
GRUB handles this by means of the grub_net_fini_hw() preboot hook, which
is executed before calling into the booted image. This means that all
network devices disappear or become inoperable before the EFI stub
executes on EFI targeted builds. This is problematic as it prevents the
EFI stub from calling back into GRUB provided protocols such as
LoadFile2 for the initrd, which we will provide in a subsequent patch.
So add a flag that indicates to the network core that EFI network
devices should not be closed when grub_net_fini_hw() is called.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The way we load the Linux and PE/COFF image headers depends on a fixed
placement of the COFF header at offset 0x40 into the file. This is
a reasonable default, given that this is where Linux emits it today.
However, in order to comply with the PE/COFF spec, which allows this
header to appear anywhere in the file, let's ensure that we read the
header from where it actually appears in the file if it is not located
at offset 0x40.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Xen has its own version of the image header, to account for the
additional PE/COFF header fields. Since we are adding references to
those in the shared EFI loader code, update the common definitions
and drop the Xen specific one which no longer has a purpose.
Since in both cases, the call to grub_arch_efi_linux_check_image() is
preceded by a load of the image header, let's move the load into that
function, and rename it to grub_arch_efi_linux_load_image_header().
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The PE/COFF spec permits the COFF signature and file header to appear
anywhere in the file, and the actual offset is recorded in 4 byte
little endian field at offset 0x3c of the image.
When GRUB is emitted as a PE/COFF binary, we reuse the 128 byte MS-DOS
stub (even for non-x86 architectures), putting the COFF signature and
file header at offset 0x80. However, other PE/COFF images may use
different values, and non-x86 Linux kernels use an offset of 0x40
instead.
So let's get rid of the grub_pe32_header struct from pe32.h, given that
it does not represent anything defined by the PE/COFF spec. Instead,
introduce a minimal struct grub_msdos_image_header type based on the
PE/COFF spec's description of the image header, and use the offset
recorded at file position 0x3c to discover the actual location of the PE
signature and the COFF image header.
The remaining fields are moved into a struct grub_pe_image_header,
which we will use later to access COFF header fields of arbitrary
images (and which may therefore appear at different offsets)
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_buffer_free() should handle NULL input pointer, similar to
grub_free(). If the pointer is not referencing any memory location,
grub_buffer_free() need not perform any function.
Fixes: CID 396931
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The dnode_get_path() traverses dnode structures to locate the dnode leaf
of a given path. When the leaf is a symlink to another path, it restarts
the traversal either from root or from a different path. In such cases,
dn_new must be re-initialized
Passes "make check".
Fixes: CID 86750
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
After doing some validation with clang from versions 3.8 and up, the
builds prior to version 8.0.0 fail due to the use of safemath functions
at link time.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Building the current code with clang and the latest gnulib fails due to
the use of a variable-length-array (vla) warning, which turns in to an
error due to the presence of the -Werror during the build.
The gnulib team stated that their code should not be built with -Werror.
At present, the only way to do this is for the complete code-base, by
using the --disable-werror option to configure.
Rather than doing this, and failing to gain any benefit that it provides,
instead, if building with clang, this patch makes it possible to specifically
not error on vlas, while retaining the -Werror functionality otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The recent gnulib updates require an implementation of abort(), but the
current macro provided by changeset:
cd37d3d391 gnulib: Drop no-abort.patch
to config.h.in does not work with the clang compiler since it doesn't
provide a __builtin_trap() implementation, so this element of the
changeset needs to be reverted, and replaced.
After some discussion with Vladimir 'phcoder' Serbinenko and Daniel Kiper
it was suggested to bring back in the change from the changeset:
db7337a3d3 * grub-core/gnulib/regcomp.c (regerror): ...
Which implements abort() as an inline call to grub_abort(), but since
that was made static by changeset:
a8f15bceea * grub-core/kern/misc.c (grub_abort): Make static
it is also necessary to revert the specific part that makes it a static
function too.
Another implementation of abort() was found in grub-core/kern/compiler-rt.c
which needs to also be removed to be consistent.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function grub_cryptodisk_endecrypt(), a for loop is incrementing the
variable i by (1U << log_sector_size). The variable i is of type grub_size_t
which is a 64-bit unsigned integer on x86_64 architecture. On the other hand, 1U
is a 32-bit unsigned integer. By performing a left shift on a 32-bit value and
assigning it to a 64-bit variable, the 64-bit variable may have incorrect values
in the high 32-bits if the shift has an overflow. To avoid this, we replace 1U
with (grub_size_t)1.
Fixes: CID 307788
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Every heap grow will cause all disk caches invalidated which decreases
performance severely. This patch moves disk cache invalidation code to
the last of memory squeezing measures. So, disk caches are released only
when there are no other ways to get free memory.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Boyang <zhangboyang.id@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
For printf()/fprintf() functions, unsigned integers should use %u as the
valid conversion specifier instead of %d.
Signed-off-by: Qiumiao Zhang <zhangqiumiao1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The stack check logs a console message on failure, and the EFI API expects
a NULL terminated UCS-2 string. In order to define a UCS-2 string literal,
kernel.img on amd64 and i386 EFI targets is built with -fshort-wchar.
Also compile kernel.img on other EFI targets with -fshort-wchar.
Fixes: 37ddd94 (kern/efi/init: Log a console error during a stack check failure)
Reported-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is useful on cloud instances with remote serial ports as it can be
difficult to connect "fast enough" to get the initial menu display
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The point of no return is used to define a point where no change should
be reverted in a wake of fatal error that consequently aborts the
process. The powerpc-ieee1275 install apparently missed this point of no
return definition that newly installed modules could be inadvertently
reverted after successful image embedding so that boot failure is
incurred due to inconsistent state.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With wildly corrupt inputs, we can end up trying to calloc a very
large amount of memory, which will fail and give us a NULL pointer.
We need to check that to avoid a crash. (And, even if we blocked
such inputs, it is good practice to check the results of allocations
anyway.)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A user can now specify UUID strings with dashes, instead of having to remove
dashes. This is backwards-compatibility preserving and also fixes a source
of user confusion over the inconsistency with how UUIDs are specified
between file system UUIDs and cryptomount UUIDs. Since cryptsetup, the
reference implementation for LUKS, displays and generates UUIDs with dashes
there has been additional confusion when using the UUID strings from
cryptsetup as exact input into GRUB does not find the expected cryptodisk.
A new function grub_uuidcasecmp() is added that is general enough to be used
other places where UUIDs are being compared.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Variable values may contain spaces at the end or newlines. However, when
displayed without quotes this is not obvious and can lead to confusion as
to the actual contents of variables. Also for some variables grub_env_get()
returns a NULL pointer instead of a pointer to an empty string and
previously would be printed as "var=(null)". Now such variables will be
displayed as "var=''".
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This adds acpi as bootstrap module whenever it is available. This opens the
path for proper IRQ routing for fully-userland disk drivers.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Allow treating util/grub-module-verifierXX.c as a file you can build
directly so syntax checkers like vim's "syntastic" plugin, which uses
"gcc -x c -fsyntax-only" to build it, will work.
One still has to do whatever setup is required to make it pick the
right include dirs, which -I options we use, etc., but this makes
it so you can do the checking on the file you're editing, rather
than on a different file.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fix the incorrect return value of __clzsi2() function.
Fixes: e795b90 (RISC-V: Add libgcc helpers for clz)
Signed-off-by: Tuan Phan <tphan@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We have multiple reports of things being slower with a 1 MiB initial static
allocation, and a report (more difficult to nail down) of a boot failure
as a result of the smaller initial allocation.
Make the initial memory allocation 32 MiB.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In addition to C locale there is also C.UTF-8 locale now. Filter that as
well, by using ${grub_lang}, which contains a stripped value.
This fixes the following message and resulting boot failure:
error: file `/boot/grub/locale/C.gmo' not found.
Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In some filesystem utils like mksquashfs, they will silently change
behaviour and cause timestamps to unexpectedly change. Build
environments like Debian's set SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH in the environment,
so remove it. Reproducible builds are good and useful for shipped
artifacts, but this causes build-time tests to fail.
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <steve@einval.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The EFI_CONFORMANCE_PROFILES_TABLE_GUID is used for a table of GUIDs for conformance
profiles (cf. UEFI specification 2.10, 4.6.5 EFI_CONFORMANCE_PROFILE_TABLE).
The lsefisystab command is used to display installed EFI configuration tables.
Currently it only shows the GUID but not a short text for the table.
Provide a short text for the EFI_CONFORMANCE_PROFILES_TABLE_GUID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Recently, ext4 added the large_dir feature, which adds support for
a 3 level htree directory support.
The GRUB supports existing file systems with htree directories by
ignoring their existence, and since the index nodes for the hash tree
look like deleted directory entries (by design), the GRUB can simply do
a brute force O(n) linear search of directories. The same is true for
3 level deep htrees indicated by large_dir feature flag.
Hence, it is safe for the GRUB to ignore the large_dir incompat feature.
Fixes: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?61606
Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A new option is added to the loopback command, -D or --decompress, which
when specified transparently decompresses the backing file. This allows
compressed images to be used as if they were uncompressed.
Add documentation to support this change.
Suggested-by: Li Gen <ligenlive@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The list of targets that support PCI is in gentpl.py. However, there is no
support for generating makefile script from a .def file that will apply
globally to the makefile, but on a per target basis. So instead, use
gentpl.py in configure to get the list of targets and check if the current
build target is one of them. If it is, set the automake conditional
COND_HAVE_PCI. Then in conf/Makefile.common add -DGRUB_HAS_PCI for the
platform if COND_HAVE_PCI is true.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Store returned value from grub_getkey() in int instead of char to
prevent throwing away the extended bits. This was a problem because,
for instance, the left arrow key press would return
(GRUB_TERM_EXTENDED | 0x4b), which would have the GRUB_TERM_EXTENDED
thrown away leaving 0x4b or 'K'. These extended keys should either
work as intended or do nothing. This change has them do nothing,
instead of inserting a key not pressed by the user.
Signed-off-by: Li Gen <ligenlive@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The register_key_notify() method should have an output parameter which is
a pointer to the unique handle assigned to the registered notification.
Signed-off-by: Li Gen <ligenlive@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The netmask configured in firmware is not respected on ppc64 (big endian).
When 255.255.252.0 is set as netmask in firmware, the following is the
value of bootpath string in grub_ieee1275_parse_bootpath():
/vdevice/l-lan@30000002:speed=auto,duplex=auto,192.168.88.10,,192.168.89.113,192.168.88.1,5,5,255.255.252.0,512
The netmask in this bootpath is not a problem, since it's a value specified
in firmware. But the value of subnet_mask.ipv4 was set with 0xfffffc00, and
__builtin_ctz(~grub_le_to_cpu32(subnet_mask.ipv4)) returned 16 (not 22).
As a result, 16 was used for netmask wrongly:
1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1100 0000 0000 # subnet_mask.ipv4(=0xfffffc00)
0000 0000 1111 1100 1111 1111 1111 1111 # grub_le_to_cpu32(subnet_mask.ipv4)
1111 1111 0000 0011 0000 0000 0000 0000 # ~grub_le_to_cpu32(subnet_mask.ipv4)
and the count of zero with __builtin_ctz() can be 16. This patch changes
it as below:
1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1100 0000 0000 # subnet_mask.ipv4(=0xfffffc00)
0000 0000 1111 1100 1111 1111 1111 1111 # grub_le_to_cpu32(subnet_mask.ipv4)
1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1100 0000 0000 # grub_be_to_cpu32(subnet_mask.ipv4)
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 1111 1111 # ~grub_be_to_cpu32(subnet_mask.ipv4)
The count of zero with __builtin_clz() can be 22 (clz counts the number
of one bits preceding the most significant zero bit).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Matsuya <mmatsuya@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Numerous register fields in the relocator state are simply not
used depending on the relocator. This causes Coverity to flag
these fields but there is no real bug here. Simply initializing
the variable to {0} solves the issue. Fixed in the else case too
for consistency.
Fixes: CID 396932
Signed-off-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a new --is-supported option to commands/efi/efifwsetup and
conditionalize display on it.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The "fwsetup" command is only registered if the firmware supports booting
to the firmware setup UI. But it could be possible that the GRUB config
already contains a "fwsetup" entry, because it was generated in a machine
that has support for this feature.
To prevent users getting an error like:
error: ../../grub-core/script/function.c:109:can't find command `fwsetup'.
if it is not supported by the firmware, let's just always register the
command but print a more accurate message if the firmware doesn't
support this option.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The 30_uefi-firmware template checks if an OsIndicationsSupported UEFI var
exists and EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_BOOT_TO_FW_UI bit is set, to decide whether
a "fwsetup" menu entry would be added or not to the GRUB menu.
But this has the problem that it will only work if the configuration file
was created on an UEFI machine that supports booting to a firmware UI.
This for example doesn't support creating GRUB config files when executing
on systems that support both UEFI and legacy BIOS booting. Since creating
the config file from legacy BIOS wouldn't allow to access the firmware UI.
To prevent this, make the template to unconditionally create the grub.cfg
snippet but check at runtime if was booted through UEFI to decide if this
entry should be added. That way it won't be added when booting with BIOS.
There's no need to check if EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_BOOT_TO_FW_UI bit is set,
since that's already done by the "fwsetup" command when is executed.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Coverity reports that dnode_end_t argument of fill_fs_info() is too
large to pass-by-value. Therefore, replace the argument with a pointer.
Fixes: CID 73631
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It was reported in the #grub IRC channel on Libera that decryption of
LUKS2 partitions fails with errors about invalid digests and/or salts.
In all of these cases, what failed was decoding the Base64
representation of these, where the encoded data contained invalid
characters.
As it turns out, the root cause is that json-c, which is used by
cryptsetup to read and write the JSON header, will escape some
characters by prepending a backslash when writing JSON strings by
default. Most importantly, json-c also escapes the forward slash, which
is part of the Base64 alphabet. Because GRUB doesn't know to unescape
such characters, decoding this string will rightfully fail.
Interestingly, this issue has until now only been reported by users of
Ubuntu 18.04. And a bit of digging in fact reveals that cryptsetup has
changed the logic in a054206d (Suppress useless slash escaping in json
lib, 2018-04-20), which has been released with cryptsetup v2.0.3. Ubuntu
18.04 is still shipping with cryptsetup v2.0.2 though, which explains
why this is not a more frequent issue.
Fix the issue by using our new grub_json_unescape() helper function
that handles unescaping for us.
Reported-by: Afdal
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <dkiper@net-space.pl>
JSON strings require certain characters to be encoded, either by using
a single reverse solidus character "\" for a set of popular characters,
or by using a Unicode representation of "\uXXXXX". The jsmn library
doesn't handle unescaping for us, so we must implement this functionality
for ourselves.
Add a new function grub_json_unescape() that takes a potentially
escaped JSON string as input and returns a new unescaped string.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <dkiper@net-space.pl>
In the case of an error grub_initrd_load() uses argv[] to print the
filename that caused the error. It is also possible to obtain the
filename from the file handles and there is no need to duplicate that
information in argv[], so let's drop it.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Ermakov <arei@altlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-core/loader/i386/bsdXX.c and grub-core/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c, error
conditionals are simplified to statements such as "if (err)". Even though the
assumption that non-zero values give errors is correct, it would be clearer and
more consistent to compare these conditionals to GRUB_ERR_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In util/grub-module-verifierXX.c, the function get_shnum() returns the variable
shnum, which is of the type Elf_Word. In the function, shnum can be obtained by
the e_shnum member of an Elf_Ehdr or the sh_size member of an Elf_Shdr. The
sh_size member can either be grub_uint32_t or grub_uint64_t, depending on the
architecture, but Elf_Word is only grub_uint32_t. To account for when sh_size is
grub_uint64_t, we can set shnum to have type Elf_Shnum and have get_shnum()
return an Elf_Shnum.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In bsdXX.c and multiboot_elfxx.c, e_phnum is used to obtain the number of
program header table entries, but it wasn't being checked if the value was
there.
According to the elf(5) manual page,
"If the number of entries in the program header table is larger than or equal to
PN_XNUM (0xffff), this member holds PN_XNUM (0xffff) and the real number of
entries in the program header table is held in the sh_info member of the
initial entry in section header table. Otherwise, the sh_info member of the
initial entry contains the value zero."
Since this check wasn't being made, grub_elfXX_get_phnum() is being added to
elfXX.c to make this check and use e_phnum if it doesn't have PN_XNUM as a
value, else use sh_info. We also need to make sure e_phnum isn't greater than
PN_XNUM and sh_info isn't less than PN_XNUM.
Note that even though elf.c and elfXX.c are located in grub-core/kern, they are
compiled as modules and don't need the EXPORT_FUNC() macro to define the functions
in elf.h.
Also, changed casts of phnum to match variables being set as well as dropped
casts when unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In multiboot_elfxx.c, e_shstrndx is used to obtain the section header table
index of the section name string table, but it wasn't being checked if the value
was there.
According to the elf(5) manual page,
"If the index of section name string table section is larger than or equal to
SHN_LORESERVE (0xff00), this member holds SHN_XINDEX (0xffff) and the real
index of the section name string table section is held in the sh_link member of
the initial entry in section header table. Otherwise, the sh_link member of the
initial entry in section header table contains the value zero."
Since this check wasn't being made, grub_elfXX_get_shstrndx() is being added to
elfXX.c to make this check and use e_shstrndx if it doesn't have SHN_XINDEX as a
value, else use sh_link. We also need to make sure e_shstrndx isn't greater than
or equal to SHN_LORESERVE and sh_link isn't less than SHN_LORESERVE.
Note that even though elf.c and elfXX.c are located in grub-core/kern, they are
compiled as modules and don't need the EXPORT_FUNC() macro to define the functions
in elf.h.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In bsdXX.c and multiboot_elfxx.c, e_shnum is used to obtain the number of
section header table entries, but it wasn't being checked if the value was
there.
According to the elf(5) manual page,
"If the number of entries in the section header table is larger than or equal to
SHN_LORESERVE (0xff00), e_shnum holds the value zero and the real number of
entries in the section header table is held in the sh_size member of the initial
entry in section header table. Otherwise, the sh_size member of the initial
entry in the section header table holds the value zero."
Since this check wasn't being made, grub_elfXX_get_shnum() is being added to
elfXX.c to make this check and use whichever member doesn't have a value of
zero. If both are zero, then we must return an error. We also need to make sure
that e_shnum doesn't have a value greater than or equal to SHN_LORESERVE and
sh_size isn't less than SHN_LORESERVE.
In order to get this function to work, the type ElfXX_Shnum is being added where
Elf32_Shnum defines Elf32_Word and Elf64_Shnum defines Elf64_Xword. This new
type is needed because if shnum obtains a value from sh_size, sh_size could be
of type El32_Word for Elf32_Shdr structures or Elf64_Xword for Elf64_Shdr
structures.
Note that even though elf.c and elfXX.c are located in grub-core/kern, they are
compiled as modules and don't need the EXPORT_FUNC() macro to define the functions
in elf.h.
For a few smaller changes, changed casts of shnum to match variables being set
as well as dropped casts when unnecessary and fixed spacing errors in bsdXX.c.
Also, shnum is an unsigned integer and is compared to int i in multiboot_elfxx.c,
it should be unsigned to match shnum.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The linux_xen template orders the "early" initrd file(s) _first_
(i.e., before the "real" initrd files) and that seems reasonable,
as microcode updates usually come first.
However, this usually breaks Linux boot with initrd under Xen
because Xen assumes the real initrd is the first multiboot[2]
module after the kernel, passing its address over to Linux in
Xen's start_info struct.
So, if a microcode-only initrd (i.e., without init/userspace)
is found by grub-mkconfig, it ends up considered as a normal
initrd by the Linux kernel, which cannot do anything with it
(as it has no other files) and panic()s unable to mount root
if it depends on a initrd to do that (e.g., root=UUID=...).
...
Well, since Xen doesn't actually use the provided microcode
by default / unless the 'ucode=<module number|scan>' option
is enabled, this isn't used in the general case (and breaks).
Additionally, if an user enables the 'ucode=' option, that
either specifies which module is to be used for microcode,
or scans all modules (regardless of being first) for that.
Thus, for Xen:
- it is *not required* to have microcode first,
- but it is *required* to have real initrd first
So, fix it by ordering the real initrd before early initrd(s).
After:
# touch /boot/xen /boot/microcode.cpio
# grub-mkconfig 2>/dev/null | grep -P '^\t(multiboot|module)'
multiboot /boot/xen ...
module /boot/vmlinuz-5.4.0-122-generic ...
module --nounzip /boot/initrd.img-5.4.0-122-generic
module --nounzip /boot/microcode.cpio
...
Corner case specific to Xen implementation details:
It is actually _possible_ to have a microcode initrd first,
but that requires a non-default option (so can't rely on it),
and it turns out to be inconsistent with its counterpart
(really shouldn't rely on it, as it may get confusing; below).
'ucode=1' does manually specify the first module is microcode
_AND_ clears its bit in the module bitmap. The next module is
now the 'new first', and gets passed to Linux as initrd. Good.
'ucode=scan' checks all modules for microcode, but does _NOT_
clear a bit if it finds one (reasonable, as it can find that
prepended in a "real" initrd anyway, which needs to be used).
The first module still gets passed to Linux as initrd. Bad.
Fixes: e86f6aafb8 (grub-mkconfig/20_linux_xen: Support multiple early initrd images)
Signed-off-by: Mauricio Faria de Oliveira <mfo@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The linux_xen template can put multiple initrd files in the
same multiboot[2] module[2] command, which is against specs.
This causes ONLY the _first_ initrd file to be loaded; other
files just have filenames in a "cmdline" string of the first
initrd file and are NOT loaded.
Fix this by inserting a module[2] command per initrd file.
Before:
# touch /boot/xen /boot/microcode.cpio
# grub-mkconfig 2>/dev/null | grep -P '^\t(multiboot|module)'
multiboot /boot/xen ...
module /boot/vmlinuz-5.4.0-122-generic ...
module --nounzip /boot/microcode.cpio /boot/initrd.img-5.4.0-122-generic
After:
# touch /boot/xen /boot/microcode.cpio
# grub-mkconfig 2>/dev/null | grep -P '^\t(multiboot|module)'
multiboot /boot/xen ...
module /boot/vmlinuz-5.4.0-122-generic ...
module --nounzip /boot/microcode.cpio
module --nounzip /boot/initrd.img-5.4.0-122-generic
Cause:
The code was copied from the linux template, which is *apparently*
equivalent.. but its initrd command grub_cmd_initrd() *supports*
multiple files (see grub_initrd_init()), while module/module2 in
grub_cmd_module() *does not* (see grub_multiboot[2]_add_module()).
See commit e86f6aafb8 (grub-mkconfig/20_linux_xen: Support multiple early initrd images):
'This is basically a copy of a698240d "grub-mkconfig/10_linux:
Support multiple early initrd images" ...'
Specs:
Both multiboot and multiboot2 specifications mention support for
'multiple boot modules' (struct/tag used for kernel/initrd files):
"Boot loaders don’t have to support multiple boot modules,
but they are strongly encouraged to" [1,2]
However, there is a 1:1 relationship between boot modules and files,
more or less clearly; note the usage of singular/plural "module(s)".
(Multiboot2, clearly: "One tag appears per module".)
Multiboot [1]:
"the ‘mods’ fields indicate ... what boot modules
were loaded ..., and where they can be found.
‘mods_count’ contains the number of modules loaded"
"The first two fields contain the start and end addresses
of the boot module itself."
Multiboot2 [2]:
"This tag indicates ... what boot module was loaded ...,
and where it can be found."
"The ‘mod_start’ and ‘mod_end’ contain the start and end
physical addresses of the boot module itself."
"One tag appears per module.
This tag type may appear multiple times."
And both clearly mention the 'string' field of a boot module,
which is to be used by the operating system, not boot loader:
"The ‘string’ field provides an arbitrary string to be
associated with that particular boot module ...
its exact use is specific to the operating system."
Links:
[1] https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/manual/multiboot/multiboot.html
3.3 Boot information format
[2] https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/manual/multiboot2/multiboot.html
3.6.6 Modules
Fixes: e86f6aafb8 (grub-mkconfig/20_linux_xen: Support multiple early initrd images)
Signed-off-by: Mauricio Faria de Oliveira <mfo@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Note this cast was fixed in grub_strcasecmp() in commit ce41ab7aab
(* grub-core/kern/misc.c (grub_strcmp): Use unsigned comparison as per
common usage and preffered in several parts of code.), but this commit
omitted fixing it in grub_strncasecmp().
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The previous behavior ignored an error and the output from grub-mkrescue.
This made it difficult to discover that grub-mkrescue was the reason that
tests which rely on grub-shell were failing. Even after discovering
grub-mkrescue was the culprit, there was no output to indicate why it was
failing. It turns out that grub-mkrescue is a thin wrapper around xorriso.
So if you do not have xorriso installed it will fail with an error message
about not being able to find xorriso.
This change will allow grub-mkrescue output to be written to stderr, only
if grub-mkrescue fails. If grub-mkrescue succeeds, there will be no output
from grub-mkrescue so as not to interfere with the functioning of tests.
This change should have no effect on the running of tests or other uses of
grub-shell as it only modifies the error path.
Also, if grub-mkrescue fails, the script exits early. Since grub-shell
needs the ISO image created by grub-mkresue to boot the QEMU instance,
a failure here should be considered fatal.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The "ARM\x64" magic number in the file header identifies an image as one
that implements the bare metal boot protocol, allowing the loader to
simply move the file to a suitably aligned address in memory, with
sufficient headroom for the trailing .bss segment (the required memory
size is described in the header as well).
Note of this matters for GRUB, as it only supports EFI boot. EFI does
not care about this magic number, and nor should GRUB: this prevents us
from booting other PE linux images, such as the generic EFI zboot
decompressor, which is a pure PE/COFF image, and does not implement the
bare metal boot protocol.
So drop the magic number check.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Because grub_util_mkdir() is implemented to not return a value on any
platform, grub_instal_mkdir_p() can test for success by confirming that
the directory requested exists after attempting to create it, otherwise
it should fail with an error and exit.
While fixing this, a flaw in the logic was shown, where the first match
of the path separator, which almost always was the first character in
the path (e.g. /boot/grub2) would result in creating a directory with an
empty name (i.e. ""). To avoid that, it should skip the handling of the
path separator where p is pointing to the first character.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Coverity signaled 2 issues where the return value of grub_util_mkdir()
was not being tested.
The Windows variant of this code defines the function as having no
return value (void), but the UNIX variants all are mapped using a macro
to the libc mkdir() function, which returns an int value.
To be consistent, the mapping should cast to void to for these too.
Fixes: CID 73583
Fixes: CID 73617
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Update the read hook to take into account encrypted volumes on a partition.
GRUB disk read hooks supply an absolute sector number at which the read is
started from. If the encrypted volume is in a partition, the sector number
given to the read hook will be offset by the number of the sector at the
start of the partition. The read hook then needs to subtract the partition
start from the supplied sector to get the correct start sector for the read
into the detached header file.
Reported-by: brutser <brutser@perso.be>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Tested-by: brutser <brutser@perso.be>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
By using shell variable that are set once by the expansion of an autoconf
variable, the resulting shell script is more easily moved and modified
from the build/install directory it was generated for. The resulting
script is more readable as well.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On my laptop running at 2.4GHz, if I run a VM where tsc calibration
using pmtimer will fail presuming a broken pmtimer, it takes ~51 seconds
to do so (as measured with the stopwatch on my phone), with a tsc delta
of 0x1cd1c85300, or around 125 billion cycles.
If instead of trying to wait for 5-200ms to show up on the pmtimer, we
try to wait for 5-200us, it decides it's broken in ~0x2626aa0 TSCs, aka
~2.4 million cycles, or more or less instantly.
Additionally, this reading the pmtimer was returning 0xffffffff anyway,
and that's obviously an invalid return. I've added a check for that and
0 so we don't bother waiting for the test if what we're seeing is dead
pins with no response at all.
If "debug" includes "pmtimer", you will see one of the following three
outcomes. If pmtimer gives all 0 or all 1 bits, you will see:
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 1
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 2
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 3
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 4
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 5
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 6
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 7
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 8
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 9
pmtimer: 0xffffff bad_reads: 10
timer is broken; giving up.
This outcome was tested using qemu+kvm with UEFI (OVMF) firmware and
these options: -machine pc-q35-2.10 -cpu Broadwell-noTSX
If pmtimer gives any other bit patterns but is not actually marching
forward fast enough to use for clock calibration, you will see:
pmtimer delta is 0x0 (1904 iterations)
tsc delta is implausible: 0x2626aa0
This outcome was tested using GRUB patched to not ignore bad reads using
qemu+kvm with UEFI (OVMF) firmware, and these options:
-machine pc-q35-2.10 -cpu Broadwell-noTSX
If pmtimer actually works, you'll see something like:
pmtimer delta is 0xdff
tsc delta is 0x278756
This outcome was tested using qemu+kvm with UEFI (OVMF) firmware, and
these options: -machine pc-i440fx-2.4 -cpu Broadwell-noTSX
I've also tested this outcome on a real Intel Xeon E3-1275v3 on an Intel
Server Board S1200V3RPS using the SDV.RP.B8 "Release" build here:
https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/download/674448/firmware-update-for-the-intel-server-board-s1200rp-uefi-development-kit-release-vb8.html
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
luks2_get_keyslot() can fail for a variety of reasons that do not necessarily
mean the next keyslot should not be tried (e.g. a new kdf type). So always
try the next slot. This will make GRUB more resilient to non-spec json data
that 3rd party systems may add. We do not care if some of the keyslots are
unusable, only if there is at least one that is.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This command is meant to behave similarly to the "mode" command of the EFI
Shell application. In addition to allowing mode selection by giving the
number of columns and rows as arguments, the command allows specifying the
mode number to select the mode. Also supported are the arguments "min" and
"max", which set the mode to the minimum and maximum mode respectively as
calculated by the columns * rows of that mode.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When filesystem detection fails, all that's currently debug-logged is
a series of messages like:
grub-core/kern/fs.c:56:fs: Detecting ntfs...
grub-core/kern/fs.c:76:fs: ntfs detection failed.
repeated for each filesystem. Any messages provided to grub_error() by
the filesystem are lost, and one has to break out gdb to figure out what
went wrong.
With this change, one instead sees:
grub-core/kern/fs.c:56:fs: Detecting fat...
grub-core/osdep/hostdisk.c:357:hostdisk: reusing open device
`/path/to/device'
grub-core/kern/fs.c:77:fs: error: invalid modification timestamp for /.
grub-core/kern/fs.c:79:fs: fat detection failed.
in the debug prints.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The way the code is written the tofree variable would never be passed to
the free_subchunk() function uninitialized. Coverity cannot determine
this and flags the situation as "Using uninitialized value...". The fix
is just to initialize the local struct.
Fixes: CID 314016
Signed-off-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The event description is a string, so using grub_strcpy() is cleaner than
using grub_memcpy().
Signed-off-by: Lu Ken <ken.lu@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
1. Use macro GRUB_ERR_NONE instead of hard code 0.
2. Keep lowercase of the first char for the status string of log event.
Signed-off-by: Lu Ken <ken.lu@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Introduce ERROR_PLATFORM_NOT_SUPPORT_SSP environment variable to treat
the "--enable-stack-protector is only supported on EFI platforms" message
as a warning instead of an error. If ERROR_PLATFORM_NOT_SUPPORT_SSP is
set to "no" (case-insensitive), then the message will be printed as
a warning. Otherwise, it prints as an error. The default behavior is to
print the message as an error.
For any wrapper build script that has some variation of:
for p in SELECTED_GRUB_PLATFORMS; do \
configure --enable-stack-protector \
--with-platform${P} ... || die; \
done
make
The GRUB will fail to build if SELECTED_GRUB_PLATFORMS contains a platform
that does not support SSP.
Such wrapper scripts need to work-around this issue by modifying the
above for-loop, so it conditionally passes --enable-stack-protector to
configure for the proper GRUB platform(s).
However, if the above example is modified to have to conditionally pass
in --enable-stack-protector, its behavior is effectively the same as the
proposed change. Additionally, The list of SSP supported platforms is
now in 2 places. One in the configure script and one in the build wrapper
script. If the second list is not properly maintained it could mistakenly
disable SSP for a platform that later gained support for it.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With gsub substitutions the offsets should be validated against the
number of glyphs in a font face and the memory allocated for the gsub
substitution data.
Both the number of glyphs and the last address in the allocated data are
passed in to process_cursive(), where the number of glyphs validates the end
of the range.
Enabling memory allocation validation uses two macros, one to simply check the
address against the allocated space, and the other to check that the number of
items of a given size doesn't extend outside of the allocated space.
Fixes: CID 73770
Fixes: CID 314040
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are no users left of version_find_latest(), version_test_gt(), and
version_test_numeric(). Remove those unused helper functions. Using
those helper functions is what caused the quadratic sorting performance
issues in the first place, so removing them is a net win.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The current implementation of the 10_kfreebsd script implements its menu
items sorting in bash with a quadratic algorithm, calling "sed", "sort",
"head", and "grep" to compare versions between individual lines, which
is annoyingly slow for kernel developers who can easily end up with
50-100 kernels in their boot partition.
This fix is ported from the 10_linux script, which has a similar
quadratic code pattern.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: debian-bsd@lists.debian.org
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The current implementation of the 10_hurd script implements its menu
items sorting in bash with a quadratic algorithm, calling "sed", "sort",
"head", and "grep" to compare versions between individual lines, which
is annoyingly slow for kernel developers who can easily end up with
50-100 kernels in their boot partition.
This fix is ported from the 10_linux script, which has a similar
quadratic code pattern.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Tested-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The current implementation of the 20_linux_xen script implements its
menu items sorting in bash with a quadratic algorithm, calling "sed",
"sort", "head", and "grep" to compare versions between individual lines,
which is annoyingly slow for kernel developers who can easily end up
with 50-100 kernels in their boot partition.
This fix is ported from the 10_linux script, which has a similar
quadratic code pattern.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org
Tested-by: Jason Andryuk <jandryuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The current implementation of the 10_linux script implements its menu
items sorting in bash with a quadratic algorithm, calling "sed", "sort",
"head", and "grep" to compare versions between individual lines, which
is annoyingly slow for kernel developers who can easily end up with
50-100 kernels in /boot.
As an example, on a Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-8650U CPU @ 1.90GHz, running:
/usr/sbin/grub-mkconfig > /dev/null
With 44 kernels in /boot, this command takes 10-15 seconds to complete.
After this fix, the same command runs in 5 seconds.
With 116 kernels in /boot, this command takes 40 seconds to complete.
After this fix, the same command runs in 8 seconds.
For reference, the quadratic algorithm here is:
while [ "x$list" != "x" ] ; do <--- outer loop
linux=`version_find_latest $list`
version_find_latest()
for i in "$@" ; do <--- inner loop
version_test_gt()
fork+exec sed
version_test_numeric()
version_sort
fork+exec sort
fork+exec head -n 1
fork+exec grep
list=`echo $list | tr ' ' '\n' | fgrep -vx "$linux" | tr '\n' ' '`
tr
fgrep
tr
So all commands executed under version_test_gt() are executed
O(n^2) times where n is the number of kernel images in /boot.
Here is the improved algorithm proposed:
- Prepare a list with all the relevant information for ordering by a single
sort(1) execution. This is done by renaming ".old" suffixes by " 1" and
by suffixing all other files with " 2", thus making sure the ".old" entries
will follow the non-old entries in reverse-sorted-order.
- Call version_reverse_sort on the list (sort -r -V): A single execution of
sort(1). For instance, GNU coreutils' sort will reverse-sort the list in
O(n*log(n)) with a merge sort.
- Replace the " 1" suffixes by ".old", and remove the " 2" suffixes.
- Iterate on the reverse-sorted list to output each menu entry item.
Therefore, the algorithm proposed has O(n*log(n)) complexity with GNU
coreutils' sort compared to the prior O(n^2) complexity. Moreover, the
constant time required for each list entry is much less because sorting
is done within a single execution of sort(1) rather than requiring
O(n^2) executions of sed(1), sort(1), head(1), and grep(1) in
sub-shells.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Using the disk read hook mechanism, setup a read hook on the source disk
which will read from the given header file during the scan and recovery
cryptodisk backend functions. Disk read hooks are executed after the data
has been read from the disk. This is okay, because the read hook is given
the read buffer before its sent back to the caller. In this case, the hook
can then overwrite the data read from the disk device with data from the
header file sent in as the read hook data. This is transparent to the
read caller. Since the callers of this function have just opened the
source disk, there are no current read hooks, so there's no need to
save/restore them nor consider if they should be called or not.
This hook assumes that the header is at the start of the volume, which
is not the case for some formats (e.g. GELI). So GELI will return an
error if a detached header is specified. It also can only be used
with formats where the detached header file can be written to the
first blocks of the volume and the volume could still be unlocked.
So the header file can not be formatted differently from the on-disk
header. If these assumpts are not met, detached header file processing
must be specially handled in the cryptodisk backend module.
The hook will be called potentially many times by a backend. This is fine
because of the assumptions mentioned and the read hook reads from absolute
offsets and is stateless.
Also add a --header (short -H) option to cryptomount which takes a file
argument.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It will be desirable in the future to allow having the read hook modify the
data passed back from a read function call on a disk or file. This adds that
infrastructure and has no impact on code flow for existing uses of the read
hook. Also changed is that now when the read hook callback is called it can
also indicate what error code should be sent back to the read caller.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Document the variables net_<interface>_clientid, net_<interface>_clientuuid,
lockdown, and shim_lock in the list of special environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Adjust the interface of grub_efi_mm_add_regions() to take a set of
GRUB_MM_ADD_REGION_* flags, which most notably is currently only the
GRUB_MM_ADD_REGION_CONSECUTIVE flag. This allows us to set the function
up as callback for the memory subsystem and have it call out to us in
case there's not enough pages available in the current heap.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
The function add_memory_regions() is currently only called on system
initialization to allocate a fixed amount of pages. As such, it didn't
need to return any errors: in case it failed, we cannot proceed anyway.
This will change with the upcoming support for requesting more memory
from the firmware at runtime, where it doesn't make sense anymore to
fail hard.
Refactor the function to return an error to prepare for this. Note that
this does not change the behaviour when initializing the memory system
because grub_efi_mm_init() knows to call grub_fatal() in case
grub_efi_mm_add_regions() returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
In preparation of support for runtime-allocating additional memory
region, this patch extracts the function to retrieve the EFI memory
map and add a subset of it to GRUB's own memory regions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
When initializing the EFI memory subsystem, we will by default request
a quarter of the available memory, bounded by a minimum/maximum value.
Given that we're about to extend the EFI memory system to dynamically
request additional pages from the firmware as required, this scaling of
requested memory based on available memory will not make a lot of sense
anymore.
Remove this logic as a preparatory patch such that we'll instead defer
to the runtime memory allocator. Note that ideally, we'd want to change
this after dynamic requesting of pages has been implemented for the EFI
platform. But because we'll need to split up initialization of the
memory subsystem and the request of pages from the firmware, we'd have
to duplicate quite some logic at first only to remove it afterwards
again. This seems quite pointless, so we instead have patches slightly
out of order.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Currently, all platforms will set up their heap on initialization of the
platform code. While this works mostly fine, it poses some limitations
on memory management on us. Most notably, allocating big chunks of
memory in the gigabyte range would require us to pre-request this many
bytes from the firmware and add it to the heap from the beginning on
some platforms like EFI. As this isn't needed for most configurations,
it is inefficient and may even negatively impact some usecases when,
e.g., chainloading. Nonetheless, allocating big chunks of memory is
required sometimes, where one example is the upcoming support for the
Argon2 key derival function in LUKS2.
In order to avoid pre-allocating big chunks of memory, this commit
implements a runtime mechanism to add more pages to the system. When
a given allocation cannot be currently satisfied, we'll call a given
callback set up by the platform's own memory management subsystem,
asking it to add a memory area with at least "n" bytes. If this
succeeds, we retry searching for a valid memory region, which should
now succeed.
If this fails, we try asking for "n" bytes, possibly spread across
multiple regions, in hopes that region merging means that we end up
with enough memory for things to work out.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Tested-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
In grub_memalign(), there's a commented section which would allow for
unloading of unneeded modules in case where there is not enough free
memory available to satisfy a request. Given that this code is never
compiled in, let's remove it together with grub_dl_unload_unneeded().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
This is handy for debugging. Enable with "set debug=regions".
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
On x86_64-efi (at least) regions seem to be added from top down. The mm
code will merge a new region with an existing region that comes
immediately before the new region. This allows larger allocations to be
satisfied that would otherwise be the case.
On powerpc-ieee1275, however, regions are added from bottom up. So if
we add 3x 32MB regions, we can still only satisfy a 32MB allocation,
rather than the 96MB allocation we might otherwise be able to satisfy.
* Define 'post_size' as being bytes lost to the end of an allocation
due to being given weird sizes from firmware that are not multiples
of GRUB_MM_ALIGN.
* Allow merging of regions immediately _after_ existing regions, not
just before. As with the other approach, we create an allocated
block to represent the new space and the pass it to grub_free() to
get the metadata right.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Tested-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
grub_mm_region_init() does:
h = (grub_mm_header_t) (r + 1);
where h is a grub_mm_header_t and r is a grub_mm_region_t.
Cells are supposed to be GRUB_MM_ALIGN aligned, but while grub_mm_dump
ensures this vs the region header, grub_mm_region_init() does not.
It's better to be explicit than implicit here: rather than changing
grub_mm_region_init() to ALIGN_UP(), require that the struct is
explicitly a multiple of the header size.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
This breaks the tests on pseries - just restrict it to x86 platforms
that don't specify an EFI.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The corpus was generating issues in grub_btrfs_read_logical() when
attempting to iterate over stripe entries in the superblock's
bootmapping.
In most cases the reason for the failure was that the number of stripes
in chunk->nstripes exceeded the possible space statically allocated in
superblock bootmapping space. Each stripe entry in the bootmapping block
consists of a grub_btrfs_key followed by a grub_btrfs_chunk_stripe.
Another issue that came up was that while calculating the chunk size,
in an earlier piece of code in that function, depending on the data
provided in the btrfs file system, it would end up calculating a size
that was too small to contain even 1 grub_btrfs_chunk_item, which is
obviously invalid too.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The fuzzer is generating btrfs file systems that have chunks with
invalid combinations of stripes and substripes for the given RAID
configurations.
After examining the Linux kernel fs/btrfs/tree-checker.c code, it
appears that sub-stripes should only be applied to RAID10, and in that
case there should only ever be 2 of them.
Similarly, RAID single should only have 1 stripe, and RAID1/1C3/1C4
should have 2. 3 or 4 stripes respectively, which is what redundancy
corresponds.
Some of the chunks ended up with a size of 0, which grub_malloc() still
returned memory for and in turn generated ASAN errors later when
accessed.
While it would be possible to specifically limit the number of stripes,
a more correct test was on the combination of the chunk item, and the
number of stripes by the size of the chunk stripe structure in
comparison to the size of the chunk itself.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to the btrfs code in Linux, the structure of a directory item
leaf should be of the form:
|struct btrfs_dir_item|name|data|
in GRUB the name len and data len are in the grub_btrfs_dir_item
structure's n and m fields respectively.
The combined size of the structure, name and data should be less than
the allocated memory, a difference to the Linux kernel's struct
btrfs_dir_item is that the grub_btrfs_dir_item has an extra field for
where the name is stored, so we adjust for that too.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A corrupt f2fs file system might specify a name length which is greater
than the maximum name length supported by the GRUB f2fs driver.
We will allocate enough memory to store the overly long name, but there
are only F2FS_NAME_LEN bytes in the source, so we would read past the end
of the source.
While checking directory entries, do not copy a file name with an invalid
length.
Signed-off-by: Sudhakar Kuppusamy <sudhakar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A corrupt f2fs filesystem could have a block offset or a bitmap
offset that would cause us to read beyond the bounds of the nat
bitmap.
Introduce the nat_bitmap_size member in grub_f2fs_data which holds
the size of nat bitmap.
Set the size when loading the nat bitmap in nat_bitmap_ptr(), and
catch when an invalid offset would create a pointer past the end of
the allocated space.
Check against the bitmap size in grub_f2fs_test_bit() test bit to avoid
reading past the end of the nat bitmap.
Signed-off-by: Sudhakar Kuppusamy <sudhakar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A corrupt f2fs file system could specify a nat journal entry count
that is beyond the maximum NAT_JOURNAL_ENTRIES.
Check if the specified nat journal entry count before accessing the
array, and throw an error if it is too large.
Signed-off-by: Sudhakar Kuppusamy <sudhakar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In a similar vein to the previous patch, parse_line() would write
a NUL byte past the end of the buffer if there was an HTTP header
with a LF rather than a CRLF.
RFC-2616 says:
Many HTTP/1.1 header field values consist of words separated by LWS
or special characters. These special characters MUST be in a quoted
string to be used within a parameter value (as defined in section 3.6).
We don't support quoted sections or continuation lines, etc.
If we see an LF that's not part of a CRLF, bail out.
Fixes: CVE-2022-28734
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
GRUB has special code for handling an http header that is split
across two packets.
The code tracks the end of line by looking for a "\n" byte. The
code for split headers has always advanced the pointer just past the
end of the line, whereas the code that handles unsplit headers does
not advance the pointer. This extra advance causes the length to be
one greater, which breaks an assumption in parse_line(), leading to
it writing a NUL byte one byte past the end of the buffer where we
reconstruct the line from the two packets.
It's conceivable that an attacker controlled set of packets could
cause this to zero out the first byte of the "next" pointer of the
grub_mm_region structure following the current_line buffer.
Do not advance the pointer in the split header case.
Fixes: CVE-2022-28734
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It's possible for data->sock to get torn down in tcp error handling.
If we unconditionally tear it down again we will end up doing writes
to an offset of the NULL pointer when we go to tear it down again.
Detect if it has been torn down and don't do it again.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Under tftp errors, we print a tftp error message from the tftp header.
However, the tftph pointer is a pointer inside nb, the netbuff. Previously,
we were freeing the nb and then dereferencing it. Don't do that, use it
and then free it later.
This isn't really _bad_ per se, especially as we're single-threaded, but
it trips up fuzzers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A malicious tftp server can cause UAFs and a double free.
An attempt to read from a network file is handled by grub_net_fs_read(). If
the read is at an offset other than the current offset, grub_net_seek_real()
is invoked.
In grub_net_seek_real(), if a backwards seek cannot be satisfied from the
currently received packets, and the underlying transport does not provide
a seek method, then grub_net_seek_real() will close and reopen the network
protocol layer.
For tftp, the ->close() call goes to tftp_close() and frees the tftp_data_t
file->data. The file->data pointer is not nulled out after the free.
If the ->open() call fails, the file->data will not be reallocated and will
continue point to a freed memory block. This could happen from a server
refusing to send the requisite ack to the new tftp request, for example.
The seek and the read will then fail, but the grub_file continues to exist:
the failed seek does not necessarily cause the entire file to be thrown
away (e.g. where the file is checked to see if it is gzipped/lzio/xz/etc.,
a read failure is interpreted as a decompressor passing on the file, not as
an invalidation of the entire grub_file_t structure).
This means subsequent attempts to read or seek the file will use the old
file->data after free. Eventually, the file will be close()d again and
file->data will be freed again.
Mark a net_fs file that doesn't reopen as broken. Do not permit read() or
close() on a broken file (seek is not exposed directly to the file API -
it is only called as part of read, so this blocks seeks as well).
As an additional defence, null out the ->data pointer if tftp_open() fails.
That would have lead to a simple null pointer dereference rather than
a mess of UAFs.
This may affect other protocols, I haven't checked.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
I don't really understand what's going on here but fuzzing found
a bug where we read past the end of check_with. That's a C string,
so use grub_strlen() to make sure we don't overread it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_net_dns_lookup() takes as inputs a pointer to an array of addresses
("addresses") for the given name, and pointer to a number of addresses
("naddresses"). grub_net_dns_lookup() is responsible for allocating
"addresses", and the caller is responsible for freeing it if
"naddresses" > 0.
The DNS recv_hook will sometimes set and free the addresses array,
for example if the packet is too short:
if (ptr + 10 >= nb->tail)
{
if (!*data->naddresses)
grub_free (*data->addresses);
grub_netbuff_free (nb);
return GRUB_ERR_NONE;
}
Later on the nslookup command code unconditionally frees the "addresses"
array. Normally this is fine: the array is either populated with valid
data or is NULL. But in these sorts of error cases it is neither NULL
nor valid and we get a double-free.
Only free "addresses" if "naddresses" > 0.
It looks like the other use of grub_net_dns_lookup() is not affected.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A netbuff shouldn't be too huge. It's bounded by MTU and TCP segment
reassembly. If we are asked to create one that is unreasonably big, refuse.
This is a hardening measure: if we hit this code, there's a bug somewhere
else that we should catch and fix.
This commit:
- stops the bug propagating any further.
- provides a spot to instrument in e.g. fuzzing to try to catch these bugs.
I have put instrumentation (e.g. __builtin_trap() to force a crash) here and
have not been able to find any more crashes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We can receive packets with invalid IP fragmentation information. This
can lead to rsm->total_len underflowing and becoming very large.
Then, in grub_netbuff_alloc(), we add to this very large number, which can
cause it to overflow and wrap back around to a small positive number.
The allocation then succeeds, but the resulting buffer is too small and
subsequent operations can write past the end of the buffer.
Catch the underflow here.
Fixes: CVE-2022-28733
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In some cases attempting to display arbitrary binary strings leads
to ASAN splats reading the widthspec array out of bounds.
Check the index. If it would be out of bounds, return a width of 1.
I don't know if that's strictly correct, but we're not really expecting
great display of arbitrary binary data, and it's certainly not worse than
an OOB read.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Certain 1 px wide images caused a wild pointer write in
grub_jpeg_ycrcb_to_rgb(). This was caused because in grub_jpeg_decode_data(),
we have the following loop:
for (; data->r1 < nr1 && (!data->dri || rst);
data->r1++, data->bitmap_ptr += (vb * data->image_width - hb * nc1) * 3)
We did not check if vb * width >= hb * nc1.
On a 64-bit platform, if that turns out to be negative, it will underflow,
be interpreted as unsigned 64-bit, then be added to the 64-bit pointer, so
we see data->bitmap_ptr jump, e.g.:
0x6180_0000_0480 to
0x6181_0000_0498
^
~--- carry has occurred and this pointer is now far away from
any object.
On a 32-bit platform, it will decrement the pointer, creating a pointer
that won't crash but will overwrite random data.
Catch the underflow and error out.
Fixes: CVE-2021-3697
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
An invalid file could contain multiple start of stream blocks, which
would cause us to reallocate and leak our bitmap. Refuse to handle
multiple start of streams.
Additionally, fix a grub_error() call formatting.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fix a memory leak where an invalid file could cause us to reallocate
memory for a huffman table we had already allocated memory for.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fuzzing revealed some inputs that were taking a long time, potentially
forever, because they did not bail quickly upon encountering an I/O error.
Try to catch I/O errors sooner and bail out.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
ASAN picked up two OOB global reads: we weren't checking if some code
values fit within the cplens or cpdext arrays. Check and throw an error
if not.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In fuzzing we observed crashes where a code would attempt to be inserted
into a huffman table before the start, leading to a set of heap OOB reads
and writes as table entries with negative indices were shifted around and
the new code written in.
Catch the case where we would underflow the array and bail.
Fixes: CVE-2021-3696
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A 16-bit greyscale PNG without alpha is processed in the following loop:
for (i = 0; i < (data->image_width * data->image_height);
i++, d1 += 4, d2 += 2)
{
d1[R3] = d2[1];
d1[G3] = d2[1];
d1[B3] = d2[1];
}
The increment of d1 is wrong. d1 is incremented by 4 bytes per iteration,
but there are only 3 bytes allocated for storage. This means that image
data will overwrite somewhat-attacker-controlled parts of memory - 3 bytes
out of every 4 following the end of the image.
This has existed since greyscale support was added in 2013 in commit
3ccf16dff9 (grub-core/video/readers/png.c: Support grayscale).
Saving starfield.png as a 16-bit greyscale image without alpha in the gimp
and attempting to load it causes grub-emu to crash - I don't think this code
has ever worked.
Delete all PNG greyscale support.
Fixes: CVE-2021-3695
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This causes the bitmap to be leaked. Do not permit multiple image headers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fuzzing revealed some inputs that were taking a long time, potentially
forever, because they did not bail quickly upon encountering an I/O error.
Try to catch I/O errors sooner and bail out.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If we have an error in grub_file_open() before we free device_name, we
will leak it.
Free device_name in the error path and null out the pointer in the good
path once we free it there.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We must not allow other verifiers to pass things like the GRUB modules.
Instead of maintaining a blocklist, maintain an allowlist of things
that we do not care about.
This allowlist really should be made reusable, and shared by the
lockdown verifier, but this is the minimal patch addressing
security concerns where the TPM verifier was able to mark modules
as verified (or the OpenPGP verifier for that matter), when it
should not do so on shim-powered secure boot systems.
Fixes: CVE-2022-28735
Signed-off-by: Julian Andres Klode <julian.klode@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This ports the EFI chainloader to use grub_loader_set_ex() in order to fix
a use-after-free bug that occurs when grub_cmd_chainloader() is executed
more than once before a boot attempt is performed.
Fixes: CVE-2022-28736
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Loaders rely on global variables for saving context which is consumed
in the boot hook and freed in the unload hook. In the case where a loader
command is executed twice, calling grub_loader_set() a second time executes
the unload hook, but in some cases this runs when the loader's global
context has already been updated, resulting in the updated context being
freed and potential use-after-free bugs when the boot hook is subsequently
called.
This adds a new API, grub_loader_set_ex(), which allows a loader to specify
context that is passed to its boot and unload hooks. This is an alternative
to requiring that loaders call grub_loader_unset() before mutating their
global context.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The chainloader command retains the source buffer and device path passed
to LoadImage(), requiring the unload hook passed to grub_loader_set() to
free them. It isn't required to retain this state though - they aren't
required by StartImage() or anything else in the boot hook, so clean them
up before grub_cmd_chainloader() finishes.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Coverity reports that while loopis in the following functions uses
tainted data as boundary:
zfs_mount() -> check_mos_features() -> dnode_get() -> zfs_log2()
zfs_mount() -> grub_memmove()
The defect type is "Untrusted loop bound" caused as a result of
"tainted_data_downcast". Coverity does not like the pointer downcast
here and we need to address it.
We believe Coverity flags pointer downcast for the following two
reasons:
1. External data: The pointer downcast could indicate that the source is
external data, which we need to further sanitize - such as verifying its
limits. In this case, the data is read from an external source, which is
a disk. But, zio_read(), which reads the data from the disk, sanitizes it
using a checksum. checksum is the best facility that ZFS offers to verify
external data, and we don't believe a better way exists. Therefore, no
further action is possible for this.
2. Corruption due to alignment: downcasting a pointer from a strict type
to less strict type could result in data corruption. For example, the
following cast would corrupt because uint32_t is 4-byte aligned, and
won't be able to point to 0x1003 which is not 4-byte aligned.
uint8_t *ptr = 0x1003;
uint32_t *word = ptr; (incorrect, alignment issues)
This patch converts the "osp" pointer in zfs_mount() from a "void" type
to "objset_phys_t" type to address this issue.
We are not sure if there are any other reasons why Coverity flags the
downcast. However, the fix for alignment issue masks/suppresses any
other issues from showing up.
Fixes: CID 314023
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Coverity reports that the while loop in the following function uses
tainted data as boundary:
fill_fs_info() -> dnode_get() -> zfs_log2()
The tainted originated from:
fill_fs_info() -> make_mdn()
The defect type is "Untrusted loop bound" caused as a result of
"tainted_data_downcast". Coverity does not like the pointer downcast
here and we need to address it.
We believe Coverity flags pointer downcast for the following two
reasons:
1. External data: The pointer downcast could indicate that the source is
external data, which we need to further sanitize - such as verifying its
limits. In this case, the data is read from an external source, which is
a disk. But, zio_read(), which reads the data from the disk, sanitizes it
using a checksum. checksum is the best facility that ZFS offers to verify
external data, and we don't believe a better way exists. Therefore, no
further action is possible for this.
2. Corruption due to alignment: downcasting a pointer from a strict type
to less strict type could result in data corruption. For example, the
following cast would corrupt because uint32_t is 4-byte aligned, and
won't be able to point to 0x1003 which is not 4-byte aligned.
uint8_t *ptr = 0x1003;
uint32_t *word = ptr; (incorrect, alignment issues)
This patch converts the "osp" pointer in make_mdn() from a "void" type
to "objset_phys_t" type to address the issue.
We are not sure if there are any other reasons why Coverity flags the
downcast. However, the fix for alignment issue masks/suppresses any
other issues from showing up.
Fixes: CID 314020
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In util/grub-module-verifierXX.c, the function get_shdr() is used to obtain the
section header at a given index but isn't checking that there is an offset for
the section header table. To validate that there is, we can check that e_shoff
isn't 0.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
In bsdXX.c, a couple of untrusted loop bound and untrusted allocation size bugs
were flagged by Coverity in the functions grub_openbsd_find_ramdisk() and
grub_freebsd_load_elfmodule(). These bugs were flagged by coverity because the
variable shdr was downcasting from a char pointer to an Elf_Shdr pointer
whenever it was used to set the base value in for loops. To avoid this, we need
to set shdr as an Elf_Shdr pointer where it is initialized.
In the function read_headers(), the function is reading elf section header data
from a file and passing it to the variable shdr as data for a char pointer. If
we switch the type of shdr to an Elf_Shdr pointer in read_headers() as well as
other functions, then we won't need to downcast to an Elf_Shdr pointer. By doing
this, the issue becomes masked from Coverity's view. In the following patches,
we check limits to ensure the data isn't tainted.
Also, switched use of (char *) to (grub_uint8_t *) to give a better indication
of pointer arithmetic and not suggest use of a C string.
Fixes: CID 314018
Fixes: CID 314030
Fixes: CID 314031
Fixes: CID 314039
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Some devices report IoAlign values but seem to require buffers with
higher alignment.
The UEFI specification is saying: "IoAlign values of 0 and 1 mean that
the buffer can be placed anywhere in memory. Otherwise, IoAlign must
be a power of 2, and the requirement is that the start address of
a buffer must be evenly divisible by IoAlign with no remainder."
Some devices report IoAlign of 2, however seem to require 4 bytes
aligned buffers. It seems that this got misinterpreted by some vendors
assuming IoAlign is 2^IoAlign. There is also such a hint in an example
in earlier versions of the Driver Writer's Guide:
ScsiPassThruMode.IoAlign = 2; // Data must be alligned on 4-byte boundary
Some devices report no alignment requirements at all but seem to read
corrupted data or report read errors when passing unaligned buffers.
Work around by using an alignment of at least BlockSize (typically 512
bytes) in any case. If IoAlign (interpreted as per UEFI specification)
requests a higher alignment than BlockSize, follow IoAlign still.
Note: The problem has only noticed with compressed squashfs. It seems
that ext4 (and presumably other file system drivers) pass buffers with
a higher alignment already.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canaonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When using userland drivers such as rumpdisk, we'd rather make ext2fs use
parted-based libstore partitioning support. That can be used for kernelland
drivers as well, so we can just make GRUB always use the "part:" qualifier
to switch ext2fs to it.
grub_util_find_hurd_root_device() then has to understand this syntax and
translate it into the /dev/ entry name.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add the options --key-file, --keyfile-offset, and --keyfile-size to
cryptomount and code to put read the requested key file data and pass
via the cargs struct. Note, key file data is for all intents and purposes
equivalent to a password given to cryptomount. So there is no need to
enable support for key files in the various crypto backends (e.g. LUKS1)
because the key data is passed just as if it were a password.
Signed-off-by: John Lane <john@lane.uk.net>
Signed-off-by: Denis 'GNUtoo' Carikli <GNUtoo@cyberdimension.org>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The partmap test requires no elevated privileges. However, it uses parted
which can be used as a normal user, but is usually located in /sbin or
/usr/bin (eg. on Debian systems). Whereas the normal user does not usually
have /sbin or /usr/sbin added to their path, thus parted will not be found
causing the test to abort. Add /sbin and /usr/sbin to the path for the
partmap test so that the test can run successfully as an unprivileged user.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On failure, the hfs test should show both the host and GRUB determined fs
UUID. Prior to this change, both outputs where generated by GRUB, which is
less helpful in determining the cause of failure.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The section is an itemized list of commands that are not listed else where
in the command sections.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move loader commands documented in the general commands list into the
loader command section.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The commit 848724273e (net/net: Avoid unnecessary calls to
grub_net_tcp_retransmit()) needs to have its condition inverted to avoid
unnecessary calls to grub_net_tcp_retransmit(). As it is, it creates many
unnecessary calls and does not call grub_net_tcp_retransmit() when needed.
The call to grub_net_tcp_retransmit() should only be made when
grub_net_cards does _not_ equal NULL, meaning that there are potentially
network cards that need TCP retransmission.
Fixes: 848724273e (net/net: Avoid unnecessary calls to grub_net_tcp_retransmit())
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add detection for initramfs of the form *.img.old. For example, Gentoo's
sys-kernel/genkernel installs it as initramfs-*.img and moves any existing
one to initramfs-*.img.old.
Apply the same scheme to initrd-*.img and initrd-*.gz files for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Oskari Pirhonen <xxc3ncoredxx@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Those are used with non-bootstrap disk drivers, for which libstore has to
open /dev/disk before calling device_open on it instead of on the device
master port. Normally in that case all /dev/ entries also have the @/dev/disk:
qualifier, so we can just drop it.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A recent fix that made appears to have broken the ability to create an
aarch64 boot image on a x86-based host.
This was due to an overzealous testing of the architecture when building
grub-mkimage and removing the code that build an ARM image when not built
on ARM.
On the occasion remove redundant break.
Fixes: 8541f319 (grub-mkimage: Only check aarch64 relocations when built for aarch64)
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Selva Ganesan <selvaganesan89@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Although the EFI specification enforces support for FAT ESP, it's free
for EFI implementations to implement support for ESPs with other formats
(e.g. ext4, ntfs, etc), and at least U-Boot EFI will support ext4 ESP if
U-Boot is built with ext4 support. In some situations a GRUB installation
on such a non-FAT ESP could be useful (e.g. a NTFS-based USB disk that
can dual boot a Windows installation media and a Linux LiveCD).
As this is advanced and implementation-dependent behavior, let grub-install
allow this kind of installation, but only when --force is specified.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
During UEFI PXE boot in IPv6 network, if the DHCP server adopts stateful
automatic configuration, then the client receives a ICMP6_ROUTER_ADVERTISE
multicast message from the server. This may be received without the interface
having a configured network address, so orig_inf will be NULL, which can lead
to a NULL dereference when creating the default route. Actually, in this case,
the client obtains the default route through DHCPv6 instead of RA messages.
So if orig_inf == NULL and route_inf == NULL, we should not set the
default route.
Fixes: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?62072
Signed-off-by: Qiumiao Zhang <zhangqiumiao1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
ZFS file systems are not unmounted using umount, but instead by exporting
them. So export the ZFS file system that has the same label as the one that
was created during the test, if such one exists. This is required to delete
the loopback device that uses the ZFS image file. Otherwise the added code
to delete all loopback devices setup during the test run will never be able
to finish because the loopback device can not be deleted while in use.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When all tests complete successfully, filesystems mounted by grub-fs-tester
will be unmounted before exiting. However, on certain test failures the
tester will exit with a failure code and not unmount previously mounted
filesystems. Now keep track of mounts and umounts and run an exit handler
on exit or process interruption that will umount all mounts that haven't
already been unmounted.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Using "*" to prefix list items leads to undesirable display output for
at least the generation of the html documentation. Use the @itemize and
@item directives to get itemized list output.
Also fix some wording and punctuation issues.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is not clear from the documentation what a "list" is in the context
of the "if" command. Note that its a list of simple commands separated
by a ";" and that only the exit status of the last command matters.
The same is true for the "cond" parameter to the "while" command.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Instead of "tmp" the name is prefixed by the name of the scripts (e.g.
grub-fs-tester). A timestamp is added in the name to allow for easily
seeing a chronological sorting of runs and the name of the filesystem
being tested. The random component is set to the minimal possible,
3 characters, because the timestamp should provide enough uniqueness.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Using the blkid cache can cause issues when running many file system tests
in parallel. We do not need it, as its only there to improve performance,
and using the cache does not provide significant performance improvements.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Autoconf will set a default CFLAGS of "-g -O2" if CFLAGS is not set.
CFLAGS was defaulted to "" early in configure to prevent this. A recent
commit ad9ccf660 (configure: Fix various new autotools warnings) added
AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS, which pulls in the autoconf CFLAGS check,
before we default CFLAGS and thus setting the autoconf default for
CFLAGS. Move the default setting of CFLAGS to before AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
so that autoconf will see CFLAGS as set and not give it a default.
CFLAGS is also moved above AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR, because CFLAGS should be
defaulted to "" as soon as possible to catch any autoconf macros that try
to use some other default. Regardless, this currently has no effect as that
macro does not consider the CFLAGS variable.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The value of next_marker is adjusted based on the word sized value
read from data->file.
The updated next_marker value should reference a location in the file
just beyond the huffman table, and as such should not have a value
larger than the size of the file.
Fixes: CID 73657
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_absolute_pointer() is a compound expression that can only work
within a function. We are out of luck here when the pointer variables
require global definition due to ATTRIBUTE_TEXT that have to use fully
initialized global definition because of the way linkers work.
static gf_single_t * const gf_powx ATTRIBUTE_TEXT = (void *) 0x100000;
For the reason given above, use GCC diagnostic pragmas to suppress the
array-bounds warning.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GRUB is failing to build with GCC-12 in many places like this:
In function 'init_cbfsdisk',
inlined from 'grub_mod_init' at ../../grub-core/fs/cbfs.c:391:3:
../../grub-core/fs/cbfs.c:345:7: error: array subscript 0 is outside array bounds of 'grub_uint32_t[0]' {aka 'unsigned int[]'} [-Werror=array-bounds]
345 | ptr = *(grub_uint32_t *) 0xfffffffc;
| ~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This is caused by GCC regression in 11/12 [1]. In a nut shell, the
warning is about detected invalid accesses at non-zero offsets to NULL
pointers. Since hardwired constant address is treated as NULL plus an
offset in the same underlying code, the warning is therefore triggered.
Instead of inserting #pragma all over the places where literal pointers
are accessed to avoid diagnosing array-bounds, we can try to borrow the
idea from Linux kernel that the absolute_pointer() macro [2][3] is used
to disconnect a pointer using literal address from it's original object,
hence GCC won't be able to make assumptions on the boundary while doing
pointer arithmetic. With that we can greatly reduce the code we have to
cover up by making initial literal pointer assignment to use the new
wrapper but not having to track everywhere literal pointers are
accessed. This also makes code looks cleaner.
Please note the grub_absolute_pointer() macro requires to be invoked in
a function as long as it is compound expression. Some global variables
with literal pointers has been changed to local ones in order to use
grub_absolute_pointer() to initialize it. The shuffling is basically done
in a selective and careful way that the variable's scope doesn't matter
being local or global, for example, the global variable must not get
modified at run time throughout. For the record, here's the list of
global variables got shuffled in this patch:
grub-core/commands/i386/pc/drivemap.c:int13slot
grub-core/term/i386/pc/console.c:bios_data_area
grub-core/term/ns8250.c:serial_hw_io_addr
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=99578
[2] https://elixir.bootlin.com/linux/v5.16.14/source/include/linux/compiler.h#L180
[3] https://elixir.bootlin.com/linux/v5.16.14/source/include/linux/compiler-gcc.h#L31
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The warning is real as long as dangling pointer to tmp_ may be used if
o32 and o64 are both NULL. However that is not going to happen and can
be ignored safely because the PE_OHDR is being used in a context that
either o32 or o64 must have been properly initialized. Sadly compiler
seems not to always optimize that unused tmp_ away so explicit
suppression remain needed here.
../util/mkimage.c: In function 'grub_install_generate_image':
../util/mkimage.c:1422:41: error: dangling pointer to 'tmp_' may be used [-Werror=dangling-pointer=]
1422 | PE_OHDR (o32, o64, header_size) = grub_host_to_target32 (header_size);
../util/mkimage.c:857:28: note: 'tmp_' declared here
857 | __typeof__((o64)->field) tmp_; \
| ^~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch handles automatic configuration of VLAN when booting from PXE
on UEFI hardware.
Signed-off-by: Chad Kimes <chkimes@github.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Previously there was no way to set the 802.1Q VLAN identifier, despite
support for vlantag in the net module. The only location vlantag was
being populated was from PXE boot and only for Open Firmware hardware.
This commit allows users to manually configure VLAN information for any
interface.
Example usage:
grub> net_ls_addr
efinet1 00:11:22:33:44:55 192.0.2.100
grub> net_set_vlan efinet1 100
grub> net_ls_addr
efinet1 00:11:22:33:44:55 192.0.2.100 vlan100
grub> net_set_vlan efinet1 0
efinet1 00:11:22:33:44:55 192.0.2.100
Signed-off-by: Chad Kimes <chkimes@github.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The initial implementation of the stack protector just busy looped
in __stack_chk_fail in order to reduce the amount of code being
executed after the stack has been compromised because of a lack of
firmware memory protections. With future firmware implementations
incorporating memory protections such as W^X, call in to boot services
when an error occurs in order to log a message to the console before
automatically rebooting the machine.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function grub_xnu_boot(), struct grub_relocator32_state state is called
but isn't being initialized. This results in the members grub_uint32_t ebx,
grub_uint32_t ecx, grub_uint32_t edx, grub_uint32_t edi, and grub_uint32_t esi
being filled with junk data from the stack since none of them are being set to
any values. We can prevent this by setting state to {0}.
Fixes: CID 375035
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function grub_xnu_boot_resume(), struct grub_relocator32_state state is
called but isn't being initialized. This results in the members grub_uint32_t
ebx, grub_uint32_t ecx, grub_uint32_t edx, grub_uint32_t esi, and grub_uint32_t
edi being filled with junk data from the stack since none of them are being set
to any values. We can prevent this by setting state to {0}.
Fixes: CID 375031
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function grub_linux16_boot(), struct grub_relocator16_state state is
called but isn't being initialized. This results in the members grub_uint32_t
ebx, grub_uint32_t edx, grub_uint32_t esi, and grub_uint32_t ebp being filled
with junk data from the stack since none of them are being set to any values.
We can prevent this by setting state to {0}.
Fixes: CID 375028
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function grub_netbsd_setup_video(), struct grub_netbsd_btinfo_framebuf
params is called but isn't being initialized. The member grub_uint8_t
reserved[16] isn't set to any values and is instead filled with junk data from
the stack. We can prevent this by setting params to {0}.
Fixes: CID 375026
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function grub_net_ipv6_get_link_local(), grub_net_network_level_address_t
addr is called but isn't being initialized. This results in the member
grub_dns_option_t option being filled with junk data from the stack. We can
prevent this by setting the option member in addr to 0.
Fixes: CID 375033
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function grub_net_configure_by_dhcp_ack(),
grub_net_network_level_address_t addr is called but isn't being initialized.
This results in the member grub_dns_option_t option being filled with junk data
from the stack. To prevent this, we can set the option member in addr to 0.
Fixes: CID 375036
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function grub_net_arp_receive(), grub_net_network_level_address_t
sender_addr and target_addr are being called but aren't being initialized.
In both of these structs, each member is being set to a value except for
grub_dns_option_t option. This results in this member being filled with junk
data from the stack. To prevent this, we can set the option member in both
structs to 0.
Fixes: CID 375030
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If the machine has network cards found, but there are no tcp open sockets
(because the user doesn't use the network to boot), then grub_net_tcp_retransmit()
should be a noop. Thus GRUB doesn't need to call grub_get_time_ms(), which
does a call into firmware on powerpc-ieee1275, and probably other targets.
So only call grub_get_time_ms() if there are tcp sockets.
Aside from improving performance, its also useful to stay out of the firmware
as much as possible when debugging via QEMU because its a pain to get back
in to GRUB execution. grub_net_tcp_retransmit() can get called very frequently
via grub_net_poll_cards_idle() when GRUB is waiting for a keypress
(grub_getkey_noblock() calls grub_net_poll_cards_idle()). This can be annoying
when debugging an issue in GRUB on PowerPC in QEMU with GDB when GRUB is waiting
for a keypress because interrupting via GDB nearly always lands in the OpenBIOS
firmware's milliseconds call.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub_net_poll_cards_idle_real(), only call grub_net_tcp_retransmit() if there
are network cards found. If there are no network card found, there can be no
tcp sockets to transmit on. So no need to go through that logic.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This looks like it was a copy/paste error. If the net module is unloaded,
grub_net_poll_cards_idle should be NULL so that GRUB does not try to call
a function which now doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These CFLAGS definitions are reset below them before they have a change to
affect anything. The exception is the *-emu case, which is put in the next
if block, which is the only place its used before getting reset.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It appears as though the intent of this code is to define abort() and main()
symbols for some configure tests. However, it never gets used because the if
is only entered when not building for *-emu, but the next if block only runs
when building for *-emu. And the if block after that unconditionally resets
CFLAGS. So this code can have no effect.
Additionally, s/aclocal.m4/acinclude.m4/ and move grub_ASM_USCORE to put
with other marcos defined in acinclude.m4.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to the INSTALL, "The HOST_* variables override not prefixed
variables". This change makes it so, instead of previous behavior, which
was to ignore the HOST_CC environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add linker flags when linking kernel.exec to have malloc and free point to
grub_malloc() and grub_free() respectively. Some gdb functionality depends on
gdb locating the symbols "malloc" and "free", such as dynamically creating
strings for arguments to injected function calls. A trivial example would
the gdb command 'p strlen("astring")'. Make sure not to do this on emu
platforms, or an infinite loop occurs because emu has a special
grub_malloc() that calls malloc().
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When using "search" on EFI systems, we sometimes want to exclude devices
that are not EFI disks, e.g. md, lvm. This is typically used when
wanting to chainload when having a software raid (md) for EFI partition:
with no option, "search --file /EFI/redhat/shimx64.efi" sets root envvar
to "md/boot_efi" which cannot be used for chainloading since there is no
effective EFI device behind.
Signed-off-by: Renaud Métrich <rmetrich@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
GRUB EFI builds are now often used in combination with flicker-free
boot, but this breaks with upstream GRUB because the "Welcome to GRUB!"
message will kick the EFI fb into text mode and show the msg, breaking
the flicker-free experience.
EFI systems are so fast, that when the menu or the countdown are
enabled the message will be immediately overwritten, so in these cases
not printing the message does not matter.
And in case when the timeout_style is set to TIMEOUT_STYLE_HIDDEN,
the user has asked GRUB to be quiet (for example to allow flickfree
boot) and thus the message should not be printed.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When the user has asked the menu code to be hidden/quiet and the current
entry is being autobooted because the timeout has expired don't show
the "Booting `%s'" msg.
This is necessary to let flicker-free boots really be flicker free,
otherwise the "Booting `%s'" msg will kick the EFI fb into text mode
and show the msg, breaking the flicker-free experience.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
To allow flickerfree boot the EFI console code does not call
grub_efi_set_text_mode(1) until some text is actually output. Depending
on if the output text is because of an error loading, e.g. the .cfg
file, or because of showing the menu the cursor needs to be on or off
when the first text is shown. So far the cursor was hardcoded to being
on, but this is causing drawing artifacts + slow drawing of the menu as
reported here: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1946969
Handle the cursorstate in the same way as the colorstate to fix this,
when no text has been output yet, just cache the cursorstate and then
use the last set value when the first text is output.
Fixes: 2d7c3abd87 (efi/console: Do not set text-mode until we actually need it)
Fixes: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1946969
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
GRUB_MOD_INIT(normal) does an unconditional:
grub_env_set ("color_normal", "light-gray/black");
which triggers a grub_term_setcolorstate() call. The original version
of the "efi/console: Do not set text-mode until we actually need it" patch,
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2018-03/msg00125.html,
protected against this by caching the requested state in
grub_console_setcolorstate() and then only applying it when the first
text output actually happens. During refactoring to move the
grub_console_setcolorstate() up higher in the grub-core/term/efi/console.c
file the code to cache the color-state + bail early was accidentally dropped.
Restore the cache the color-state + bail early behavior from the original.
Fixes: 2d7c3abd87 (efi/console: Do not set text-mode until we actually need it)
Cc: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While it would appear unlikely that the memory allocated in *argv in
grub_parser_split_cmdline() would be leaked, we should try ensure that
it doesn't leak by calling grub_free() before we return from
grub_rescue_parse_line().
To avoid a possible double-free, grub_parser_split_cmdline() is being
changed to assign *argv = NULL when we've called grub_free() in the fail
section.
Fixes: CID 96680
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Coverity flagged the switch checks for R_AARCH64_* as being logically
dead code, since it could never happen on x86 due to the masking of the
values earlier in the code.
A check for building on __arm__ (which gcc and clang define) and for
MKIMAGE_ELF64 (which GRUB defines) has been added to avoid this dead
code being built in.
Fixes: CID 158599
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
$ ./configure --target=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --with-platform=efi --host=x86_64-w64-mingw32
$ make
[...]
cat syminfo.lst | sort | gawk -f ./genmoddep.awk > moddep.lst || (rm -f moddep.lst; exit 1)
__imp__errno in regexp is not defined
This happens because grub-core/lib/gnulib/malloc/dynarray_resize.c and
grub-core/lib/gnulib/malloc/dynarray_emplace_enlarge.c (both are used by
regexp module) from the latest Gnulib call __set_errno() which originally
sets errno variable (Windows builds add __imp__ prefix). Of course it is
not defined and grub_errno should be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
- Fix type of size variable in luks2_verify_key()
- Avoid redefinition of SIZE_MAX and ATTRIBUTE_ERROR
- Work around gnulib's int types on older compilers
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In addition to the changes carried in our gnulib patches, several
Coverity and code hygiene fixes that were previously downstream are also
included in this 3-year gnulib increment.
Unfortunately, fix-width.patch is retained.
Bump minimum autoconf version from 2.63 to 2.64 and automake from 1.11
to 1.14, as required by gnulib.
Sync bootstrap script itself with gnulib.
Update regexp module for new dynarray dependency.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Originally added in commit db7337a3d (grub-core/lib/posix_wrap/stdlib.h
(abort): Removed), this patched out all relevant invocations of abort()
in gnulib. While it was not documented why at the time, testing suggests
that there's no abort() implementation available for gnulib to use.
gnulib's position is that the use of abort() is correct here, since it
happens when input violates a "shall" from POSIX. Additionally, the
code in question is probably not reachable. Since abort() is more
friendly to user-space, they prefer to make no change, so we can just
carry a define instead (suggested by Paul Eggert).
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Originally added in commit 9fbdec2f (bootstrap: Add gnulib's base64
module) and subsequently modified in commit 552c9fd08 (gnulib: Fix build
of base64 when compiling with memory debugging), fix-base64.patch
handled two problems we have using gnulib, which are exercised by the
base64 module but not directly caused by it.
First, GRUB defines its own bool type, while gnulib expects the
equivalent of stdbool.h to be present. Rather than patching gnulib,
instead use gnulib's stdbool module to provide a bool type if needed
(suggested by Simon Josefsson).
Second, our config.h doesn't always inherit config-util.h, which is
where gnulib-related options like _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST end up.
fix-base64.h worked around this by defining the attribute away, but this
workaround is better placed in config.h itself, not a gnulib patch.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
gnulib defines go in config-util.h, and we need to know whether to
provide duplicates in config.h or not.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The commit 9d25b0da9 (Remove emu libusb support.) dropped use of libusb,
but did not remove mention of it from INSTALL file.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The mingw-w64-tools is especially important because with out it some
Windows builds may fail due to lack of proper pkg-config.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
These are probably stray references left after earlier removals.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
$ ./configure --target=i686-w64-mingw32 --with-platform=efi --host=i686-w64-mingw32
[...]
checking if __bss_start is defined by the compiler... no
checking if edata is defined by the compiler... no
checking if _edata is defined by the compiler... no
configure: error: none of __bss_start, edata or _edata is defined
This happens on machines with quite recent ld due to an error:
`edata' referenced in section `.text' of /tmp/cc72w9E4.o: defined in discarded section `.data' of conftest.exe
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
So, we have to tell linker to not discard .data and .edata sections.
The trick comes from ld documentation:
3.6.7 Output Section Discarding
The linker will not normally create output sections with no contents.
This is for convenience when referring to input sections that may or may
not be present in any of the input files. For example:
.foo : { *(.foo) }
will only create a ‘.foo’ section in the output file if there is a
‘.foo’ section in at least one input file, and if the input sections are
not all empty. Other link script directives that allocate space in an
output section will also create the output section. So too will
assignments to dot even if the assignment does not create space, except
for ‘. = 0’, ‘. = . + 0’, ‘. = sym’, ‘. = . + sym’ and ‘. = ALIGN (. !=
0, expr, 1)’ when ‘sym’ is an absolute symbol of value 0 defined in the
script. This allows you to force output of an empty section with ‘. = .’.
This change does not impact generated binaries because the
conf/i386-cygwin-img-ld.sc linker script is used only when
you run configure.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Latest GCC may complain in that way:
commands/i386/pc/sendkey.c: In function ‘grub_sendkey_postboot’:
commands/i386/pc/sendkey.c:223:21: error: writing 1 byte into a region of size 0 [-Werror=stringop-overflow=]
223 | *((char *) 0x41a) = 0x1e;
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~
The volatile keyword addition helps and additionally assures us the
compiler will not optimize out fixed assignments.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Latest GCC may complain in that way:
In file included from ../include/grub/disk.h:31,
from ../include/grub/file.h:26,
from ../include/grub/loader.h:23,
from loader/i386/bsd.c:19:
loader/i386/bsd.c: In function ‘grub_cmd_openbsd’:
../include/grub/misc.h:71:10: error: ‘ptr’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
71 | return grub_memmove (dest, src, n);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
loader/i386/bsd.c:266:9: note: ‘ptr’ was declared here
266 | void *ptr;
| ^~~
So, let's fix it by assigning NULL to ptr in grub_bsd_add_meta().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
$ ./configure --target=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --with-platform=efi --host=x86_64-w64-mingw32
$ make
[...]
In file included from grub-core/osdep/platform.c:4:
grub-core/osdep/windows/platform.c: In function ‘grub_install_register_efi’:
grub-core/osdep/windows/platform.c:382:41: error: taking address of packed member of ‘struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
382 | path16_len = grub_utf8_to_utf16 (filep->path_name,
| ~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for grub_utf8_to_utf16()
call which contains filep->path_name reference. It seems safe because the
structure is defined according to the UEFI spec and we hope authors did not
make any mistake... :-)
This fix is similar to the fix in the commit 8e8723a6b
(f2fs: Disable gcc9 -Waddress-of-packed-member).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Commit 45bffae13 (util/resolve: Bail with error if moddep.lst file line is
too long) uses the %zu format specifier which has not been used in
any translated strings yet. So the sed scripts used for transliterating
certain languages need to be updated otherwise creation of the message
indexes will fail on an unknown format code. This is essentially the same
issue fixed for the %m format code in commit 2e246b6f (po: Fix replacement
of %m in sed programs).
Also reorder transliteration lines to be more lexicographically ordered.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
GRUB netbuff structure members track 2 different things: the extent of memory
allocated for the packet, and the extent of memory currently being worked on.
This works out in the structure as follows:
nb->head: beginning of the allocation
nb->data: beginning of the working data
nb->tail: end of the working data
nb->end: end of the allocation
The head and end pointers are set in grub_netbuff_alloc() and do not change.
The data and tail pointers are initialised to point at start of the
allocation (that is, head == data == tail initially), and are then
manipulated by grub_netbuff_*() functions. Key functions are as follows:
- grub_netbuff_put(): "put" more data into the packet - advance nb->tail
- grub_netbuff_unput(): trim the tail of the packet - retract nb->tail
- grub_netbuff_pull(): "consume" some packet data - advance nb->data
- grub_netbuff_reserve(): reserve space for future headers - advance nb->data and nb->tail
- grub_netbuff_push(): "un-consume" data to allow headers to be written - retract nb->data
Each of those functions does some form of error checking. For example,
grub_netbuff_put() does not allow nb->tail to exceed nb->end, and
grub_netbuff_push() does not allow nb->data to be before nb->head.
However, grub_netbuff_pull()'s error checking is a bit weird. It advances nb->data
and checks that it does not exceed nb->end. That allows you to get into the
situation where nb->data > nb->tail, which should not be.
Make grub_netbuff_pull() check against both nb->tail and nb->end. In theory just
checking against ->tail should be sufficient but the extra check should be
cheap and seems like good defensive practice.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The libfuse 3.0.0 got released in 2016, with some API changes compared to 2.x.
This commit introduces support for 3.x while keeping it compatible with 2.6
as a fallback still.
To detect fuse3, switch configure over to use pkg-config, which is simpler yet
more reliable than looking for library and header manually. Also set
FUSE_USE_VERSION that way, as it depends on the used libfuse version.
Now that the CFLAGS are read from pkg-config, use just <fuse.h>, which works
with 2.x as well as 3.x and is recommended by libfuse upstream.
One behavior change of libfuse3 is that FUSE_ATOMIC_O_TRUNC is set by default,
which means that open with O_TRUNC is passed as-is instead of calling the
truncate operation. With libfuse2, truncate failed with -ENOSYS and that was
returned to the application. To make O_TRUNC fail with libfuse3, return -EROFS
explicitly if writing was requested.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
VLAN configuration seems to have never worked on little-endian systems.
This is likely because VLANTAG_IDENTIFIER is not byte-swapped before
copying into the net buffer, nor is inf->vlantag. We can resolve this by
using grub_cpu_to_be16{_compile_time}() and its inverse when copying
VLAN info to/from the net buffer.
Signed-off-by: Chad Kimes <chkimes@github.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The EFI_IMAGE_SECURITY_DATABASE_GUID is used for the image execution
information table (cf. UEFI specification 2.9, 32.5.3.1 Using The Image
Execution Information Table).
The lsefisystab command is used to display installed EFI configuration
tables. Currently it only shows the GUID but not a short text for the
table.
Provide a short text for the EFI_IMAGE_SECURITY_DATABASE_GUID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
ChangeLog-2015 has been untouched for over 7 years now, and any
information in it is purely for historical purposes. At the same time,
grepping for code winds up matching this file quite a bit, almost never
accomplishing anything other than cluttering up your grep results. We
don't need this in the main repo, and "git show" will find it if you're
looking at the old history of commits on some file.
This patch deletes it and the Makefile.am rule to distribute it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
os-prober now effectively handles multiple paths passed to initrd, but
grub-mkconfig still truncates off any subsequent space-delimited paths.
Support proper parsing of space-delimited initrd paths passed from
os-prober for distributions, like Manjaro, that require it.
Fixes: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?47681
Signed-off-by: Peter Levine <plevine457@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This adds pci-arbiter and rumpdisk as bootstrap modules whenever they are
available. This opens the path for fully-userland disk support.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
To prevent infinite recursion when grub_mm_debug is on, disable it when
calling grub_vprintf(). One such call loop is:
grub_vprintf() -> parse_printf_args() -> parse_printf_arg_fmt() ->
grub_debug_calloc() -> grub_printf() -> grub_vprintf().
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These functions may be useful within modules as well. Export them so that
modules can use them.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Define MM_DEBUG in config.h when --enable-mm-debug is passed to configure.
It was being defined in config-util.h which only gets used when building
GRUB utilities for the host side. The enabling of debugging for memory
management in include/grub/mm.h explicitly does not happen when compiling
for the GRUB utilities. So this debugging code effectively could never be
enabled. Note, that MM_DEBUG is defined in an #if directive because the
enabling of debugging checks if MM_DEBUG is defined, not what its value is.
So even if MM_DEBUG were defined to nothing, the debugging code would
still be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In GNU ld and ld.lld, -d is used with -r to allocate space to COMMON symbols.
This behavior is presumably to work around legacy projects which inspect
relocatable output by themselves and do not handle COMMON symbols. The GRUB
does not do this.
See https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/issues/53660
-d is quite useless and ld.lld 15.0.0 will make -d no-op.
COMMON symbols have special symbol resolution semantics which can cause surprise
(see https://maskray.me/blog/2022-02-06-all-about-common-symbols). GCC<10 and
Clang<11 defaulted to -fcommon. Just use -fno-common to avoid COMMON symbols.
Signed-off-by: Fangrui Song <maskray@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows for testing only tests that run directly on the build machine or
only tests that run in a virtualized environment. When testing multiple
targets on the same build machine the native tests only need to be run once
for all targets. Whereas, the nonnative tests must be run for each target
because the test is potentially compiled differently for each target.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When using --no-floppy and a floppy was encountered, iterate_device()
was returning 1, causing the iteration to stop instead of continuing.
Signed-off-by: Renaud Métrich <rmetrich@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is causing the test grub_cmd_date() to fail because the returned
date is one day more than it should be.
This reverts commit 607d66116 (iee1275/datetime: Fix off-by-1 error.).
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This bashism allows converting NUM in base BASE to decimal. Its not needed
because the only place its used is to convert from hexidecimal and this can
also be done with the more portable $((0xHEXNUM)) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In comparison to other i386 targets, on i386-efi the Q35 QEMU machine type
is used to do the testing to be able to make use of the EFI firmware in
QEMU. On the Q35 machine type there is no way to use ATA to communicate with
an IDE, only AHCI.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-module-verifierXX.c, the function find_section() uses the value from
grub_target_to_host16 (e->e_shstrndx) to obtain the section header table index
of the section name string table, but it wasn't being checked if the value was
there.
According to the elf(5) manual page,
"If the index of section name string table section is larger than or equal
to SHN_LORESERVE (0xff00), this member holds SHN_XINDEX (0xffff) and the real
index of the section name string table section is held in the sh_link member of
the initial entry in section header table. Otherwise, the sh_link member of the
initial entry in section header table contains the value zero."
Since this check wasn't being made, the function get_shstrndx() is being added
to make this check and use e_shstrndx if it doesn't have SHN_XINDEX as a value,
else use sh_link. We also need to make sure e_shstrndx isn't greater than or
equal to SHN_LORESERVE and sh_link isn't less than SHN_LORESERVE.
Note that it may look as though the argument *arch isn't being used, it's
actually required in order to use the macros grub_target_to_host*(x) which are
unwinded to grub_target_to_host*_real(arch, (x)) based on defines earlier in
the file.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In grub-module-verifierXX.c, grub_target_to_host16 (e->e_shnum) is used to
obtain the number of section header table entries, but it wasn't being
checked if the value was there.
According to the elf(5) manual page,
"If the number of entries in the section header table is larger than or equal
to SHN_LORESERVE (0xff00), e_shnum holds the value zero and the real number of
entries in the section header table is held in the sh_size member of the intial
entry in section header table. Otherwise, the sh_size member of the initial
entry in the section header table holds the value zero."
Since this check wasn't being made, the function get_shnum() is being added to
make this check and use whichever member doesn't have a value of zero. If both
are zero, then we must return an error. We also need to make sure that e_shnum
doesn't have a value greater than or equal to SHN_LORESERVE and sh_size isn't
less than SHN_LORESERVE.
Note that it may look as though the argument *arch isn't being used, it's
actually required in order to use the macros grub_target_to_host*(x) which are
unwinded to grub_target_to_host*_real(arch, (x)) based on defines earlier in
the file.
Fixes: CID 314021
Fixes: CID 314027
Fixes: CID 314033
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Added the function get_shdr() which returns the section header at a given index
parameter passed into this function. This helps traverse the section header
table and reduces repeated calls to lengthy equations used to obtain section
headers.
Note that it may look as though the argument *arch isn't being used, it's
actually required in order to use the macros grub_target_to_host*(x) which are
unwinded to grub_target_to_host*_real(arch, (x)) based on defines earlier in the
file.
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In commit 178ac51073 (affs: Fix memory leaks), fixes were made to
grub_affs_iterate_dir() to prevent memory leaks from occurring after it
returns without freeing node. However, there were still some instances
where node was causing a memory leak when the function returns after
calling grub_affs_create_node(). In this function, new memory is
allocated to node but doesn't get freed until the hook() function is
called near the end. Before hook() is called, node should be freed in
grub_affs_create_node() before returning out of it.
Fixes: 178ac51073 (affs: Fix memory leaks)
Fixes: CID 73759
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
As of version 2.38 binutils defaults to ISA specification version
2019-12-13. This version of the specification has has separated the
the csr read/write (csrr*/csrw*) instructions and the fence.i from
the I extension and put them into separate Zicsr and Zifencei
extensions.
This implies that we have to adjust the -march flag passed to the
compiler accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The UEFI specification defines that the EFI_BOOT_SERVICES.Exit(() service may return
EFI_SUCCESS or EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER. So it cannot be __attribute__((noreturn)).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Allow the use of HTTP servers listening on ports other 80. This is done
with an extension to the http notation:
(http[,server[,port]])
- or -
(http[,server[:port]])
Signed-off-by: Stephen Balousek <sbalousek@wickedloop.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Under certain conditions libgrub.pp gets generated with a such that it
contains a bunch of CPP defines, at least one of which contains "@MARKER@".
This line should not be used when generating libgrub_a_init.lst, otherwise
we get compiler errors like:
libgrub_a_init.c:22:18: error: stray ‘#’ in program
22 | extern void grub_#define_init (void);
| ^
libgrub_a_init.c:22:19: error: expected ‘=’, ‘,’, ‘;’, ‘asm’ or ‘__attribute__’ before ‘define_init’
22 | extern void grub_#define_init (void);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
libgrub_a_init.c:23:18: error: stray ‘#’ in program
23 | extern void grub_#define_fini (void);
| ^
libgrub_a_init.c:23:19: error: expected ‘=’, ‘,’, ‘;’, ‘asm’ or ‘__attribute__’ before ‘define_fini’
23 | extern void grub_#define_fini (void);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
...
When generating libgrub_a_init.lst only lines starting with "@MARKER@"
are desired.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When generating video.lst, modules whose marker file contains the string
VIDEO_LIST_MARKER are selected. But when the marker file contains the CPP
defines, one of the defines is VIDEO_LIST_MARKER and is present in all
marker files, so they are all selected. By removing the defines, the correct
modules are selected.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code reads each line into a buffer of size 1024 and does not check if
the line is longer. So a line longer than 1024 will be read as a valid line
followed by an invalid line. Then an error confusing to the user is sent
with the test "invalid line format". But the line format is perfectly fine,
the problem is in GRUB's parser. Check if we've hit a line longer than the
size of the buffer, and if so send a more correct and reasonable error.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If the last non-NULL byte of "buf" is not a white-space character (such as
when a read line is longer than the size of "buf"), then "p" will eventually
point to the byte after the last byte in "buf". After which "p" will be
dereferenced in the while conditional leading to an out of bounds read. Make
sure that "p" is inside "buf" before dereferencing it.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Sometimes you only know which debug logging facility names you want to
turn off, not necessarily all the ones you want enabled. This patch allows
the debug string to contain facility names in the $debug variable which are
prefixed with a "-" to disable debug log messages for that conditional. Say
you want all debug logging on except for btrfs and scripting, then do:
"set debug=all,-btrfs,-scripting"
Note, that only the last occurrence of the facility name with or without a
leading "-" is considered. So simply appending ",-facilityname" to the
$debug variable will disable that conditional. To illustrate, the command
"set debug=all,-btrfs,-scripting,btrfs" will enable btrfs.
Also, add documentation explaining this new behavior.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The Coverity output is:
*** CID 366905: Memory - illegal accesses (USE_AFTER_FREE)
/grub-core/disk/cryptodisk.c: 1064 in grub_cryptodisk_scan_device_real()
1058 cleanup:
1059 if (askpass)
1060 {
1061 cargs->key_len = 0;
1062 grub_free (cargs->key_data);
1063 }
>>> CID 366905: Memory - illegal accesses (USE_AFTER_FREE)
>>> Using freed pointer "dev".
1064 return dev;
1065 }
1066
1067 #ifdef GRUB_UTIL
1068 #include <grub/util/misc.h>
1069 grub_err_t
Here the "dev" variable can point to a freed cryptodisk device if the
function grub_cryptodisk_insert() fails. This can happen only on a OOM
condition, but when this happens grub_cryptodisk_insert() calls grub_free on
the passed device. Since grub_cryptodisk_scan_device_real() assumes that
grub_cryptodisk_insert() is always successful, it will return the device,
though the device was freed.
Change grub_cryptodisk_insert() to not free the passed device on failure.
Then on grub_cryptodisk_insert() failure, free the device pointer. This is
done by going to the label "error", which will call cryptodisk_close() to
free the device and set the device pointer to NULL, so that a pointer to
freed memory is not returned.
Fixes: CID 366905
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_mm_init_region() does some things that seem magical, especially
around region merging. Make it a bit clearer.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_free() possesses a surprising number of quirks, and also
uses single-letter variable names confusingly to iterate through
the free list.
Document what's going on.
Use prev and cur to iterate over the free list.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Small allocations move the region's *first pointer. The comment
says that this happens for allocations under 64K. The code says
it's for allocations under 32K. Commit 45bf8b3a75 changed the
code intentionally: make the comment match.
Fixes: 45bf8b3a75 (* grub-core/kern/mm.c (grub_real_malloc): Decrease cut-off of moving the)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When iterating through the singly linked list of free blocks,
grub_real_malloc() uses p and q for the current and previous blocks
respectively. This isn't super clear, so swap to using prev and cur.
This makes another quirk more obvious. The comment at the top of
grub_real_malloc() might lead you to believe that the function will
allocate from *first if there is space in that block.
It actually doesn't do that, and it can't do that with the current
data structures. If we used up all of *first, we would need to change
the ->next of the previous block to point to *first->next, but we
can't do that because it's a singly linked list and we don't have
access to *first's previous block.
What grub_real_malloc() actually does is set *first to the initial
previous block, and *first->next is the block we try to allocate
from. That allows us to keep all the data structures consistent.
Document that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
I spent more than a trivial quantity of time figuring out pre_size and
whether a memory region's size contains the header cell or not.
Document the meanings of all the properties. Hopefully now no-one else
has to figure it out!
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Up to now GRUB can only embed to the first 64 KiB before primary
superblock of btrfs, effectively limiting the GRUB core size. That
could consequently pose restrictions to feature enablement like
advanced zstd compression.
This patch attempts to utilize full unused area reserved by btrfs for
the bootloader outlined in the document [1]:
The first 1MiB on each device is unused with the exception of primary
superblock that is on the offset 64KiB and spans 4KiB.
Apart from that, adjacent sectors to superblock and first block group
are not used for embedding in case of overflow and logged access to
adjacent sectors could be useful for tracing it up.
This patch has been tested to provide out of the box support for btrfs
zstd compression with which GRUB has been installed to the partition.
[1] https://btrfs.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Manpage/btrfs(5)#BOOTLOADER_SUPPORT
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The iso9660 tests test creating isos with different combinations of
Joliet, Rock Ridge, and ISO 9660 conformance level. Refactor xorriso
argument generation for more readability and extensibility.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Call grub_partition_get_name() unconditionally to initialize the part
variable. Then part will only be NULL when grub_partition_get_name() errors.
Note that when source->partition is NULL, then grub_partition_get_name()
returns an allocated empty string. So no comma or partition will be printed,
as desired.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Note that cargs.search_uuid does not need to be initialized in various parts
of the cryptomount argument parsing, just once when cargs is declared with
a struct initializer. The previous code used a global variable which would
retain the value across cryptomount invocations.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The crypto device modules should only be setting up the crypto devices and
not getting user input. This has the added benefit of simplifying the code
such that three essentially duplicate pieces of code are merged into one.
Add documentation of passphrase option for cryptomount as it is now usable.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Previously, the cryptomount arguments were passed by global variable and
function call argument, neither of which are ideal. This change passes data
via a grub_cryptomount_args struct, which can be added to over time as
opposed to continually adding arguments to the cryptodisk scan and
recover_key.
As an example, passing a password as a cryptomount argument is implemented.
However, the backends are not implemented, so testing this will return a not
implemented error.
Also, add comments to cryptomount argument parsing to make it more obvious
which argument states are being handled.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When a cryptmount is specified with a UUID, but no cryptodisk backends find
a disk with that UUID, return a more detailed message giving telling the
user that they might not have a needed cryptobackend module loaded.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Update such that "cryptomount -u UUID" will not print two error messages
when an invalid passphrase is given and the most relevant error message
will be displayed.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This displays an error notifying the user that they'll want to load
a backend module to make cryptomount useful.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The global "have_it" was never used by the crypto-backends, but was used to
determine if a crypto-backend successfully mounted a cryptodisk with a given
UUID. This is not needed however, because grub_device_iterate() will return
1 if and only if grub_cryptodisk_scan_device() returns 1. And
grub_cryptodisk_scan_device() will now only return 1 if a search_uuid has
been specified and a cryptodisk was successfully setup by a crypto-backend or
a cryptodisk of the requested UUID is already open.
To implement this grub_cryptodisk_scan_device_real() is modified to return
a cryptodisk or NULL on failure and having the appropriate grub_errno set to
indicated failure. Note that grub_cryptodisk_scan_device_real() will fail now
with a new errno GRUB_ERR_BAD_MODULE when none of the cryptodisk backend
modules succeed in identifying the source disk.
With this change grub_device_iterate() will return 1 when a crypto device is
successfully decrypted or when the source device has already been successfully
opened. Prior to this change, trying to mount an already successfully opened
device would trigger an error with the message "no such cryptodisk found",
which is at best misleading. The mount should silently succeed in this case,
which is what happens with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The commit ab2e53c8a (grub-mkconfig: Honor a symlink when generating
configuration by grub-mkconfig) has inadvertently discarded umask for
creating grub.cfg in the process of running grub-mkconfig. The resulting
wrong permission (0644) would allow unprivileged users to read GRUB
configuration file content. This presents a low confidentiality risk
as grub.cfg may contain non-secured plain-text passwords.
This patch restores the missing umask and sets the creation file mode
to 0600 preventing unprivileged access.
Fixes: CVE-2021-3981
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the context of the implementation of the EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL for
the initial ramdisk it was observed that opening the SNP protocol failed.
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2021-10/msg00020.html
This is due to an incorrect call to CloseProtocol().
The first parameter of CloseProtocol() is the handle, not the interface.
We call OpenProtocol() with ControllerHandle == NULL. Hence we must also
call CloseProtcol() with ControllerHandel == NULL.
Each call of OpenProtocol() for the same network card handle is expected to
return the same interface pointer. If we want to close the protocol which
we opened non-exclusively when searching for a card, we have to do this
before opening the protocol exclusively.
As there is no guarantee that we successfully open the protocol add checks
in the transmit and receive functions.
Reported-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
minilzo fails to build on a number of Debian release architectures
(armel, mips64el, mipsel, ppc64el) with errors such as:
../../grub-core/lib/minilzo/minilzo.c: In function 'lzo_memops_get_le16':
../../grub-core/lib/minilzo/minilzo.c:3479:11: error: dereferencing type-punned pointer will break strict-aliasing rules [-Werror=strict-aliasing]
3479 | * (lzo_memops_TU2p) (lzo_memops_TU0p) (dd) = * (const lzo_memops_TU2p) (const lzo_memops_TU0p) (ss); \
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../../grub-core/lib/minilzo/minilzo.c:3530:5: note: in expansion of macro 'LZO_MEMOPS_COPY2'
3530 | LZO_MEMOPS_COPY2(&v, ss);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The latest upstream version is 2.10, so updating to it seems like a good
idea on general principles, and it fixes builds on all the above
architectures.
The update procedure documented in the GRUB Developers Manual worked; I
just updated the version numbers to make it clear that it's been
executed recently.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use the Git Book as a reference for documentation on Git as no other link
was provided. Other links were broken because they used @url instead of
@uref and needed a comma separator between link and link text.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a section with minimal description on setting up and running the test
suite with a link to the INSTALL documentation which is a little more
detailed in terms of package requirements.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GRUB btrfs implementation can't handle two very basic btrfs
file layouts:
1. Mixed inline/regualr extents
# mkfs.btrfs -f test.img
# mount test.img /mnt/btrfs
# xfs_io -f -c "pwrite 0 1k" -c "sync" -c "falloc 0 4k" \
-c "pwrite 4k 4k" /mnt/btrfs/file
# umount /mnt/btrfs
# ./grub-fstest ./grub-fstest --debug=btrfs ~/test.img hex "/file"
Such mixed inline/regular extents case is not recommended layout,
but all existing tools and kernel can handle it without problem.
2. NO_HOLES feature
# mkfs.btrfs -f test.img -O no_holes
# mount test.img /mnt/btrfs
# xfs_io -f -c "pwrite 0 4k" -c "pwrite 8k 4k" /mnt/btrfs/file
# umount /mnt/btrfs
# ./grub-fstest ./grub-fstest --debug=btrfs ~/test.img hex "/file"
NO_HOLES feature is going to be the default mkfs feature in the incoming
v5.15 release, and kernel has support for it since v4.0.
The way GRUB btrfs code iterates through file extents relies on no gap
between extents.
If any gap is hit, then GRUB btrfs will error out, without any proper
reason to help debug the bug.
This is a bad assumption, since a long long time ago btrfs has a new
feature called NO_HOLES to allow btrfs to skip the padding hole extent
to reduce metadata usage.
The NO_HOLES feature is already stable since kernel v4.0 and is going to
be the default mkfs feature in the incoming v5.15 btrfs-progs release.
When there is a extent gap, instead of error out, just try next item.
This is still not ideal, as kernel/progs/U-boot all do the iteration
item by item, not relying on the file offset continuity.
But it will be way more time consuming to correct the whole behavior than
starting from scratch to build a proper designed btrfs module for GRUB.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 23e39f50ca (disk/ldm: Make sure comp data is freed before exiting from
make_vg()) fixed several spots in make_vg() where comp data was leaking memory
when an error was being handled but missed one. To avoid leaking memory, comp
should be freed when an error is being handled after comp has been successfully
allocated memory in the for loop.
Fixes: 23e39f50ca (disk/ldm: Make sure comp data is freed before exiting from make_vg())
Fixes: CID 73804
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 1fc860bb76 (commands/probe: Fix a resource leak when probing disks),
missed other cases where grub_device_close() should be called before a return
statement is called. Also found that grub_disk_close() wasn't being called when
an error is being returned. To avoid conflict with grub_errno, grub_error_push()
should be called before either grub_device_close() or grub_disk_close() is
called and grub_error_pop() should be called before grub_errno is returned.
Fixes: 1fc860bb76 (commands/probe: Fix a resource leak when probing disks)
Fixes: CID 292443
Signed-off-by: Alec Brown <alec.r.brown@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The POSIX locale is default or native operating system's locale
identical to the C locale, so no translation to human speaking languages
are provided. For this reason we should filter out LANG=POSIX as well as
LANG=C upon generating grub.cfg to avoid looking up for it's gettext's
message catalogs that will consequently result in an unpleasant message:
error: file `/boot/grub/locale/POSIX.gmo' not found
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In huft_build() it is possible to reach the for loop where "r" is being
assigned to "q[j]" without "r.v" ever being initialized.
Fixes: CID 314024
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In zap_leaf_array_get() the chunk size passed in is considered tainted
by Coverity, and is being used before it is tested for validity. To fix
this the assignment of "la" is moved until after the test of the value
of "chunk".
Fixes: CID 314014
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function write_font_pf2() memory is allocated for font_name to
construct a new name, but it is not released before returning from the
function, leaking the allocated memory.
Fixes: CID 314015
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function cmd_cmp() within the while loop, srcnew and destnew are
being allocated but are never freed either before leaving scope or in
the recursive calls being made to cmd_cmp().
Fixes: CID 314032
Fixes: CID 314045
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the function write_part(), the value of inname is not used beyond
the grub_util_fopen() call, so it should be freed to avoid leakage.
Fixes: CID 314028
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The copy_all() function skips a section of code using continue, but
fails to free the memory in srcf first, leaking it.
Fixes: CID 314026
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Prior to this change, the GRUB would only indicate that the check had
been failed, but not by what module. This made it difficult to track
down either the problem module, or debug the false positive further.
Before performing the license check, resolve the module name so that
it can be printed if the license check fails.
Signed-off-by: Robbie Harwood <rharwood@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Adding the conditional to debug log messages allows the GRUB user to
construct the $debug variable without needing to consult the source to
find the conditional (especially useful for situations where the source
is not readily available).
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Many tests abort due to not being root or missing tools, for instance mkfs
commands for file system tests. The tests are exited with code 77, which
means they were skipped. A skipped test is a test that should not be run,
e.g. a test specific to ARM64 should not be run on an x86 build. These aborts
are actually a hard error, code 99. That means that the test could not be
completed, but not because what was supposed to be tested failed, e.g. in
these cases where a missing tool prevents the running of a test.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A recent refactoring of CUDA command code has exposed a bug in OpenBIOS [1]
which was causing system powerdown and system reset to fail, thus causing
the QEMU instance to hang. This in turn caused the grub-shell command to
timeout causing it to return an error code when the test actually completed
successfully.
Since it could be a while before the patch fixing this issue in OpenBIOS
filters down to the average distro, switch to PMU to allow powerdowns and
reboots to work as expected.
[1] https://gitlab.com/qemu-project/qemu/-/issues/624
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
GET_ARRAY_INFO's info.nr_disks does not map to GET_DISK_INFO's
disk.number, which is an internal kernel index. If an array has had drives
added, removed, etc., there may be gaps in GET_DISK_INFO's results. But
since the consumer of devicelist cannot tolerate gaps (it expects to walk
a NULL-terminated list of device name strings), the devicelist index (j)
must be tracked separately from the disk.number index (i).
As part of this, since GRUB wants to only examine active (i.e. present
and non-failed) disks, the count of remaining disks (remaining) must be
tracked separately from the devicelist index (j).
Additionally, drop a line with empty spaces only.
Fixes: 49de079bbe (... (grub_util_raid_getmembers): Handle "removed" disks)
Fixes: 2b00217369 (... Added support for RAID and LVM)
Fixes: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/grub2/+bug/1912043
Fixes: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/index.php?59887
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <kees@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Many of the prerequisites for exercising the full "make check" test suite
have not been documented. This adds them along with a note that some tests
require elevated privileges to run.
Add an incomplete list of cross compiling toolchain packages for Debian
and trusted sources for other distros.
Add statement at the start of the document to clarify that package names
are from Debian 11.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The filesystem images created for the filesystem test can be useful when
debugging why a filesystem test failed. So, keep them around and let the
user clean them up.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Allow the HFS tests to not be skipped if the mac_roman modules is loaded in
the kernel, but not accessible to modprobe.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The ";", semi-colon, character is not a valid character for a FAT filesystem
label. This test used to succeed because prior to v4.2 of dosfstools
mkfs.vfat did not enforce the character restrictions for volume labels. So,
change the volume label string to be valid but contain symbol characters to
test odd volume labels.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Apparently there used to be a -B option for mkfs.minix to create a volume
with a specified block size. This version is hard to come by and does not
appear to be available in Debian distributions. So, remove support for
testing a variety of blocks sizes for MINIX3. This allows the MINIX tests
to run because they were being skipped due to not finding a mkfs.minix with
the -B option.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These tests were not performed and therefore did not pass, nor fail. This
fixes misleading test exit code where, for instance, the pseries_test will
pass on i386-pc, which is not a pseries architecture.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A test exiting with code 99 means that there was an error in the test itself
and not a failure in the thing being tested (also known as a hard error).
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When a test program fails because it failed to setup the test properly, this
does not indicate a failure in what is attempting to be tested because the
test is never run. So exit with a hard error exit status to note this
difference. This will allow easier detection of tests that are not actually
being run and those that are really failing.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The script grub-shell does the bulk of the testing. If it returns an error
code, that means that the test failed and the test should immediately exit
with that error code. When grub-shell is used as a non-terminating command
in a pipeline, e.g. when data needs to be extracted from its output, its
error code will be occluded by the last command in the pipeline. Refactor
tests so that the shell will error with the exit code of grub-shell by
breaking up pipelines such that grub-shell is always the last command in
the pipeline that it is used in.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When using the output of a subshell as input, its error code is ignored in
the context of "set -e". Many test scripts use grub-shell in a subshell with
output used as an argument to the test command to test for expected output.
Refactor these tests so that the subshell output goes to a shell variable,
so that if the subshell errors the script will immediately exit with an
error code.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, the filesystem timestamp check in grub-fs-tester uses the
squashfs image file's last modified timestamp and checks to see if that
time stamp is within 3 seconds of the superblock timestamp as determined by
grub. The image file's timestamp could be more than 3 seconds off if
mksquashfs takes more than 3 seconds to generate the image, as is the case
on a virtual machine. Instead use squashfs tools to get the filesystem
timestamp directly.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Perhaps using a newer UEFI firmware is the reason for the created test disk
showing up as hd2 instead of hd3.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The following procedure to build xen/pvgrub is broken.
git clone https://git.savannah.gnu.org/git/grub.git
cd grub
./bootstrap
mkdir build-xen
cd build-xen
../configure --with-platform=xen
make
It fails with the message:
/usr/lib64/gcc/x86_64-suse-linux/10/../../../../x86_64-suse-linux/bin/ld:
section .note.gnu.property VMA [0000000000400158,0000000000400187]
overlaps section .bss VMA [000000000000f000,000000000041e1af]
The most significant factor is that new assembler (GNU as) generates the
.note.gnu.property section as default. This note section overlaps with
.bss because it doesn't reposition with -Wl,-Ttext,0 with which the base
address of .text section is set, rather the address of .note.gnu.property
is calculated for some reason from 0x400000 where the ELF executable
defaults to start.
Using -Ttext-segment doesn't help either, though it is said to set the
address of the first byte of the text segment according to "man ld".
What it actually does is to override the default 0x400000, aka the image
base address, to something else. The entire process can be observed in
the default linker script used by gcc [1]. Therefore we can't expect it
to achieve the same thing as -Ttext given that the first segment where
.text resides is offset by SIZEOF_HEADERS plus some sections may be
preceding it within the first segment. The end result is .text always
has to start with non-zero address with -Wl,-Ttext-segment,0 if using
default linker script.
It is also worth mentioning that binutils upstream apparently doesn't
seem to consider this as a bug [2] and proposed to use -Wl,-Ttext-segment,0
which is not fruitful as what has been tested by Gentoo [3].
As long as GRUB didn't use ISA information encoded in .note.gnu.property,
we can safely drop it via -Wa,-mx86-used-note=no assembler option to
fix the linker error above.
This is considered a better approach than using custom linker script to
drop the .note.gnu.property section because object file manipulation can
also be hampered one way or the other in that linker script may not be
helpful. See also this commit removing the section in the process of objcopy.
6643507ce build: Fix GRUB i386-pc build with Ubuntu gcc
[1] In /usr/lib64/ldscripts/elf_x86_64.x or use 'gcc -Wl,--verbose ...'
PROVIDE (__executable_start = SEGMENT_START("text-segment", 0x400000));
. = SEGMENT_START("text-segment", 0x400000) + SIZEOF_HEADERS;
[2] https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=27377
[3] https://bugs.gentoo.org/787221
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently the grub_diskfilter_memberlist() function returns all physical
volumes added to a volume group to which a logical volume (LV) belongs.
However, this is suboptimal as it doesn't fit the intended behavior of
returning underlying devices that make up the LV. To give a clear
picture, the result should be identical to running commands below to
display the logical volumes with underlying physical volumes in use.
localhost:~ # lvs -o lv_name,vg_name,devices /dev/system/root
LV VG Devices
root system /dev/vda2(512)
localhost:~ # lvdisplay --maps /dev/system/root
--- Logical volume ---
...
--- Segments ---
Logical extents 0 to 4604:
Type linear
Physical volume /dev/vda2
Physical extents 512 to 5116
As shown above, we can know system-root LV uses only /dev/vda2 to
allocate it's extents, or we can say that /dev/vda2 is the member device
comprising the system-root LV.
It is important to be precise on the member devices, because that helps
to avoid pulling in excessive dependency. Let's use an example to
demonstrate why it is needed.
localhost:~ # findmnt /
TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE OPTIONS
/ /dev/mapper/system-root ext4 rw,relatime
localhost:~ # pvs
PV VG Fmt Attr PSize PFree
/dev/mapper/data system lvm2 a-- 1020.00m 0
/dev/vda2 system lvm2 a-- 19.99g 0
localhost:~ # cryptsetup status /dev/mapper/data
/dev/mapper/data is active and is in use.
type: LUKS1
cipher: aes-xts-plain64
keysize: 512 bits
key location: dm-crypt
device: /dev/vdb
sector size: 512
offset: 4096 sectors
size: 2093056 sectors
mode: read/write
localhost:~ # vgs
VG #PV #LV #SN Attr VSize VFree
system 2 3 0 wz--n- 20.98g 0
localhost:~ # lvs -o lv_name,vg_name,devices
LV VG Devices
data system /dev/mapper/data(0)
root system /dev/vda2(512)
swap system /dev/vda2(0)
We can learn from above that /dev/mapper/data is an encrypted volume and
also gets assigned to volume group "system" as one of it's physical
volumes. And also it is not used by root device, /dev/mapper/system-root,
for allocating extents, so it shouldn't be taking part in the process of
setting up GRUB to access root device.
However, running grub-install reports error as volume group "system"
contains encrypted volume.
error: attempt to install to encrypted disk without cryptodisk
enabled. Set `GRUB_ENABLE_CRYPTODISK=y' in file `/etc/default/grub'.
Certainly we can enable GRUB_ENABLE_CRYPTODISK=y and move on, but that
is not always acceptable since the server may need to be booted unattended.
Additionally, typing passphrase for every system startup can be a big
hassle of which most users would like to avoid.
This patch solves the problem by returning exact physical volume, /dev/vda2,
rightly used by system-root from the example above, thus grub-install will
not error out because the excessive encrypted device to boot the root device
is not configured.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Tested-by: Olav Reinert <seroton10@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When a file on ext4 is stored as sparse the data belonging to
zero-filled blocks is not written to storage and the extent map is
missing entries for these blocks. Such case can happen both for depth
0 extents (leafs) as well as higher-level tables.
Consider a scenario of a file which has a zero-filled beginning (e.g.
ISO image). In such case real data starts at block 8. If such a file is
stored using 2-level extent structure the extent list in the inode will
be depth 1 and will have an entry to a depth 0 (leaf) extent header for
blocks 8-n.
Unfortunately existing GRUB2 ext2 driver is only able to handle missing
entries in leaf extent tables, for which the grub_ext2_read_block()
function returns 0. In case the whole leaf extent list is missing for
a block the function fails with "invalid extent" error.
The fix for this problem relies on the grub_ext4_find_leaf() helper
function to distinguish two error cases: missing extent and error
walking through the extent tree. The existing error message is raised
only for the latter case, while for the missing leaf extent zero is
returned from grub_ext2_read_block() indicating a sparse block.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Nowicki <krzysztof.nowicki@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Open Hack'Ware was the only user. It added a lot of complexity.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Open Hack'Ware was an alternative firmware of powerpc under QEMU.
The last commit to any Open Hack'Ware repo I can find is from 2014 [1].
Open Hack'Ware was used for the QEMU "prep" machine type, which was
deprecated in QEMU in commit 54c86f5a4844 (hw/ppc: deprecate the
machine type 'prep', replaced by '40p') in QEMU v3.1, and had reportedly
been broken for years before without anyone noticing. Support was removed
in February 2020 by commit b2ce76a0730e (hw/ppc/prep: Remove the
deprecated "prep" machine and the OpenHackware BIOS).
Open Hack'Ware's limitations require some messy code in GRUB. This
complexity is not worth carrying any more.
Remove detection of Open Hack'Ware. We will clean up the feature flags
in following commits.
[1]: https://github.com/qemu/openhackware and
https://repo.or.cz/w/openhackware.git are QEMU submodules. They have
only small changes on top of OHW v0.4.1, which was imported into
QEMU SCM in 2010. I can't find anything resembling an official repo
any more.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This code was broken by commit 3f05d693 (malloc: Use overflow checking
primitives where we do complex allocations), which added overflow
checking in many areas. The problem here is that the changes update the
local variable sz, which was already in use and which was not updated
before the change. So the code using sz was getting a different value of
than it would have previously for the same UDF image. This causes the
logic getting the destination of the symlink to not realize that its
gotten the full destination, but keeps trying to read past the end of
the destination. The bytes after the end are generally NULL padding
bytes, but that's not a valid component type (ECMA-167 14.16.1.1). So
grub_udf_read_symlink() branches to error logic, returning NULL, instead
of the symlink destination path.
The result of this bug is that the UDF filesystem tests were failing in
the symlink test with the grub-fstest error message:
grub-fstest: error: cannot open `(loop0)/sym': invalid symlink.
This change stores the result of doubling sz in another local variable s,
so as not to modify sz. Also remove unnecessary grub_add(), which increased
the output by 1, presumably to account for a NULL byte. This isn't needed
because an output buffer of size twice sz is already guaranteed to be more
than enough to contain the path components converted to UTF-8. The value of
sz contains at least 4 bytes for the path component header (ECMA-167 14.16.1),
which means that 2 * 4 bytes are allocated but will not be used for UTF-8
characters, so the NULL byte is accounted for.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When generating grub.cfg using grub-mkconfig and the scripts 10_linux and
20_linux_xen there is no way to add kernel command line parameters _only_ to
the recovery entries generated.
This is needed to e.g. start a debug shell in installations using systemd
using the kernel command line parameter "systemd.debug-shell" or to recover
in a system with encrypted root in situations where the decryption of the
root filesystem per crypttab in the intiramfs image is broken and the recovery
entry should contain information how to decrypt the rootfs (cryptopts=).
This patch does not change the default behaviour of the GRUB if
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_RECOVERY is not set.
If GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_RECOVERY is set and the generated recovery entry should
include the kernel parameter "single" the parameter must be explicitly included
in GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_RECOVERY.
As far as I know all credits for the idea and the initial implementation go to
Kyle Ranking of Purism.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Rankin <kyle.rankin@puri.sm>
Signed-off-by: Chris Vogel <chris@z9.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The gcc by default assumes executable stack is required if the source
object file doesn't have .note.GNU-stack section in place. If any of the
source objects doesn't incorporate the GNU-stack note, the resulting
program will have executable stack flag set in PT_GNU_STACK program
header to instruct program loader or kernel to set up the executable
stack when program loads to memory.
Usually the .note.GNU-stack section will be generated by gcc
automatically if it finds that executable stack is not required. However
it doesn't take care of generating .note.GNU-stack section for those
object files built from assembler sources. This leads to unnecessary
risk of security of exploiting the executable stack because those
assembler sources don't actually require stack to be executable to work.
The grub-emu and grub-emu-lite are found to flag stack as executable
revealed by execstack tool.
$ mkdir -p build-emu && cd build-emu
$ ../configure --with-platform=emu && make
$ execstack -q grub-core/grub-emu grub-core/grub-emu-lite
X grub-core/grub-emu
X grub-core/grub-emu-lite
This patch will add the missing GNU-stack note to the assembler source
used by both utilities, therefore the result doesn't count on gcc
default behavior and the executable stack is disabled.
$ execstack -q grub-core/grub-emu grub-core/grub-emu-lite
- grub-core/grub-emu
- grub-core/grub-emu-lite
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The test for the ability to decompress zisofs encoded files is supposed
to fail due to the lack of this ability in GRUB. But it fails early with
xorriso : FAILURE : -volid: Text too long (1650 > 32)
because "ziso9660" is not in the list of filesystems which accept at most
32 bytes in their FSLABEL. If this is fixed, the test returns false
success because the xorriso run does not produce any zisofs compressed
files. The problem is in the sequence of native xorriso commands used.
The command -set_filter_r applies only to the files which are already
inserted into the emerging ISO filesystem. In the current sequence no
files have been inserted yet by command -add when the last of two
-set_filter_r commands is executed. After this is corrected, xorriso
refuses to work because the global settings of command -zisofs can be
made only before command -set_filter_r has attached zisofs filters to
the data files in the emerging ISO. Further: A bug in xorriso causes
a false warning about FSLABEL being too long for Joliet. Shortcomings
of Joliet cause warnings about symbolic links. Such warnings might
distract from the actual reason why the test is expected to fail.
So, add "ziso9660" to the 32-byte FSLABEL list.
Fix the xorriso run to produce compressed files which for now cause
righteous failure of the test. Do this by removing a surplus group of
-set_filter_r and -zisofs commands, by moving the other such group
behind -add, and by swapping -set_filter_r and -zisofs.
Remove the -as mkisofs options which produce a Joliet filesystem tree.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This conforms to the behavior of the -s option of the Bash read command.
docs/grub: Document the -s option for the read command.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is primarily useful to do something like "loopback newdev (dev)8+" to
create a device that skips the first 4 KiB, which may contain a container
header, e.g. a non-standard RAID1 header, that GRUB does not recognize. This
would allow that container data to be potentially accessed up to the end of
container, which may be necessary for some layouts that store data at the
end. There is currently not a good way to programmatically get the number
of sectors on a disk to set the appropriate length of the blocklist.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It helps to avoid an error on distros which has only python3 binary:
./autogen.sh: line 20: python: command not found
Use python3 as the default as python2 is EOL since Jan 2020. However,
check also for python which is on most distros, if not all, python2
because code still works on python2.
Although it should not be needed keep the possibility to define PYTHON
variable.
For detection use "command -v" which is POSIX and supported on all
common shells (bash, zsh, dash, busybox sh, mksh) instead requiring
"which" as an extra dependency (usable on containers).
Update the INSTALL file too.
Signed-off-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The bootstrap.conf uses patch, let's require it.
Better than multiple messages:
./bootstrap.conf: line 84: patch: command not found
Mention it also in the INSTALL file.
Signed-off-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The iso9660_test fails if the effective locale is not UTF-8. This happens
because xorriso needs to convert file names and FSLABEL to UCS-2 when
preparing a Joliet tree. The grub-fs-tester obviously intends to use UTF-8
as character set, but xorriso assumes by default the result of nl_langinfo(3)
with item CODESET. So, override the result of nl_langinfo(CODESET) by options
of xorriso -as mkisofs.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The Clang does not support -falign-jumps and only recently gained support
for -falign-loops. The -falign-jumps=1 should be tested beside
-fliang-loops=1 to avoid passing unrecognized options to the Clang:
clang-14: error: optimization flag '-falign-jumps=1' is not supported [-Werror,-Wignored-optimization-argument]
The -falign-functions=1 is supported by GCC 5.1.0/Clang 3.8.0. So, just
add the option unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Fangrui Song <maskray@google.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GCC warns "cc1: warning: ‘-malign-loops’ is obsolete, use ‘-falign-loops’".
The Clang silently ignores -malign-{jumps,loops,functions}.
The preferred -falign-* forms have been supported since GCC 3.2. So, just
remove -malign-{jumps,loops,functions}.
Signed-off-by: Fangrui Song <maskray@google.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The commit 8b1e5d193 (fs/xfs: Add bigtime incompat feature support)
introduced the bigtime support by adding some features in v3 inodes.
This change extended grub_xfs_inode struct by 76 bytes but also changed
the computation of XFS_V2_INODE_SIZE and XFS_V3_INODE_SIZE. Prior this
commit, XFS_V2_INODE_SIZE was 100 bytes. After the commit it's 84 bytes
XFS_V2_INODE_SIZE becomes 16 bytes too small.
As a result, the data structures aren't properly aligned and the GRUB
generates "attempt to read or write outside of partition" errors when
trying to read the XFS filesystem:
GNU GRUB version 2.11
....
grub> set debug=efi,gpt,xfs
grub> insmod part_gpt
grub> ls (hd0,gpt1)/
partmap/gpt.c:93: Read a valid GPT header
partmap/gpt.c:115: GPT entry 0: start=4096, length=1953125
fs/xfs.c:931: Reading sb
fs/xfs.c:270: Validating superblock
fs/xfs.c:295: XFS v4 superblock detected
fs/xfs.c:962: Reading root ino 128
fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (128) - 64, 0
fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (739521961424144223) - 344365866970255880, 3840
error: attempt to read or write outside of partition.
This commit change the XFS_V2_INODE_SIZE computation by subtracting 76
bytes instead of 92 bytes from the actual size of grub_xfs_inode struct.
This 76 bytes value comes from added members:
20 grub_uint8_t unused5
1 grub_uint64_t flags2
48 grub_uint8_t unused6
This patch explicitly splits the v2 and v3 parts of the structure.
The unused4 is still ending of the v2 structures and the v3 starts
at unused5. Thanks to this we will avoid future corruptions of v2
or v3 inodes.
The XFS_V2_INODE_SIZE is returning to its expected size and the
filesystem is back to a readable state:
GNU GRUB version 2.11
....
grub> set debug=efi,gpt,xfs
grub> insmod part_gpt
grub> ls (hd0,gpt1)/
partmap/gpt.c:93: Read a valid GPT header
partmap/gpt.c:115: GPT entry 0: start=4096, length=1953125
fs/xfs.c:931: Reading sb
fs/xfs.c:270: Validating superblock
fs/xfs.c:295: XFS v4 superblock detected
fs/xfs.c:962: Reading root ino 128
fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (128) - 64, 0
fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (128) - 64, 0
fs/xfs.c:931: Reading sb
fs/xfs.c:270: Validating superblock
fs/xfs.c:295: XFS v4 superblock detected
fs/xfs.c:962: Reading root ino 128
fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (128) - 64, 0
fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (128) - 64, 0
fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (128) - 64, 0
fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (131) - 64, 768
efi/ fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (3145856) - 1464904, 0
grub2/ fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (132) - 64, 1024
grub/ fs/xfs.c:515: Reading inode (139) - 64, 2816
grub>
Fixes: 8b1e5d193 (fs/xfs: Add bigtime incompat feature support)
Signed-off-by: Erwan Velu <e.velu@criteo.com>
Tested-by: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Avoid a warning
lib/libgcrypt-grub/cipher/rijndael.c:229:9:
warning: suggest braces around empty body in an ‘if’ statement [-Wempty-body]
229 | ;
| ^
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Avoid a warning
lib/libgcrypt-grub/cipher/rijndael.c:352:21: warning:
comparison of integer expressions of different signedness:
‘int’ and ‘unsigned int’ [-Wsign-compare]
352 | for (i = 0; i < keylen; i++)
|
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the case that one passes a write mask with ":" the write_mask is
obtained from grub_strtoul() and then promptly overwritten by 0xffffffff
three lines later.
This appears to have been so since the initial version of setpci in 2009.
I'm surprised no one else has hit this issue in the past 12 years...
Signed-off-by: Wouter van Kesteren <woutershep@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The sysfs_partition_path() calls udevadm to resolve the sysfs path for
a block device. That can be accomplished by stating the device node
and using the major/minor to follow the symlinks in /sys/dev/block/.
This cuts the execution time of grub-mkconfig to somewhere near 55% on
system without LVM (which uses libdevmapper instead sysfs_partition_path()).
Remove udevadm call as it does not help us more than calling stat() directly.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
... to factor out fix for glibc 2.25 introduced in 7a5b301e3 (build: Use
AC_HEADER_MAJOR to find device macros).
Note: Once glibc 2.25 is old enough and this fix is not needed also
AC_HEADER_MAJOR in configure.ac should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The HEAP_MAX_ADDR is confusing. Currently it is set to 32MB, except on
ieee1275 on x86, where it is 64MB.
There is a comment which purports to explain it:
/* If possible, we will avoid claiming heap above this address, because it
seems to cause relocation problems with OSes that link at 4 MiB */
This doesn't make a lot of sense when the constants are well above 4MB
already. It was not always this way. Prior to commit 7b5d0fe444
(Increase heap limit) in 2010, HEAP_MAX_SIZE and HEAP_MAX_ADDR were
indeed 4MB. However, when the constants were increased the comment was
left unchanged.
It's been over a decade. It doesn't seem like we have problems with
claims over 4MB on powerpc or x86 ieee1275. The SPARC does things
completely differently and never used the constant.
Drop the constant and the check.
The only use of HEAP_MIN_SIZE was to potentially override the
HEAP_MAX_ADDR check. It is now unused. Remove it too.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The "ide-drive" device was removed in QEMU 6.0. The "ide-hd" has been
available for more than 10 years now in QEMU. Thus there shouldn't be
any need for backwards compatible names.
Signed-off-by: Marius Bakke <marius@gnu.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This incompat feature is used to denote that the filesystem stored its
metadata checksum seed in the superblock. This is used to allow tune2fs
changing the UUID on a mounted metdata_csum filesystem without having
to rewrite all the disk metadata. However, the GRUB doesn't use the
metadata checksum at all. So, it can just ignore this feature if it
is enabled. This is consistent with the GRUB filesystem code in general
which just does a best effort to access the filesystem's data.
The checksum seed incompat feature has to be removed from the ignore
list if the support for metadata checksum verification is added to the
GRUB ext2 driver later.
Suggested-by: Eric Sandeen <esandeen@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Lukas Czerner <lczerner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Czerner <lczerner@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The underlying type of 1ULL does not change across architectures but
grub_uint64_t does. This allows using the BF64_*CODE() macros as
arguments to format string functions that use the PRI* format string
macros that also vary with architecture.
Change the grub_error() call, where this was previously an issue and
temporarily fixed by casting and using a format string literal code,
to now use PRI* macros and remove casting.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Skip versions between 2.07 and 2.10 to avoid leading zeros in minor
version number. This way version parsing in scripts should be easier.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Refactor clean_grub_dir() to create a backup of all the files, instead
of just irrevocably removing them as the first action. If available,
register atexit() handler to restore the backup if errors occur before
point of no return, or remove the backup if everything was successful.
If atexit() is not available, the backup remains on disk for manual
recovery.
Some platforms defined a point of no return, i.e. after modules & core
images were updated. Failures from any commands after that stage are
ignored, and backup is cleaned up. For example, on EFI platforms update
is not reverted when efibootmgr fails.
Extra care is taken to ensure atexit() handler is only invoked by the
parent process and not any children forks. Some older GRUB codebases
can invoke parent atexit() hooks from forks, which can mess up the
backup.
This allows safer upgrades of MBR & modules, such that
modules/images/fonts/translations are consistent with MBR in case of
errors. For example accidental grub-install /dev/non-existent-disk
currently clobbers and upgrades modules in /boot/grub, despite not
actually updating any MBR.
This patch only handles backup and restore of files copied to /boot/grub.
This patch does not perform backup (or restoration) of MBR itself or
blocklists. Thus when installing i386-pc platform, corruption may still
occur with MBR and blocklists which will not be attempted to be
automatically recovered.
Also add modinfo.sh and *.efi to the cleanup/backup/restore code path,
to ensure it is also cleaned, backed up and restored.
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The functions grub_util_exec_pipe() and grub_util_exec_pipe_stderr()
currently call execvp(). If the call fails for any reason, the child
currently calls exit(127). This in turn executes the parents
atexit() handlers from the forked child, and then the same handlers
are called again from parent. This is usually not desired, and can
lead to deadlocks, and undesired behavior. So, change the exit() calls
to _exit() calls to avoid calling atexit() handlers from child.
Fixes: e75cf4a58 (unix exec: avoid atexit handlers when child exits)
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This fixes cross-compiling to x86 (e.g., the Hurd) from x86-linux of
grub-core/lib/i386/relocator64.S
This file has six sections that only build with a 64-bit assembler,
yet only the first two sections had support for a 32-bit assembler.
This patch completes this for the remaining sections.
To reproduce, update the GRUB source description in your local Guix
archive and run
./pre-inst-env guix build --system=i686-linux --target=i586-pc-gnu grub
or install an x86 cross-build environment on x86-linux (32-bit!) and
configure to cross build and make, e.g., do something like
./configure \
CC_FOR_BUILD=gcc \
--build=i686-unknown-linux-gnu \
--host=i586-pc-gnu
make
Additionally, remove a line with redundant spaces.
Signed-off-by: Jan (janneke) Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The XFS now has an incompat feature flag to indicate that a filesystem
needs to be repaired. The Linux kernel refuses to mount the filesystem
that has it set and only the xfs_repair tool is able to clear that flag.
The GRUB doesn't have the concept of mounting filesystems and just
attempts to read the files. But it does some sanity checking before
attempting to read from the filesystem. Among the things which are tested,
is if the super block only has set of incompatible features flags that
are supported by GRUB. If it contains any flags that are not listed as
supported, reading the XFS filesystem fails.
Since the GRUB doesn't attempt to detect if the filesystem is inconsistent
nor replays the journal, the filesystem access is a best effort. For this
reason, ignore if the filesystem needs to be repaired and just print a debug
message. That way, if reading or booting fails later, the user is able to
figure out that the failures can be related to broken XFS filesystem.
Suggested-by: Eric Sandeen <esandeen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The XFS filesystem supports a bigtime feature to overcome y2038 problem.
This patch makes the GRUB able to support the XFS filesystems with this
feature enabled.
The XFS counter for the bigtime enabled timestamps starts at 0, which
translates to GRUB_INT32_MIN (Dec 31 20:45:52 UTC 1901) in the legacy
timestamps. The conversion to Unix timestamps is made before passing the
value to other GRUB functions.
For this to work properly, GRUB requires an access to flags2 field in the
XFS ondisk inode. So, the grub_xfs_inode structure has been updated to
cover full ondisk inode.
Signed-off-by: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some filesystems nowadays use 64-bit types for timestamps. So, update
grub_dirhook_info struct to use an grub_int64_t type to store mtime.
This also updates the grub_unixtime2datetime() function to receive
a 64-bit timestamp argument and do 64-bit-safe divisions.
All the remaining conversion from 32-bit to 64-bit should be safe, as
32-bit to 64-bit attributions will be implicitly casted. The most
critical part in the 32-bit to 64-bit conversion is in the function
grub_unixtime2datetime() where it needs to deal with the 64-bit type.
So, for that, the grub_divmod64() helper has been used.
These changes enables the GRUB to support dates beyond y2038.
Signed-off-by: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are already PRI*_T constants defined for unsigned integers but not
for signed integers. Add format specifiers for the latter.
Suggested-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The efi_shim_lock_guid local variable and shim_lock_guid global variable
have the same GUID value. Only the latter is retained.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The commit f60ba9e594 (util/mkimage: Refactor section setup to use a helper)
added a helper function to setup PE sections. But it also changed how the
raw data offsets were calculated since all the section sizes are aligned.
However, for some platforms, i.e ia64-efi and arm64-efi, the kernel image
size is not aligned using the section alignment. This leads to the situation
in which the mods section offset in its PE section header does not match its
real placement in the PE file. So, finally the GRUB is not able to locate
and load built-in modules.
The problem surfaces on ia64-efi and arm64-efi because both platforms
require additional relocation data which is added behind .bss section.
So, we have to add some padding behind this extra data to make the
beginning of mods section properly aligned in the PE file. Fix it by
aligning the kernel_size to the section alignment. That makes the sizes
and offsets in the PE section headers to match relevant sections in the
PE32+ binary file.
Reported-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Tested-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Additionally, fix the terminfo spelling mistake in
the GRUB development documentation.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
This is an additional fix which has been missing from the commit 837fe48de
(i18n: Format large integers before the translation message).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
The GNU gettext only supports the ISO C99 macros for integral
types. If there is a need to use unsupported formatting macros,
e.g. PRIuGRUB_UINT64_T, according to [1] the number to a string
conversion should be separated from the code printing message
requiring the internationalization. So, the function grub_snprintf()
is used to print the numeric values to an intermediate buffer and
the internationalized message contains a string format directive.
[1] https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Preparing-Strings.html#No-string-concatenation
Signed-off-by: Miguel Ángel Arruga Vivas <rosen644835@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Since commit 7ce3259f67 (video/fb/fbfill: Fix potential integer
overflow), clang builds of grub-emu have failed with messages like:
/usr/bin/ld: libgrubmods.a(libgrubmods_a-fbfill.o): in function `grub_video_fbfill_direct24':
fbfill.c:(.text+0x28e): undefined reference to `__muloti4'
This appears to be due to a weird quirk in how clang compiles
grub_mul(dst->mode_info->bytes_per_pixel, width, &rowskip)
which is grub_mul(unsigned int, int, &grub_size_t).
It looks like clang somewhere promotes everything to 128-bit maths
before ultimately reducing down to 64 bit for grub_size_t. I think
this is because width is signed, and indeed converting width to an
unsigned int makes the problem go away.
This conversion also makes more sense generally:
- the caller of all the fbfill_directN functions is
grub_video_fb_fill_dispatch() and it takes width and height as
unsigned ints already,
- it doesn't make sense to fill a negative width or height.
Convert the width and height arguments and associated loop counters
to unsigned ints.
Fixes: 7ce3259f67 (video/fb/fbfill: Fix potential integer overflow)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Since the possessive form of "it" is being used, the apostrophe must be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Aru Sahni <aru@arusahni.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The messages associated with other similar GRUB_ERR_OUT_OF_RANGE errors
were lacking the trailing full stop. Syncing up the strings saves a small
amount of precious core image space on i386-pc.
DOWN: obj/i386-pc/grub-core/kernel.img (31740 > 31708) - change: -32
DOWN: i386-pc core image (biosdisk ext2 part_msdos) (27453 > 27452) - change: -1
DOWN: i386-pc core image (biosdisk ext2 part_msdos diskfilter mdraid09) (32367 > 32359) - change: -8
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The ext2 (and ext3, ext4) filesystems write the number of free inodes to
location 0x410.
On a MINIX filesystem, that same location is used for the MINIX superblock
magic number.
If the number of free inodes on an ext2 filesystem is equal to any
of the four MINIX superblock magic values plus any multiple of 65536,
GRUB's MINIX filesystem code will probe it as a MINIX filesystem.
In the case of an OS using ext2 as the root filesystem, since there will
ordinarily be some amount of file creation and deletion on every bootup,
it effectively means that this situation has a 1:16384 chance of being hit
on every reboot.
This will cause GRUB's filesystem probing code to mistakenly identify an
ext2 filesystem as MINIX. This can be seen by e.g. "search --label"
incorrectly indicating that no such ext2 partition with matching label
exists, whereas in fact it does.
After spotting the rough cause of the issue I was facing here, I borrowed
much of the diagnosis/explanation from meierfra who found and investigated
the same issue in util-linux in 2010:
https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/util-linux/+bug/518582
This was fixed in util-linux by having the MINIX code check for the
ext2 magic. Do the same here.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <drake@endlessm.com>
Reviewed-by: Derek Foreman <derek@endlessos.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The hdr_offset member of the ARM Linux image header appears at
offset 0x3c, matching the PE/COFF spec's placement of the COFF
header offset in the MS-DOS header. We're currently off by four,
so fix that.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This should help prevent format string errors and thus improve the quality
of error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is a temporary, less-intrusive change to get the build to success with
compiler format string checking turned on. There is a better fix which
addresses this issue, but it needs more testing. Use this change so that
format string checking on grub_error() can be turned on until the better
change is fully tested.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The macro ELF_R_TYPE does not change the underlying type. Here its argument
is a 64-bit Elf64_Xword. Make sure the format code matches.
For the RISC-V architecture, rel->r_info could be either Elf32_Xword or
Elf64_Xword depending on if 32 or 64-bit RISC-V is being built. So cast
to 64-bit value regardless.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Also remove casting of format string args so that the architecture dependent
type is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The second format string argument, GRUB_EFI_MAX_USABLE_ADDRESS, is a macro
to a number literal. However, depending on what the target architecture, the
type can be 32 or 64 bits. Cast to a 64-bit integer. Also, change the
format string literals "%llx" to use PRIxGRUB_UINT64_T.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The format code is for a 32-bit int, but the argument, keyid, is declared as
a 64 bit int. The comment above says keyid is 32-bit. I'm not sure if the
comment or declaration is wrong, so force the display of a 64-bit int for now.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_error() has a format string expecting two arguments, but only one
provided. According to the comments in the struct grub_nv_super definition,
the version field looks like a version number where major.minor is encoded
as each a byte in the two-byte short.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Its obvious from the error message that the variable named "type" was
accidentally omitted.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch does the following:
- really disables os-prober by default in the util/grub-mkconfig.in
by setting GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER to true,
- fixes the logic in the util/grub.d/30_os-prober.in,
- updates the grub_warn() lines.
Reason for the code shuffling in the util/grub-mkconfig.in:
The default was GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER=false if you don't set
GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER at all. To prevent os-prober from starting we
have to set it by default to true and shuffle GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER to
code section, which is executed by the script. However we still give an
option to the user to overwrite it with false, if he wants to execute
os-prober after all.
Fixes: e3464147 (templates: Disable the os-prober by default)
Reported-by: Didier Spaier <didier@slint.fr>
Reported-by: Lennart Sorensen <lsorense@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Reported-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Philip Müller <philm@manjaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While attempting to dual boot Microsoft Windows with UEFI chainloader,
it failed with below error when UEFI Secure Boot was enabled:
error ../../grub-core/kern/verifiers.c:119:verification requested but
nobody cares: /EFI/Microsoft/Boot/bootmgfw.efi.
It is a regression, as previously it worked without any problem.
It turns out chainloading PE image has been locked down by commit
578c95298 (kern: Add lockdown support). However, we should consider it
as verifiable object by shim to allow booting in UEFI Secure Boot mode.
The chainloaded PE image could also have trusted signature created by
vendor with their pubkey cert in db. For that matters it's usage should
not be locked down under UEFI Secure Boot, and instead shim should be
allowed to validate a PE binary signature before running it.
Fixes: 578c95298 (kern: Add lockdown support)
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This error message comes from the grub_print_error() in
grub_pata_device_initialize(), which does not pass on the error, and is
raised in check_device(). The function check_device() needs to return this
as an error because check_device() is also used in grub_pata_open(), which
does pass on this error to indicate that the device can not be used.
This is actually not an error when displayed by grub_pata_device_initialize()
because it just indicates that there are no pata devices seen. This may be
confusing to end users who do not have pata devices yet are loading the
pata module (perhaps implicitly via nativedisk). This also causes unnecessary
output which may need to be accounted for in functional testing.
Instead print to the debug log when check_device() raises this "error" and
pop the error from the error stack. If there is another error on the stack
then print the error stack as those should be real errors.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We encountered a file not found error when the symlink filesize is
equal to 60:
$ ls -l initrd
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 60 Jan 6 16:37 initrd -> secure-core-image-initramfs-5.10.2-yoctodev-standard.cpio.gz
When booting, we got the following error in the GRUB:
error: file `/initrd' not found
The root cause is that the size of diro->inode.symlink is equal to 60
and a symlink name has to be terminated with NUL there. So, if the
symlink filesize is exactly 60 then it is also stored in a separate
block rather than in the inode itself.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zhao <yi.zhao@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The relocatable variable is defined as grub_uint8_t. Relevant
member in setup_header structure is also defined as one byte
in Linux boot protocol. By semantic definition it is a bool type.
It is not appropriate to treat it as a four bytes. This patch
fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The preferred_address has been assigned to GRUB_LINUX_BZIMAGE_ADDR
during initialization in grub_cmd_linux(). The assignment here
is redundant and should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to the Embedded Base Boot Requirements (EBBR) specification the
device-tree passed to Linux as a configuration table must reside in
EfiACPIReclaimMemory.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
UEFI specification 2.8 errata B introduced the EFI_RT_PROPERTIES_TABLE
describing the services available at runtime.
The lsefisystab command is used to display installed EFI configuration
tables. Currently it only shows the GUID but not a short text for the
new table.
Provide a short text for the EFI_RT_PROPERTIES_TABLE_GUID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The commit f1957dc8a (RISC-V: Add to build system) added two entries to
the options array, but only 1 entry to the enum. This resulted in
everything after the insertion point being off by one.
This broke at least the "file --is-hibernated-hiberfil" command.
Bring the two back in sync by splitting the IS_RISCV_EFI enum entry into
two, as is done for other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Derek Foreman <derek@endlessos.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fix compilation error due to missing parameter to
grub_printf() when MM_DEBUG is defined.
Fixes: 64e26162e (calloc: Make sure we always have an overflow-checking calloc() available)
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The os-prober is enabled by default what may lead to potentially
dangerous use cases and borderline opening attack vectors. This
patch disables the os-prober, adds warning messages and updates
GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER configuration option documentation. This
way we make it clear that the os-prober usage is not recommended.
Simplistic nature of this change allows downstream vendors, who
really want os-prober to be enabled out of the box in their
relevant products, easily revert to it's old behavior.
Reported-by: NyankoSec (<nyanko@10x.moe>, https://twitter.com/NyankoSec),
working with SSD Secure Disclosure
Signed-off-by: Alex Burmashev <alexander.burmashev@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The gui_progress_bar and gui_label components can display the timeout
value. The format string can be set through a theme file. This patch
adds a validation step to the format string.
If a user loads a theme file into the GRUB without this patch then
a GUI label with the following settings
+ label {
...
id = "__timeout__"
text = "%s"
}
will interpret the current timeout value as string pointer and print the
memory at that position on the screen. It is not desired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Frauendorfer | Miray Software <tf@miray.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_printf_fmt_check() function parses the arguments of an untrusted
printf() format and an expected printf() format and then compares the
arguments counts and arguments types. The arguments count in the untrusted
format string must be less or equal to the arguments count in the expected
format string and both arguments types must match.
To do this the parse_printf_arg_fmt() helper function is extended in the
following way:
1. Add a return value to report errors to the grub_printf_fmt_check().
2. Add the fmt_check argument to enable stricter format verification:
- the function expects that arguments definitions are always
terminated by a supported conversion specifier.
- positional parameters, "$", are not allowed, as they cannot be
validated correctly with the current implementation. For example
"%s%1$d" would assign the first args entry twice while leaving the
second one unchanged.
- Return an error if preallocated space in args is too small and
allocation fails for the needed size. The grub_printf_fmt_check()
should verify all arguments. So, if validation is not possible for
any reason it should return an error.
This also adds a case entry to handle "%%", which is the escape
sequence to print "%" character.
3. Add the max_args argument to check for the maximum allowed arguments
count in a printf() string. This should be set to the arguments count
of the expected format. Then the parse_printf_arg_fmt() function will
return an error if the arguments count is exceeded.
The two additional arguments allow us to use parse_printf_arg_fmt() in
printf() and grub_printf_fmt_check() calls.
When parse_printf_arg_fmt() is used by grub_printf_fmt_check() the
function parse user provided untrusted format string too. So, in
that case it is better to be too strict than too lenient.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Frauendorfer | Miray Software <tf@miray.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Set printf() argument type for "%s" to new type STRING. This is in
preparation for a follow up patch to compare a printf() format string
against an expected printf() format string.
For "%s" the corresponding printf() argument is dereferenced as pointer
while all other argument types are defined as integer value. However,
when validating a printf() format it is necessary to differentiate "%s"
from "%p" and other integers. So, let's do that.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Frauendorfer | Miray Software <tf@miray.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch is preparing for a follow up patch which will use
the format parsing part to compare the arguments in a printf()
format from an external source against a printf() format with
expected arguments.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Frauendorfer | Miray Software <tf@miray.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 32ddc42c (efi: Only register shim_lock verifier if shim_lock
protocol is found and SB enabled) reintroduced CVE-2020-15705 which
previously only existed in the out-of-tree linuxefi patches and was
fixed as part of the BootHole patch series.
Under Secure Boot enforce loading shim_lock verifier. Allow skipping
shim_lock verifier if SecureBoot/MokSBState EFI variables indicate
skipping validations, or if GRUB image is built with --disable-shim-lock.
Fixes: 132ddc42c (efi: Only register shim_lock verifier if shim_lock
protocol is found and SB enabled)
Fixes: CVE-2020-15705
Fixes: CVE-2021-3418
Reported-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a --sbat option to the grub-mkimage tool which allows us to import
an SBAT metadata formatted as a CSV file into a .sbat section of the
EFI binary.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a init_pe_section() helper function to setup PE sections. This makes
the code simpler and easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to "Microsoft Portable Executable and Common Object File Format
Specification", the Optional Header SizeOfInitializedData field contains:
Size of the initialized data section, or the sum of all such sections if
there are multiple data sections.
Make this explicit by adding the GRUB kernel data size to the sum of all
the modules sizes. The ALIGN_UP() is not required by the PE spec but do
it to avoid alignment issues.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This makes the PE32 and PE32+ header fields set-up easier to follow by
setting them closer to the initialization of their related sections.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There's quite a bit of code duplication in the code that sets the optional
header for PE32 and PE32+. The two are very similar with the exception of
a few fields that have type grub_uint64_t instead of grub_uint32_t.
Factor out the common code and add a PE_OHDR() macro that simplifies the
set-up and make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This change does not impact final result of initialization itself.
However, it eases PE code unification in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The latter doesn't take into account the target image endianness. There is
a grub_cpu_to_le32_compile_time() but no compile time variant for function
grub_host_to_target32(). So, let's keep using the other one for this case.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code is compiled out so there is no reason to keep it.
Additionally, don't set bss_size field since we do not add a BSS section.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_parser_split_cmdline() expands variable names present in the supplied
command line in to their corresponding variable contents and uses a 1 kiB
stack buffer for temporary storage without sufficient bounds checking. If
the function is called with a command line that references a variable with
a sufficiently large payload, it is possible to overflow the stack
buffer via tab completion, corrupt the stack frame and potentially
control execution.
Fixes: CVE-2020-27749
Reported-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a new variable sized heap buffer type (grub_buffer_t) with simple
operations for appending data, accessing the data and maintaining
a read cursor.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Introduce a common function epilogue used for cleaning up on all
return paths, which will simplify additional error handling to be
introduced in a subsequent commit.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
process_char() and grub_parser_split_cmdline() use similar code for
terminating the most recent argument. Add a helper function for this.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_parser_split_cmdline() iterates over each command line character.
In order to add error checking and to simplify the subsequent error
handling, split the character processing in to a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The getline() function supplied to grub_parser_split_cmdline() returns
a newly allocated buffer and can be called multiple times, but the
returned buffer is never freed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We need to check errors before calling into a function that uses the result.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This prevents a divide by zero if nstripes == nparities, and
also prevents propagation of invalid values if nstripes ends up
less than nparities.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This prevents infinite recursion in the diskfilter verification code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
rlocn->offset is read directly from disk and added to the metadatabuf
pointer to create a pointer to a block of metadata. It's a 64-bit
quantity so as long as you don't overflow you can set subsequent
pointers to point anywhere in memory.
Require that rlocn->offset fits within the metadata buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We could reach the end of valid metadata and not realize, leading to
some buffer overreads. Check if we have reached the end and bail.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Clean up a bunch of cases where we could have strstr() fail and lead to
us dereferencing NULL.
We'll still leak memory in some cases (loops don't clean up allocations
from earlier iterations if a later iteration fails) but at least we're
not crashing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There's an if block for the presence of "physical_volumes {", but if
that block is absent, then p remains NULL and a NULL-deref will result
when looking for logical volumes.
It doesn't seem like LVM makes sense without physical volumes, so error
out rather than crashing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This catches at least some OOB reads, and it's possible I suppose that
if 2 * mda_size is less than GRUB_LVM_MDA_HEADER_SIZE it might catch some
OOB writes too (although that hasn't showed up as a crash in fuzzing yet).
It's a bit ugly and I'd appreciate better suggestions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We unconditionally trusted offset_xl from the LVM label header, even if
it told us that the PV header/disk locations were way off past the end
of the data we read from disk.
Require that the offset be sane, fixing an OOB read and crash.
Fixes: CID 314367, CID 314371
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If huft_build() fails, gzio->tl or gzio->td could contain pointers that
are no longer valid. Zero them out.
This prevents a double free when grub_gzio_close() comes through and
attempts to free them again.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In huft_build(), "v" is a table of values in order of bit length.
The code later (when setting up table entries in "r") assumes that all
elements of this array corresponding to a code are initialized and less
than N_MAX. However, it doesn't enforce this.
With sufficiently manipulated inputs (e.g. from fuzzing), there can be
elements of "v" that are not filled. Therefore a lookup into "e" or "d"
will use an uninitialized value. This can lead to an invalid/OOB read on
those values, often leading to a crash.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
init_dynamic_block() didn't clean up gzio->tl and td in some error
paths. This left td pointing to part of tl. Then in grub_gzio_close(),
when tl was freed the storage for td would also be freed. The code then
attempts to free td explicitly, performing a UAF and then a double free.
Explicitly clean up tl and td in the error paths.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is an ugly fix that doesn't address why gzio->tl comes to be NULL.
However, it seems to be sufficient to patch up a bunch of NULL derefs.
It would be good to revisit this in future and see if we can have
a cleaner solution that addresses some of the causes of the unexpected
NULL pointers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We just introduced an error return in grub_nilfs2_btree_node_lookup().
Make sure the callers catch it.
At the same time, make sure that grub_nilfs2_btree_node_lookup() always
inits the index pointer passed to it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
NILFS2 reads the number of children a node has from the node. Unfortunately,
that's not trustworthy. Check if it's beyond what the filesystem permits and
reject it if so.
This blocks some OOB reads. I'm not sure how controllable the read is and what
could be done with invalidly read data later on.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
NILFS2 has up to 7 keys, per the data structure. Do not permit array
indices in excess of that.
This catches some OOB reads. I don't know how controllable the invalidly
read data is or if that could be used later in the program.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It's possible with a fuzzed filesystem for JFS to keep getblk()-ing
the same data over and over again, leading to stack exhaustion.
Check if we'd be calling the function with exactly the same data as
was passed in, and if so abort.
I'm not sure what the performance impact of this is and am open to
better ideas.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
getblk() implicitly trusts that treehead->count is an accurate count of
the number of extents. However, that value is read from disk and is not
trustworthy, leading to OOB reads and crashes. I am not sure to what
extent the data read from OOB can influence subsequent program execution.
Require callers to pass in the maximum number of extents for which
they have storage.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fuzzing JFS revealed crashes where a negative number would be passed
to le_to_cpu16_copy(). There it would be cast to a large positive number
and the copy would read and write off the end of the respective buffers.
Catch this at the top as well as the bottom of the loop.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There's a read of the name of the root object that assumes that the name
is nul-terminated within the root block. This isn't guaranteed - it seems
SFS would require you to read multiple blocks to get a full name in general,
but maybe that doesn't apply to the root object.
Either way, figure out how much space is left in the root block and don't
over-read it. This fixes some OOB reads.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
HFS has issues such as infinite mutual recursion that are simply too
complex to fix for such a legacy format. So simply do not permit
it to be loaded under lockdown.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Valgrind identified the following use of uninitialized data:
==2782220== Conditional jump or move depends on uninitialised value(s)
==2782220== at 0x42B364: grub_hfsplus_btree_search (hfsplus.c:566)
==2782220== by 0x42B21D: grub_hfsplus_read_block (hfsplus.c:185)
==2782220== by 0x42A693: grub_fshelp_read_file (fshelp.c:386)
==2782220== by 0x42C598: grub_hfsplus_read_file (hfsplus.c:219)
==2782220== by 0x42C598: grub_hfsplus_mount (hfsplus.c:330)
==2782220== by 0x42B8C5: grub_hfsplus_dir (hfsplus.c:958)
==2782220== by 0x4C1AE6: grub_fs_probe (fs.c:73)
==2782220== by 0x407C94: grub_ls_list_files (ls.c:186)
==2782220== by 0x407C94: grub_cmd_ls (ls.c:284)
==2782220== by 0x4D7130: grub_extcmd_dispatcher (extcmd.c:55)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: execute_command (grub-fstest.c:59)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: fstest (grub-fstest.c:433)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: main (grub-fstest.c:772)
==2782220== Uninitialised value was created by a heap allocation
==2782220== at 0x483C7F3: malloc (in /usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-amd64-linux.so)
==2782220== by 0x4C0305: grub_malloc (mm.c:42)
==2782220== by 0x42C21D: grub_hfsplus_mount (hfsplus.c:239)
==2782220== by 0x42B8C5: grub_hfsplus_dir (hfsplus.c:958)
==2782220== by 0x4C1AE6: grub_fs_probe (fs.c:73)
==2782220== by 0x407C94: grub_ls_list_files (ls.c:186)
==2782220== by 0x407C94: grub_cmd_ls (ls.c:284)
==2782220== by 0x4D7130: grub_extcmd_dispatcher (extcmd.c:55)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: execute_command (grub-fstest.c:59)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: fstest (grub-fstest.c:433)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: main (grub-fstest.c:772)
This happens when the process of reading the catalog file goes sufficiently
wrong that there's an attempt to read the extent overflow file, which has
not yet been loaded. Keep track of when the extent overflow file is
fully loaded and refuse to use it before then.
The load valgrind doesn't like is btree->nodesize, and that's then used
to allocate a data structure. It looks like there are subsequently a lot
of reads based on that pointer so OOB reads are likely, and indeed crashes
(albeit difficult-to-replicate ones) have been observed in fuzzing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Otherwise you get a wild pointer, leading to a bunch of invalid reads.
Check it falls inside the given node.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A fuzzed HFS+ filesystem had log2blocksize = 22. This gave
log2blocksize + GRUB_DISK_SECTOR_BITS = 31. 1 << 31 = 0x80000000,
which is -1 as an int. This caused some wacky behavior later on in
the function, leading to out-of-bounds writes on the destination buffer.
Catch log2blocksize + GRUB_DISK_SECTOR_BITS >= 31. We could be stricter,
but this is the minimum that will prevent integer size weirdness.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Catch the case where we have a font so big that it causes the number of
rows or columns to be 0. Currently we continue and allocate a
virtual_screen.text_buffer of size 0. We then try to use that for glpyhs
and things go badly.
On the emu platform, malloc() may give us a valid pointer, in which case
we'll access heap memory which we shouldn't. Alternatively, it may give us
NULL, in which case we'll crash. For other platforms, if I understand
grub_memalign() correctly, we will receive a valid but small allocation
that we will very likely later overrun.
Prevent the creation of a virtual screen that isn't at least 40 cols
by 12 rows. This is arbitrary, but it seems that if your width or height
is half a standard 80x24 terminal, you're probably going to struggle to
read anything anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When a start of stream marker is encountered, we call grub_jpeg_decode_sos()
which allocates space for a bitmap.
When a restart marker is encountered, we call grub_jpeg_decode_data() which
then fills in that bitmap.
If we get a restart marker before the start of stream marker, we will
attempt to write to a bitmap_ptr that hasn't been allocated. Catch this
and bail out. This fixes an attempt to write to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The key line is:
du[jpeg_zigzag_order[pos]] = val * (int) data->quan_table[qt][pos];
jpeg_zigzag_order is grub_uint8_t[64].
I don't understand JPEG decoders quite well enough to explain what's
going on here. However, I observe sometimes pos=64, which leads to an
OOB read of the jpeg_zigzag_order global then an OOB write to du.
That leads to various unpleasant memory corruption conditions.
Catch where pos >= ARRAY_SIZE(jpeg_zigzag_order) and bail.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Our decoder only supports 2 quantization tables. If a file asks for
a quantization table with index > 1, reject it.
Similarly, our decoder only supports 4 Huffman tables. If a file asks
for a Huffman table with index > 3, reject it.
This fixes some out of bounds reads. It's not clear what degree of control
over subsequent execution could be gained by someone who can carefully
set up the contents of memory before loading an invalid JPEG file.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, if there is an error in grub_strtoull(), *end is not set.
This differs from the usual behavior of strtoull(), and also means that
some callers may use an uninitialized value for *end.
Set *end unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 9acdcbf325 (use single quotes in menuentry setparams command)
says that expressing a quoted single quote will require 3 characters. It
actually requires (and always did require!) 4 characters:
str: a'b => a'\''b
len: 3 => 6 (2 for the letters + 4 for the quote)
This leads to not allocating enough memory and thus out of bounds writes
that have been observed to cause heap corruption.
Allocate 4 bytes for each single quote.
Commit 22e7dbb2bb (Fix quoting in legacy parser.) does the same
quoting, but it adds 3 as extra overhead on top of the single byte that
the quote already needs. So it's correct.
Fixes: 9acdcbf325 (use single quotes in menuentry setparams command)
Fixes: CVE-2021-20233
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The following crashes the parser:
for x in; do
0
done
This is because grub_script_arglist_to_argv() doesn't consider the
possibility that arglist is NULL. Catch that explicitly.
This avoids a NULL pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fuzzing found the following crash:
search -hhhhhhhhhhhhhf
We didn't allocate enough option space for 13 hints because the
allocation code counts the number of discrete arguments (i.e. argc).
However, the shortopt parsing code will happily keep processing
a combination of short options without checking if those short
options require an argument. This means you can easily end writing
past the allocated option space.
This fixes a OOB write which can cause heap corruption.
Fixes: CVE-2021-20225
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
"$#" represents the number of arguments to a function. It is only
defined in a function scope, where "scope" is non-NULL. Currently,
if we attempt to evaluate "$#" outside a function scope, "scope" will
be NULL and we will crash with a NULL pointer dereference.
Do not attempt to count arguments for "$#" if "scope" is NULL. This
will result in "$#" being interpreted as an empty string if evaluated
outside a function scope.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This can be triggered with:
ls -l (0 0*)
and causes a NULL deref in grub_normal_print_device_info().
I'm not sure if there's any implication with the IEEE 1275 platform.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is possible for the ftell() function to return a negative value,
although it is fairly unlikely here, we should be checking for
a negative value before we assign it to an unsigned value.
Fixes: CID 73744
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The return value of ftell() may be negative (-1) on error. While it is
probably unlikely to occur, we should not blindly cast to an unsigned
value without first testing that it is not negative.
Fixes: CID 73856
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Two grub_device_open() calls does not have associated NULL checks
for returned values. Fix that and appease the Coverity.
Fixes: CID 314583
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
The code here is finished with the memory stored in name, but it only
frees it if there curvalue is valid, while it could actually free it
regardless.
The fix is a simple relocation of the grub_free() to before the test
of curvalue.
Fixes: CID 96646
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code in the next block suggests that it is possible for .set to be
true but .arg may still be NULL.
This code assumes that it is never NULL, yet later is testing if it is
NULL - that is inconsistent.
So we should check first if .arg is not NULL, and remove this check that
is being flagged by Coverity since it is no longer required.
Fixes: CID 292471
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The test of value for NULL before calling grub_strdup() is not required,
since the if condition prior to this has already tested for value being
NULL and cannot reach this code if it is.
Fixes: CID 73659
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While it may never happen, and potentially could be caught at the end of
the function, it is worth checking up front for a bad reference to the
next marker just in case of a maliciously crafted file being provided.
Fixes: CID 73694
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is minimal possibility that the values being used here will overflow.
So, change the code to use the safemath function grub_mul() to ensure
that doesn't happen.
Fixes: CID 73761
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The calculation of the unsigned 64-bit value is being generated by
multiplying 2, signed or unsigned, 32-bit integers which may overflow
before promotion to unsigned 64-bit. Fix all of them.
Fixes: CID 73703, CID 73767, CID 73833
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The multiplication of 2 unsigned 32-bit integers may overflow before
promotion to unsigned 64-bit. We should ensure that the multiplication
is done with overflow detection. Additionally, use grub_sub() for
subtraction.
Fixes: CID 73640, CID 73697, CID 73702, CID 73823
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The return value of grub_video_gop_fill_mode_info() is never able to be
anything other than GRUB_ERR_NONE. So, rather than continue to return
a value and checking it each time, it is more correct to redefine the
function to not return anything and remove checks of its return value
altogether.
Fixes: CID 96701
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Every other return statement in this code is calling grub_device_close()
to clean up dev before returning. This one should do that too.
Fixes: CID 292443
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
check_list() uses grub_file_getline(), which allocates a buffer.
If the hash list file contains invalid lines, the function leaks
this buffer when it returns an error.
Fixes: CID 176635
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is possible for the code to reach the end of the function without
freeing the memory allocated to argv and argc still to be 0.
We should always call grub_free(argv). The grub_free() will handle
a NULL argument correctly if it reaches that code without the memory
being allocated.
Fixes: CID 96672
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In syslinux_parse_real() the 2 points where return is being called
didn't release the memory stored in buf which is no longer required.
Fixes: CID 176634
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code in gcry_mpi_scan() assumes that buffer is not NULL, but there
is no explicit check for that, so we add one.
Fixes: CID 73757
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The array of unsigned char gets promoted to a signed 32-bit int before
it is finally promoted to a size_t. There is the possibility that this
may result in the signed-bit being set for the intermediate signed
32-bit int. We should ensure that the promotion is to the correct type
before we bitwise-OR the values.
Fixes: CID 96697
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The node structure reference is being allocated but not freed if it
reaches the end of the function. If any of the hooks had returned
a non-zero value, then node would have been copied in to the context
reference, but otherwise node is not stored and should be freed.
Similarly, the call to grub_affs_create_node() replaces the allocated
memory in node with a newly allocated structure, leaking the existing
memory pointed by node.
Finally, when dir->parent is set, then we again replace node with newly
allocated memory, which seems unnecessary when we copy in the values
from dir->parent immediately after.
Fixes: CID 73759
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While arguably the check for grub_errno is correct, we should really be
checking the return value from the function since it is always possible
that grub_errno was set elsewhere, making this code behave incorrectly.
Fixes: CID 73668
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In all cases the problem is that the value being acted upon by
a left-shift is a 32-bit number which is then being used in the
context of a 64-bit number.
To avoid overflow we ensure that the number being shifted is 64-bit
before the shift is done.
Fixes: CID 73684, CID 73695, CID 73764
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are several exit points in dnode_get_path() that are causing possible
memory leaks.
In the while(1) the correct exit mechanism should not be to do a direct return,
but to instead break out of the loop, setting err first if it is not already set.
The reason behind this is that the dnode_path is a linked list, and while doing
through this loop, it is being allocated and built up - the only way to
correctly unravel it is to traverse it, which is what is being done at the end
of the function outside of the loop.
Several of the existing exit points correctly did a break, but not all so this
change makes that more consistent and should resolve the leaking of memory as
found by Coverity.
Fixes: CID 73741
Signed-off-by: Paulo Flabiano Smorigo <pfsmorigo@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While it is possible for the return value from zfs_log2() to be zero
(0), it is quite unlikely, given that the previous assignment to blksz
is shifted up by SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT (9) before 9 is subtracted at the
assignment to epbs.
But, while unlikely during a normal operation, it may be that a carefully
crafted ZFS filesystem could result in a zero (0) value to the
dn_datalbkszsec field, which means that the shift left does nothing
and assigns zero (0) to blksz, resulting in a negative epbs value.
Fixes: CID 73608
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
HFS+ documentation suggests that the maximum filename and volume name is
255 Unicode characters in length.
So, when converting from big-endian to little-endian, we should ensure
that the name of the volume has a length that is between 0 and 255,
inclusive.
Fixes: CID 73641
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The encrypt and decrypt functions expect a grub_size_t. So, we need to
ensure that the constant bit shift is using grub_size_t rather than
unsigned int when it is performing the shift.
Fixes: CID 307788
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The problem here is that the memory allocated to the variable lv is not
yet inserted into the list that is being processed at the label fail2.
As we can already see at line 342, which correctly frees lv before going
to fail2, we should also be doing that at these earlier jumps to fail2.
Fixes: CID 73824
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Several error handling paths in make_vg() do not free comp data before
jumping to fail2 label and returning from the function. This will leak
memory. So, let's fix all issues of that kind.
Fixes: CID 73804
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is the possibility that the value of str comes from an external
source and continuing to use it before ever checking its validity is
wrong. So, needs fixing.
Additionally, drop unneeded part initialization.
Fixes: CID 292444
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While many compilers will initialize this to zero, not all will, so it
is better to be sure that fields not being explicitly set are at known
values, and there is code that checks this fields value elsewhere in the
code.
Fixes: CID 292440
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These 2 assignments are unnecessary since they are just assigning
to themselves.
Fixes: CID 73643
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This issue has been fixed in the latest version of gnulib, so to
maintain consistency, I've backported that change rather than doing
something different.
Fixes: CID 73828
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It appears to be possible that the mctx->state_log field may be NULL,
and the name of this function, clean_state_log_if_needed(), suggests
that it should be checking that it is valid to be cleaned before
assuming that it does.
Fixes: CID 86720
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
All other instances of call to __argp_failure() where there is
a dgettext() call is first checking whether state is NULL before
attempting to dereference it to get the root_argp->argp_domain.
Fixes: CID 292436
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code is assuming that the value of br_token.constraint was
initialized to zero when it wasn't.
While some compilers will ensure that, not all do, so it is better to
fix this explicitly than leave it to chance.
Fixes: CID 73749
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is a really minor issue where a variable is being assigned to but
not checked before it is overwritten again.
The reason for this issue is that we are not building with DEBUG set and
this in turn means that the assert() that reads the value of the
variable match_last is being processed out.
The solution, move the assignment to match_last in to an ifdef DEBUG too.
Fixes: CID 292459
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The model of grub_efi_get_memory_map() is that if memory_map is NULL,
then the purpose is to discover how much memory should be allocated to
it for the subsequent call.
The problem here is that with grub_efi_is_finished set to 1, there is no
check at all that the function is being called with a non-NULL memory_map.
While this MAY be true, we shouldn't assume it.
The solution to this is to behave as expected, and if memory_map is NULL,
then don't try to use it and allow memory_map_size to be filled in, and
return 0 as is done later in the code if the buffer is too small (or NULL).
Additionally, drop unneeded ret = 1.
Fixes: CID 96632
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Free the memory allocated to name before returning on failure.
Fixes: CID 296222
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
After processing the command-line yet arriving at the point where we are
setting argv, we are allocating memory, even if argc == 0, which makes
no sense since we never put anything into the allocated argv.
The solution is to simply return that we've successfully processed the
arguments but that argc == 0, and also ensure that argv is NULL when
we're not allocating anything in it.
There are only 2 callers of this function, and both are handling a zero
value in argc assuming nothing is allocated in argv.
Fixes: CID 96680
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The static code analysis tool, Parfait, reported that the valid of
file->data was left referencing memory that was freed by the call to
grub_free(data) where data was initialized from file->data.
To ensure that there is no unintentional access to this memory
referenced by file->data we should set the pointer to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is always possible that grub_zalloc() could fail, so we should check for
a NULL return. Otherwise we run the risk of dereferencing a NULL pointer.
Fixes: CID 296221
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When returning from grub_mmap_iterate() the memory allocated to present
is not being released causing it to leak.
Fixes: CID 96655
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The maximum number of configurations and interfaces are fixed but there is
no out-of-bound checking to prevent a malicious USB device to report large
values for these and cause accesses outside the arrays' memory.
Fixes: CVE-2020-25647
Reported-by: Joseph Tartaro <joseph.tartaro@ioactive.com>
Reported-by: Ilja Van Sprundel <ivansprundel@ioactive.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When a module is attempted to be removed its reference counter is always
decremented. This means that repeated rmmod invocations will cause the
module to be unloaded even if another module depends on it.
This may lead to a use-after-free scenario allowing an attacker to execute
arbitrary code and by-pass the UEFI Secure Boot protection.
While being there, add the extern keyword to some function declarations in
that header file.
Fixes: CVE-2020-25632
Reported-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The shim_lock verifier validates the XNU kernels but no its extensions
and packages. Prevent these to be loaded when the GRUB is locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The gdbstub* commands allow to start and control a GDB stub running on
local host that can be used to connect from a remote debugger. Restrict
this functionality when the GRUB is locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The command can be used to get/set ATA disk parameters. Some of these can
be dangerous since change the disk behavior. Restrict it when locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This command can set PCI devices register values, which makes it dangerous
in a locked down configuration. Restrict it so can't be used on this setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are some more commands that should be restricted when the GRUB is
locked down. Following is the list of commands and reasons to restrict:
* fakebios: creates BIOS-like structures for backward compatibility with
existing OSes. This should not be allowed when locked down.
* loadbios: reads a BIOS dump from storage and loads it. This action
should not be allowed when locked down.
* devicetree: loads a Device Tree blob and passes it to the OS. It replaces
any Device Tree provided by the firmware. This also should
not be allowed when locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The cutmem and badram commands can be used to remove EFI memory regions
and potentially disable the UEFI Secure Boot. Prevent the commands to be
registered if the GRUB is locked down.
Fixes: CVE-2020-27779
Reported-by: Teddy Reed <teddy.reed@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The command is not allowed when lockdown is enforced. Otherwise an
attacker can instruct the GRUB to load an SSDT table to overwrite
the kernel lockdown configuration and later load and execute
unsigned code.
Fixes: CVE-2020-14372
Reported-by: Máté Kukri <km@mkukri.xyz>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Now the GRUB can check if it has been locked down and this can be used to
prevent executing commands that can be utilized to circumvent the UEFI
Secure Boot mechanisms. So, instead of hardcoding a list of modules that
have to be disabled, prevent the usage of commands that can be dangerous.
This not only allows the commands to be disabled on other platforms, but
also properly separate the concerns. Since the shim_lock verifier logic
should be only about preventing to run untrusted binaries and not about
defining these kind of policies.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If the UEFI Secure Boot is enabled then the GRUB must be locked down
to prevent executing code that can potentially be used to subvert its
verification mechanisms.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It may be useful for scripts to determine whether the GRUB is locked
down or not. Add the lockdown variable which is set to "y" when the GRUB
is locked down.
Suggested-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When the GRUB starts on a secure boot platform, some commands can be
used to subvert the protections provided by the verification mechanism and
could lead to booting untrusted system.
To prevent that situation, allow GRUB to be locked down. That way the code
may check if GRUB has been locked down and further restrict the commands
that are registered or what subset of their functionality could be used.
The lockdown support adds the following components:
* The grub_lockdown() function which can be used to lockdown GRUB if,
e.g., UEFI Secure Boot is enabled.
* The grub_is_lockdown() function which can be used to check if the GRUB
was locked down.
* A verifier that flags OS kernels, the GRUB modules, Device Trees and ACPI
tables as GRUB_VERIFY_FLAGS_DEFER_AUTH to defer verification to other
verifiers. These files are only successfully verified if another registered
verifier returns success. Otherwise, the whole verification process fails.
For example, PE/COFF binaries verification can be done by the shim_lock
verifier which validates the signatures using the shim_lock protocol.
However, the verification is not deferred directly to the shim_lock verifier.
The shim_lock verifier is hooked into the verification process instead.
* A set of grub_{command,extcmd}_lockdown functions that can be used by
code registering command handlers, to only register unsafe commands if
the GRUB has not been locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move the shim_lock verifier from its own module into the core image. The
Secure Boot lockdown mechanism has the intent to prevent the load of any
unsigned code or binary when Secure Boot is enabled.
The reason is that GRUB must be able to prevent executing untrusted code
if UEFI Secure Boot is enabled, without depending on external modules.
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move verifiers API from a module to the kernel image, so it can be
used there as well. There are no functional changes in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Document the artificially imposed 1 EiB disk size limit and size limitations
with LUKS volumes.
Fix a few punctuation issues.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch is similar to commit 9dab2f51e (sparc: Enable __clzsi2() and
__clzdi2()) but for MIPS target and __clzdi2() only, __clzsi2() was
already enabled.
Suggested-by: Daniel Kiper <dkiper@net-space.pl>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Do some sanity checking on data coming from the LUKS2 header. If segment.size
is "dynamic", verify that the offset is not past the end of disk. Otherwise,
check for errors from grub_strtoull() when converting segment size from
string. If a GRUB_ERR_BAD_NUMBER error was returned, then the string was
not a valid parsable number, so skip the key. If GRUB_ERR_OUT_OF_RANGE was
returned, then there was an overflow in converting to a 64-bit unsigned
integer. So this could be a very large disk (perhaps large RAID array).
In this case skip the key too. Additionally, enforce some other limits
and fail if needed.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Check to make sure that source disk has a known size. If not, print
a message and return error. There are 4 cases where GRUB_DISK_SIZE_UNKNOWN
is set (biosdisk, obdisk, ofdisk, and uboot), and in all those cases
processing continues. So this is probably a bit conservative. However,
3 of the cases seem pathological, and the other, biosdisk, happens when
booting from a CD-ROM. Since I doubt booting from a LUKS2 volume on
a CD-ROM is a big use case, we'll error until someone complains.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The function grub_disk_native_sectors(source) returns the number of sectors
of source in GRUB native (512-byte) sectors, not source sized sectors. So
the conversion needs to use GRUB_DISK_SECTOR_BITS, the GRUB native sector
size.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
By default, dm-crypt internally uses an IV that corresponds to 512-byte
sectors, even when a larger sector size is specified. What this means is
that when using a larger sector size, the IV is incremented every sector.
However, the amount the IV is incremented is the number of 512 byte blocks
in a sector (i.e. 8 for 4K sectors). Confusingly the IV does not correspond
to the number of, for example, 4K sectors. So each 512 byte cipher block in
a sector will be encrypted with the same IV and the IV will be incremented
afterwards by the number of 512 byte cipher blocks in the sector.
There are some encryption utilities which do it the intuitive way and have
the IV equal to the sector number regardless of sector size (ie. the fifth
sector would have an IV of 4 for each cipher block). And this is supported
by dm-crypt with the iv_large_sectors option and also cryptsetup as of 2.3.3
with the --iv-large-sectors, though not with LUKS headers (only with --type
plain). However, support for this has not been included as grub does not
support plain devices right now.
One gotcha here is that the encrypted split keys are encrypted with a hard-
coded 512-byte sector size. So even if your data is encrypted with 4K sector
sizes, the split key encrypted area must be decrypted with a block size of
512 (ie the IV increments every 512 bytes). This made these changes less
aesthetically pleasing than desired.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We need to convert the sectors from the size of the underlying device to the
cryptodisk sector size; segment.size is in bytes which need to be converted
to cryptodisk sectors as well.
Also, removed an empty statement.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add GRUB_TYPE_U_MAX/MIN(type) macros to get the max/min values for an
unsigned number with size of type.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows error messages to be more easily distinguishable between indexes
and slot keys. The former include the string "index" in the error/debug
string, and the later are surrounded in quotes.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use the object name in the json array rather than the 0 based index in the
json array for keyslots, segments, and digests. This is less confusing for
the end user. For example, say you have a LUKS2 device with a key in slot 1
and slot 4. When using the password for slot 4 to unlock the device, the
messages using the index of the keyslot will mention keyslot 1 (its a
zero-based index). Furthermore, with this change the keyslot number will
align with the number used to reference the keyslot when using the
--key-slot argument to cryptsetup.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows code using these structs to know the named key associated with
these json data structures. In the future we can use these to provide better
error messages to the user.
Get rid of idx local variable in luks2_get_keyslot() which was overloaded to
be used for both keyslot and segment slot keys.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We should assume that the output argument "out" is uninitialized and could
have random data. So, make sure to initialize the segments and keyslots bit
fields because potentially not all bits of those fields are written to.
Otherwise, the digest could say it belongs to keyslots and segments that it
does not.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This ensures that expected order of operations is preserved when arguments
are expressions.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The function grub_disk_get_size() is confusingly named because it actually
returns a sector count where the sectors are sized in the GRUB native sector
size. Rename to something more appropriate.
Suggested-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If there is a loopback device with the same name as the one to be created,
instead of closing the old one and replacing it with the new one, return an
error instead. If the loopback device was created, its probably being used
by something and just replacing it may cause GRUB to crash unexpectedly.
This fixes obvious problems like "loopback d (d)/somefile". Its not too
onerous to force the user to delete the loopback first with the "-d" switch.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is a hardcoded maximum disk size that can be read or written from,
currently set at 1 EiB in grub_disk_adjust_range(). Move the literal into a
macro in disk.h, so our assumptions are more visible. This hard coded limit
does not prevent using larger disks, just GRUB won't read/write past the
limit. The comment accompanying this restriction didn't quite make sense to
me, so its been modified too.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When checking if a block list goes past the end of the disk, make sure
the total size of the disk is in GRUB native sector sizes, otherwise there
will be blocks at the end of the disk inaccessible by block lists.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We don't want to support small MBR gap in pair with anything but the
simplest config of biosdisk + part_msdos + simple filesystem. In this
path "simple filesystems" are all current filesystems except ZFS and
Btrfs.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Part of the code logic for processing the return value of efi
log_extend_event is repetitive and complicated. Extract the
repetitive code into an independent function.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a number of debug logs to the tpm module. The condition tag
for opening debugging is "tpm". On TPM machines, this will bring
great convenience to diagnosis and debugging.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Now that the GRUB has a grub_efi_get_secureboot() function to check the
UEFI Secure Boot status, use it to report that to the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The shim_lock module registers a verifier to call shim's verify, but the
handler is registered even when the shim_lock protocol was not installed.
This doesn't cause a NULL pointer dereference in shim_lock_write() because
the shim_lock_init() function just returns GRUB_ERR_NONE if sl isn't set.
But in that case there's no point to even register the shim_lock verifier
since won't do anything. Additionally, it is only useful when Secure Boot
is enabled.
Finally, don't assume that the shim_lock protocol will always be present
when the shim_lock_write() function is called, and check for it on every
call to this function.
Reported-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reported-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It will be used to properly detect and report UEFI Secure Boot status to
the x86 Linux kernel. The functionality will be added by subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is needed to properly detect and report UEFI Secure Boot status
to the x86 Linux kernel. The functionality will be added by subsequent
patches.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GUID will be used to properly detect and report UEFI Secure Boot
status to the x86 Linux kernel. The functionality will be added by
subsequent patches. The shim_lock protocol type is made public for
completeness.
Additionally, fix formatting of four preceding GUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building with --target=arm-linux-gnu --with-platform=coreboot
a linking error occurs caused by multiple definitions of the
ps2_state variable.
Mark them as static since they aren't used outside their compilation unit.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This header uses types defined in <grub/types.h> but does not include it,
which leads to compile errors like the following:
In file included from ../include/grub/cpu/linux.h:19,
from kern/efi/sb.c:21:
../include/grub/i386/linux.h:80:3: error: unknown type name ‘grub_uint64_t’
80 | grub_uint64_t addr;
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Nothing defined in the header file is used in the assembly code but it
may lead to build errors if some headers are included through this and
contains definitions that are not recognized by the assembler, e.g.:
../include/grub/types.h: Assembler messages:
../include/grub/types.h:76: Error: no such instruction: `typedef signed char grub_int8_t'
../include/grub/types.h:77: Error: no such instruction: `typedef short grub_int16_t'
../include/grub/types.h:78: Error: no such instruction: `typedef int grub_int32_t'
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Looping variable "j" was named such because the variable name "i" was taken.
Since "i" has been renamed in the previous patch, we can rename "j" to "i".
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Variables named "i" are usually looping variables. So, rename it to
"keyslot_idx" to ease luks2_get_keyslot() reading.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The loop variable "j" should be used to index the digests and segments json
array, instead of the variable "i", which is the keyslot index.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This makes it more obvious to the reader that the disk referred to is the
source disk, as opposed to say the disk holding the cryptodisk.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This makes it clear that the offset represents sectors, not bytes, in
order to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This creates an alignment with grub_disk_t naming of the same field and is
more intuitive as to how it should be used.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This header uses types defined in <grub/types.h> but does not include it,
which leads to compile errors like the following:
../include/grub/cpu/linux.h:27:3: error: unknown type name ‘grub_uint32_t’
27 | grub_uint32_t code0; /* Executable code */
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The header uses the EXPORT_FUNC() macro defined in <grub/types.h> but
doesn't include it, which leads to the following compile error on arm:
../include/grub/cpu/system.h:12:13: error: ‘EXPORT_FUNC’ declared as function returning a function
12 | extern void EXPORT_FUNC(grub_arm_disable_caches_mmu) (void);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
../include/grub/cpu/system.h:12:1: warning: parameter names (without types) in function declaration
12 | extern void EXPORT_FUNC(grub_arm_disable_caches_mmu) (void);
| ^~~~~~
make[3]: *** [Makefile:36581: kern/efi/kernel_exec-sb.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub-install --pubkey is supported, so we can now document it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Since commit cd46aa6cef in 2013, grub-install hasn't been a shell
script. The para doesn't really add that much, especially since it's
the user manual, so just drop it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Compiling under clang 10 gives:
grub-core/lib/LzmaEnc.c:1362:9: error: misleading indentation; statement is not part of the previous 'if' [-Werror,-Wmisleading-indentation]
{
^
grub-core/lib/LzmaEnc.c:1358:7: note: previous statement is here
if (repIndex == 0)
^
1 error generated.
It's not really that unclear in context: there's a commented-out
if-statement. But tweak the alignment anyway so that clang is happy.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When setting cipher IV mode, detection is done by prefix matching the
cipher IV mode part of the cipher mode string. Since "plain" matches
"plain64", we must check for "plain64" first. Otherwise, "plain64" will
be detected as "plain".
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently the following is valid syntax but should be a syntax error:
grub> function f; { echo HERE; }
grub> f
HERE
This fix is not backward compatible, but current syntax is not documented
either and has no functional value. So any scripts with this unintended
syntax are technically syntactically incorrect and should not be relying
on this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
LODEVICES is not an array variable and should not be accessed as such.
This allows the f2fs test to pass as it was failing because a device
name had a space prepended to the path.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Acked-by: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
autogen.sh isn't enough:
$ ./autogen.sh
Gnulib not yet bootstrapped; run ./bootstrap instead.
The command "./autogen.sh" exited with 1.
Additionally, using bootstrap requires to install autopoint package.
Signed-off-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The UUID header for LUKS2 uses a format with dashes, same as for
LUKS(1). But while we strip these dashes for the latter, we don't for
the former. This isn't wrong per se, but it's definitely inconsistent
for users as they need to use the dashed format for LUKS2 and the
non-dashed format for LUKS when e.g. calling "cryptomount -u $UUID".
Fix this inconsistency by stripping dashes off of the LUKS2 UUID.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Although the tpm_execute() series of functions are defined they are not
used anywhere. Several structures in the include/grub/efi/tpm.h header
file are not used too. There is even nonexistent grub_tpm_init()
declaration in this header. Delete all that unneeded stuff.
If somebody needs the functionality implemented in the dropped code then
he/she can re-add it later. Now it needlessly increases the GRUB
code/image size.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Like the tpm the shim_lock module is only enabled for x86_64 target.
However, there's nothing specific to x86_64 in the implementation and
it can be enabled for all EFI architectures.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Rename get_active_pcr_blanks() to get_active_pcr_banks().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Specifically fix the subsection and drop bogus reference to the GNU/Linux.
Reported-by: Patrick Higgins <higgi1pt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Commit 3d8439da8 (grub-install: Locale depends on nls) attempted to avoid
copying locale files to the target directory when NLS was disabled.
However the test is inverted, and it does the opposite.
Signed-off-by: Martin Whitaker <fsf@martin-whitaker.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Commit 781b3e5efc (tftp: Do not use priority queue) caused a regression
when fetching files over TFTP whose size is bigger than 65535 * block size.
grub> linux /images/pxeboot/vmlinuz
grub> echo $?
0
grub> initrd /images/pxeboot/initrd.img
error: timeout reading '/images/pxeboot/initrd.img'.
grub> echo $?
28
It is caused by the block number counter being a 16-bit field, which leads
to a maximum file size of ((1 << 16) - 1) * block size. Because GRUB sets
the block size to 1024 octets (by using the TFTP Blocksize Option from RFC
2348 [0]), the maximum file size that can be transferred is 67107840 bytes.
The TFTP PROTOCOL (REVISION 2) RFC 1350 [1] does not mention what a client
should do when a file size is bigger than the maximum, but most TFTP hosts
support the block number counter to be rolled over. That is, acking a data
packet with a block number of 0 is taken as if the 65356th block was acked.
It was working before because the block counter roll-over was happening due
an overflow. But that got fixed by the mentioned commit, which led to the
regression when attempting to fetch files larger than the maximum size.
To allow TFTP file transfers of unlimited size again, re-introduce a block
counter roll-over so the data packets are acked preventing the timeouts.
[0]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2348
[1]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1350
Fixes: 781b3e5efc (tftp: Do not use priority queue)
Suggested-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Here dev is a grub_cryptodisk_t and dev->offset is offset in sectors of size
native to the cryptodisk device. The sector is correctly transformed into
native grub sector size, but then added to dev->offset which is not
transformed. It would be nice if the type system would help us with this.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While we already set up error messages in both luks2_verify_key() and
luks2_decrypt_key(), we do not ever print them. This makes it really
hard to discover why a given key actually failed to decrypt a disk.
Improve this by including the error message in the user-visible output.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When configuring a LUKS disk, we copy over the UUID from the LUKS header
into the new grub_cryptodisk_t structure via grub_memcpy(). As size
we mistakenly use the size of the grub_cryptodisk_t UUID field, which
is guaranteed to be strictly bigger than the LUKS UUID field we're
copying. As a result, the copy always goes out-of-bounds and copies some
garbage from other surrounding fields. During runtime, this isn't
noticed due to the fact that we always NUL-terminate the UUID and thus
never hit the trailing garbage.
Fix the issue by using the size of the local stripped UUID field.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The C standard does not allow for typedef redefinitions, even if they
map to the same underlying type. In order to avoid including the
jsmn.h in json.h and thus exposing jsmn's internals, we have exactly
such a forward-declaring typedef in json.h. If enforcing the GNU99 C
standard, clang may generate a warning about this non-standard
construct.
Fix the issue by using a simple "struct jsmntok" forward declaration
instead of using a typedef.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Tested-by: Chuck Tuffli <chuck@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
commit 92bfc33db9 ("efi: Free malloc regions on exit")
introduced memory freeing in grub_efi_fini(), which is
used not only by exit path but by halt/reboot one as well.
As result of memory freeing, code and data regions used by
modules, such as halt, reboot, acpi (used by halt) also got
freed. After return to module code, CPU executes, filled
by UEFI firmware (tested with edk2), 0xAFAFAFAF pattern as
a code. Which leads to #UD exception later.
grub> halt
!!!! X64 Exception Type - 06(#UD - Invalid Opcode) CPU Apic ID - 00000000 !!!!
RIP - 0000000003F4EC28, CS - 0000000000000038, RFLAGS - 0000000000200246
RAX - 0000000000000000, RCX - 00000000061DA188, RDX - 0A74C0854DC35D41
RBX - 0000000003E10E08, RSP - 0000000007F0F860, RBP - 0000000000000000
RSI - 00000000064DB768, RDI - 000000000832C5C3
R8 - 0000000000000002, R9 - 0000000000000000, R10 - 00000000061E2E52
R11 - 0000000000000020, R12 - 0000000003EE5C1F, R13 - 00000000061E0FF4
R14 - 0000000003E10D80, R15 - 00000000061E2F60
DS - 0000000000000030, ES - 0000000000000030, FS - 0000000000000030
GS - 0000000000000030, SS - 0000000000000030
CR0 - 0000000080010033, CR2 - 0000000000000000, CR3 - 0000000007C01000
CR4 - 0000000000000668, CR8 - 0000000000000000
DR0 - 0000000000000000, DR1 - 0000000000000000, DR2 - 0000000000000000
DR3 - 0000000000000000, DR6 - 00000000FFFF0FF0, DR7 - 0000000000000400
GDTR - 00000000079EEA98 0000000000000047, LDTR - 0000000000000000
IDTR - 0000000007598018 0000000000000FFF, TR - 0000000000000000
FXSAVE_STATE - 0000000007F0F4C0
Proposal here is to continue to free allocated memory for
exit boot services path but keep it for halt/reboot path
as it won't be much security concern here.
Introduced GRUB_LOADER_FLAG_EFI_KEEP_ALLOCATED_MEMORY
loader flag to be used by efi halt/reboot path.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Without any error propagated to the caller, make_file_path()
would then try to advance the invalid device path node with
GRUB_EFI_NEXT_DEVICE_PATH(), which would fail, returning a NULL
pointer that would subsequently be dereferenced. Hence, propagate
errors from copy_file_path().
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Several places we take the length of a device path and subtract 4 from
it, without ever checking that it's >= 4. There are also cases where
this kind of malformation will result in unpredictable iteration,
including treating the length from one dp node as the type in the next
node. These are all errors, no matter where the data comes from.
This patch adds a checking macro, GRUB_EFI_DEVICE_PATH_VALID(), which
can be used in several places, and makes GRUB_EFI_NEXT_DEVICE_PATH()
return NULL and GRUB_EFI_END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH() evaluate as true when
the length is too small. Additionally, it makes several places in the
code check for and return errors in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_free() implementation in grub-core/kern/mm.c safely handles
NULL pointers, and code at many places depends on this. We don't know
that the same is true on all host OSes, so we need to handle the same
behavior in grub-emu's implementation.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It appears to be possible to make a (possibly invalid) lvm PV with
a metadata size field that overflows our type when adding it to the
address we've allocated. Even if it doesn't, it may be possible to do so
with the math using the outcome of that as an operand. Check them both.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Both node->size and node->namelen come from the supplied filesystem,
which may be user-supplied. We can't trust them for the math unless we
know they don't overflow. Making sure they go through grub_add() or
grub_calloc() first will give us that.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Current implementation of grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align()
does not allow allocation of the top byte.
Assuming input args are:
max_addr = 0xfffff000;
size = 0x1000;
And this is valid. But following overflow protection will
unnecessarily move max_addr one byte down (to 0xffffefff):
if (max_addr > ~size)
max_addr = ~size;
~size + 1 will fix the situation. In addition, check size
for non zero to do not zero max_addr.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Defining a new function with the same name as a previously defined
function causes the grub_script and associated resources for the
previous function to be freed. If the previous function is currently
executing when a function with the same name is defined, this results
in use-after-frees when processing subsequent commands in the original
function.
Instead, reject a new function definition if it has the same name as
a previously defined function, and that function is currently being
executed. Although a behavioural change, this should be backwards
compatible with existing configurations because they can't be
dependent on the current behaviour without being broken.
Fixes: CVE-2020-15706
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This commit introduces integer underflow mitigation in max_addr calculation
in grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align() invocation.
It consists of 2 fixes:
1. Introduced grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align_safe() wrapper function to perform
sanity check for min/max and size values, and to make safe invocation of
grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align() with validated max_addr value. Replace all
invocations such as grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align(..., min_addr, max_addr - size, size, ...)
by grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align_safe(..., min_addr, max_addr, size, ...).
2. Introduced UP_TO_TOP32(s) macro for the cases where max_addr is 32-bit top
address (0xffffffff - size + 1) or similar.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use arithmetic macros from safemath.h to accomplish it. In this commit,
I didn't want to be too paranoid to check every possible math equation
for overflow/underflow. Only obvious places (with non zero chance of
overflow/underflow) were refactored.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is not need to reassemble the order of blocks. Per RFC 1350,
server must wait for the ACK, before sending next block. Data packets
can be served immediately without putting them to priority queue.
Logic to handle incoming packet is this:
- if packet block id equal to expected block id, then
process the packet,
- if packet block id is less than expected - this is retransmit
of old packet, then ACK it and drop the packet,
- if packet block id is more than expected - that shouldn't
happen, just drop the packet.
It makes the tftp receive path code simpler, smaller and faster.
As a benefit, this change fixes CID# 73624 and CID# 96690, caused
by following while loop:
while (cmp_block (grub_be_to_cpu16 (tftph->u.data.block), data->block + 1) == 0)
where tftph pointer is not moving from one iteration to another, causing
to serve same packet again. Luckily, double serving didn't happen due to
data->block++ during the first iteration.
Fixes: CID 73624, CID 96690
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This requires a very weird input from the serial interface but can cause
an overflow in input_buf (keys) overwriting the next variable (npending)
with the user choice:
(pahole output)
struct grub_terminfo_input_state {
int input_buf[6]; /* 0 24 */
int npending; /* 24 4 */ <- CORRUPT
...snip...
The magic string requires causing this is "ESC,O,],0,1,2,q" and we overflow
npending with "q" (aka increase npending to 161). The simplest fix is to
just to disallow overwrites input_buf, which exactly what this patch does.
Fixes: CID 292449
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The two dimensional array p->posSlotEncoder[4][64] is being dereferenced
using the GetLenToPosState() macro which checks if len is less than 5,
and if so subtracts 2 from it. If len = 0, that is 0 - 2 = 4294967294.
Obviously we don't want to dereference that far out so we check if the
position found is greater or equal kNumLenToPosStates (4) and bail out.
N.B.: Upstream LZMA 18.05 and later has this function completely rewritten
without any history.
Fixes: CID 51526
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When grub_json_parse() succeeds, it returns the root object which
contains a pointer to the provided JSON string. Callers are
responsible for ensuring that this string outlives the root
object and for freeing its memory when it's no longer needed.
If grub_json_parse() fails to parse the provided JSON string,
it frees the string before returning an error. This results
in a double free in luks2_recover_key(), which also frees the
same string after grub_json_parse() returns an error.
This changes grub_json_parse() to never free the JSON string
passed to it, and updates the documentation for it to make it
clear that callers are responsible for ensuring that the string
outlives the root JSON object.
Fixes: CID 292465
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_xnu_devprop_add_property() should not free utf8 and utf16 as it get
allocated and freed in the caller.
Minor improvement: do prop fields initialization after memory allocations.
Fixes: CID 292442, CID 292457, CID 292460, CID 292466
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
self->bitmap should be zeroed after free. Otherwise, there is a chance
to double free (USE_AFTER_FREE) it later in rescale_image().
Fixes: CID 292472
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GRUB font file can have one NAME section only. Though if somebody
crafts a broken font file with many NAME sections and loads it then the
GRUB leaks memory. So, prevent against that by loading first NAME
section and failing in controlled way on following one.
Reported-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Setje-Eilers <jan.setjeeilers@oracle.com>
This attempts to fix the places where we do the following where
arithmetic_expr may include unvalidated data:
X = grub_malloc(arithmetic_expr);
It accomplishes this by doing the arithmetic ahead of time using grub_add(),
grub_sub(), grub_mul() and testing for overflow before proceeding.
Among other issues, this fixes:
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_video_bitmap_create()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_png_decode_image_header()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_squash_read_symlink()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_ext2_read_symlink()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in read_section_as_string()
reported by Chris Coulson.
Fixes: CVE-2020-14309, CVE-2020-14310, CVE-2020-14311
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This modifies most of the places we do some form of:
X = malloc(Y * Z);
to use calloc(Y, Z) instead.
Among other issues, this fixes:
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_png_decode_image_header()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in luks_recover_key()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_lvm_detect()
reported by Chris Coulson.
Fixes: CVE-2020-14308
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This tries to make sure that everywhere in this source tree, we always have
an appropriate version of calloc() (i.e. grub_calloc(), xcalloc(), etc.)
available, and that they all safely check for overflow and return NULL when
it would occur.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This adds a new header, include/grub/safemath.h, that includes easy to
use wrappers for __builtin_{add,sub,mul}_overflow() declared like:
bool OP(a, b, res)
where OP is grub_add, grub_sub or grub_mul. OP() returns true in the
case where the operation would overflow and res is not modified.
Otherwise, false is returned and the operation is executed.
These arithmetic primitives require newer compiler versions. So, bump
these requirements in the INSTALL file too.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When presented with a command that can't be tokenized to anything
smaller than YYLMAX characters, the parser calls YY_FATAL_ERROR(errmsg),
expecting that will stop further processing, as such:
#define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \
yyg->yytext_ptr = yy_bp; \
yyleng = (int) (yy_cp - yy_bp); \
yyg->yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; \
*yy_cp = '\0'; \
if ( yyleng >= YYLMAX ) \
YY_FATAL_ERROR( "token too large, exceeds YYLMAX" ); \
yy_flex_strncpy( yytext, yyg->yytext_ptr, yyleng + 1 , yyscanner); \
yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp;
The code flex generates expects that YY_FATAL_ERROR() will either return
for it or do some form of longjmp(), or handle the error in some way at
least, and so the strncpy() call isn't in an "else" clause, and thus if
YY_FATAL_ERROR() is *not* actually fatal, it does the call with the
questionable limit, and predictable results ensue.
Unfortunately, our implementation of YY_FATAL_ERROR() is:
#define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) \
do { \
grub_printf (_("fatal error: %s\n"), _(msg)); \
} while (0)
The same pattern exists in yyless(), and similar problems exist in users
of YY_INPUT(), several places in the main parsing loop,
yy_get_next_buffer(), yy_load_buffer_state(), yyensure_buffer_stack,
yy_scan_buffer(), etc.
All of these callers expect YY_FATAL_ERROR() to actually be fatal, and
the things they do if it returns after calling it are wildly unsafe.
Fixes: CVE-2020-10713
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When booting on an ARMv8 core that implements either CTR.IDC or CTR.DIC
(indicating that some of the cache maintenance operations can be
removed when dealing with I/D-cache coherency, GRUB dies with a
"Unsupported cache type 0x........" message.
This is pretty likely to happen when running in a virtual machine
hosted on an arm64 machine (I've triggered it on a system built around
a bunch of Cortex-A55 cores, which implements CTR.IDC).
It turns out that the way GRUB deals with the CTR register is a bit
harsh for anything from ARMv7 onwards. The layout of the register is
backward compatible, meaning that nothing that gets added is allowed to
break earlier behaviour. In this case, ignoring IDC is completely fine,
and only results in unnecessary cache maintenance.
We can thus avoid being paranoid, and align the 32bit behaviour with
its 64bit equivalent.
This patch has the added benefit that it gets rid of a (gnu-specific)
case range too.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif@nuviainc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
XSM is enabled by adding "flask=enforcing" as a Xen command line
argument, and providing the policy file as a grub module.
We make entries for both with and without XSM. If XSM is not compiled
into Xen, then there are no policy files, so no change to the boot
options.
Signed-off-by: Ian Jackson <ian.jackson@eu.citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
file_is_not_sym() currently only checks for xen-syms. Extend it to
disregard xenpolicy (XSM policy files) and files ending .config (which
are built by the Xen upstream build system in some configurations and
can therefore end up in /boot).
Rename the function accordingly, to file_is_not_xen_garbage().
Signed-off-by: Ian Jackson <ian.jackson@eu.citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Nested functions are not supported in C, but are permitted as an extension
in the GNU C dialect. Commit cb2f15c544 ("normal/main: Search for specific
config files for netboot") added a nested function which caused the build
to break when compiling with clang.
Break that out into a static helper function to make the code portable again.
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The module is only enabled for x86_64, but there's nothing specific to
x86_64 in the implementation and can be enabled for all EFI platforms.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
..to reflect the GRUB build reality in them.
Additionally, fix text formatting a bit.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif@nuviainc.com>
Commit d5a32255d (misc: Make grub_strtol() "end" pointers have safer
const qualifiers) introduced "restrict" keyword into some functions
definitions. This keyword was introduced in C99 standard. However, some
compilers by default may use C89 or something different. This behavior
leads to the breakage during builds when c89 or gnu89 is in force. So,
let's set gnu99 C language standard for all compilers by default. This
way a bit random build issue will be fixed and the GRUB source will be
build consistently regardless of type and version of the compiler.
It was decided to use gnu99 C language standard because it fixes the
issue mentioned above and also provides some useful extensions which are
used here and there in the GRUB source. Potentially we can use gnu11
too. However, this may reduce pool of older compilers which can be used
to build the GRUB. So, let's live with gnu99 until we discover that we
strongly require a feature from newer C standard.
The user is still able to override C language standard using relevant
*_CFLAGS variables.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif@nuviainc.com>
grub_tpm_log_event() and grub_tpm_measure() are two functions that
have the same effect. So, keep grub_tpm_log_event() and rename it
to grub_tpm_measure(). This way we get also a more clear semantics.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Like grub_verifiers_open(), the grub_verify_string() should also
display this debug message, which is very helpful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If an existing variable is set with a value whose length is smaller than
the current value, a memory corruption can happen due copying padding '#'
characters outside of the environment block buffer.
This is caused by a wrong calculation of the previous free space position
after moving backward the characters that followed the old variable value.
That position is calculated to fill the remaining of the buffer with the
padding '#' characters. But since isn't calculated correctly, it can lead
to copies outside of the buffer.
The issue can be reproduced by creating a variable with a large value and
then try to set a new value that is much smaller:
$ grub2-editenv --version
grub2-editenv (GRUB) 2.04
$ grub2-editenv env create
$ grub2-editenv env set a="$(for i in {1..500}; do var="b$var"; done; echo $var)"
$ wc -c env
1024 grubenv
$ grub2-editenv env set a="$(for i in {1..50}; do var="b$var"; done; echo $var)"
malloc(): corrupted top size
Aborted (core dumped)
$ wc -c env
0 grubenv
Reported-by: Renaud Métrich <rmetrich@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Remove all documentation of and mentions of the uppermem
command from the docs/grub.texi file.
The uppermem command is not implemented in the GRUB source
at all and appears to never have been implemented despite
former plans to add an uppermem command.
To reduce user confusion, this even removes the paragraph
describing how GRUB's uppermem command was supposed to
complement the Linux kernel's mem= parameter.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Remove the documentation of the pxe_unload command from the
docs/grub.texi file.
The pxe_unload command is not implemented in the grub source
at this time at all. It appears to have been removed in commit
671a78acb (cleanup pxe and efi network release).
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a few patterns to .gitignore to cover files which are generated
by building grub ("make", "make check", "make dist") but which have
been forgotten to add to .gitignore in the past.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Going through the list of gitignore patterns without a leading slash,
this adds a leading slash where it appears to have been forgotten.
Some gitignore patterns like ".deps/" or "Makefile" clearly should
match everywhere, so those definitively need no leading slash.
For some patterns like "ascii.bitmaps", it is unclear where in the
source tree they should match. Those patterns are kept as they are,
matching the patterns in the whole tree of subdirectories.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add trailing slashes for all patterns matching directories.
Note that we do *not* add trailing slashes for *symlinks*
to directories.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Alphabetically sort the two groups of gitignore patterns:
* The group of patterns without slashes, matching anywhere
in the directory subtree.
* The group of patterns with slashes, matching relative to the
.gitignore file's directory
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Group the .gitignore patterns into two groups:
* Pattern not including a slash, i.e. matching files anywhere in
the .gitignore file's directory and all of its subdirectories.
* Patterns including a slash, i.e. matching only relative to the
.gitignore file's directory.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
As all gitignore patterns containing a left or middle slash match
only relative to the .gitignore file's directory, we write them
all in the same manner with a leading slash.
This makes the file significantly easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Lack of them causes random instructions to be executed before the
jump really happens.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When decrypting a given keyslot, all error cases except for one set up
an error and return the error code. The only exception is when we try to
read the area key: instead of setting up an error message, we directly
print it via grub_dprintf().
Convert the outlier to use grub_error() to allow more uniform handling
of errors.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@kps.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With the upstream change having landed that adds a name to the
previously anonymous "jsmntok" typedef, we can now add a forward
declaration for that struct in our code. As a result, we no longer have
to store the "tokens" member of "struct grub_json" as a void pointer but
can instead use the forward declaration, allowing us to get rid of casts
of that field.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Update our embedded version of the jsmn library to upstream commit
053d3cd (Merge pull request #175 from pks-t/pks/struct-type,
2020-04-02).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The fwsetup command allows to reboot into the EFI firmware setup menu, add
a template to include a menu entry on EFI systems that makes use of that
command to reboot into the EFI firmware settings.
This is useful for users since the hotkey to enter into the EFI setup menu
may not be the same on all systems so users can use the menu entry without
needing to figure out what key needs to be pressed.
Also, if fastboot is enabled in the BIOS then often it is not possible to
enter the firmware setup menu. So the entry is again useful for this case.
Signed-off-by: Steve Langasek <steve.langasek@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On some devices the ESC key is the hotkey to enter the BIOS/EFI setup
screen, making it really hard to time pressing it right. Besides that
ESC is also pretty hard to discover for a user who does not know it
will unhide the menu.
This commit makes F4, which was chosen because is not used as a hotkey
to enter the BIOS setup by any vendor, also interrupt sleeps / stop the
menu countdown.
This solves the ESC gets into the BIOS setup and also somewhat solves
the discoverability issue, but leaves the timing issue unresolved.
This commit fixes the timing issue by also adding support for keeping
SHIFT pressed during boot to stop the menu countdown. This matches
what Ubuntu is doing, which should also help with discoverability.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If we're running with a hidden menu we may never need text mode, so do not
change the video-mode to text until we actually need it.
This allows to boot a machine without unnecessary graphical transitions and
provide a seamless boot experience to users.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Implement getkeystatus() support in the EFI console driver.
This is needed because the logic to determine if a key was pressed to make
the menu countdown stop will be changed by a later patch to also take into
account the SHIFT key being held down.
For this reason the EFI console driver has to support getkeystatus() to
allow detecting that event.
Note that if a non-modifier key gets pressed and repeated calls to
getkeystatus() are made then it will return the modifier status at the
time of the non-modifier key, until that key-press gets consumed by a
getkey() call.
This is a side-effect of how the EFI simple-text-input protocol works
and cannot be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is a preparatory patch for adding getkeystatus() support to the
EFI console driver.
We can get modifier status through the simple_text_input read_key_stroke()
method, but if a non-modifier key is (also) pressed the read_key_stroke()
call will consume that key from the firmware's queue.
The new grub_console_read_key_stroke() helper buffers upto 1 key-stroke.
If it has a non-modifier key buffered, it will return that one, if its
buffer is empty, it will fills its buffer by getting a new key-stroke.
If called with consume=1 it will empty its buffer after copying the
key-data to the callers buffer, this is how getkey() will use it.
If called with consume=0 it will keep the last key-stroke buffered, this
is how getkeystatus() will call it. This means that if a non-modifier
key gets pressed, repeated getkeystatus() calls will return the modifiers
of that key-press until it is consumed by a getkey() call.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move grub_getkeystatushelper() function from grub-core/commands/keystatus.c
to grub-core/kern/term.c and export it so that it can be used outside of
the keystatus command code too.
There's no logic change in this patch. The function definition is moved so
it can be called from grub-core/kern/term.c in a subsequent patch. It will
be used to determine if a SHIFT key has was held down and use that also to
interrupt the countdown, without the need to press a key at the right time.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is just a preparatory patch to move the functions higher in the file,
since these will be called by the grub_prepare_for_text_output() function
that will be introduced in a later patch.
The logic is unchanged by this patch. Functions definitions are just moved
to avoid a forward declaration in a later patch, keeping the code clean.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, an image generated with 'grub-mkimage -n' causes an error when
read with 'readelf -a':
Displaying notes found at file offset 0x000106f0 with length 0x0000002c:
Owner Data size Description
readelf: Warning: note with invalid namesz and/or descsz found at offset 0x0
readelf: Warning: type: 0x1275, namesize: 0x00000008, descsize: 0x0000002c, alignment: 4
This is because the descsz of the CHRP note is set to
sizeof (struct grub_ieee1275_note)
which is the size of the entire note, including name and elf header. The
desczs should contain only the contents, not the name and header sizes.
Set the descsz instead to 'sizeof (struct grub_ieee1275_note_desc)'
Resultant readelf output:
Displaying notes found at file offset 0x00010710 with length 0x0000002c:
Owner Data size Description
PowerPC 0x00000018 Unknown note type: (0x00001275)
description data: ff ff ff ff 00 c0 00 00 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 00 00 40 00
So far as I can tell this issue has existed for as long as the note
generation code has existed, but I guess nothing really checks descsz.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We bumped into the build error while testing gcc-10 pre-release.
In file included from ../../include/grub/file.h:22,
from ../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c:34:
../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c: In function 'zap_leaf_lookup':
../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c:2263:44: error: array subscript '<unknown>' is outside the bounds of an interior zero-length array 'grub_uint16_t[0]' {aka 'short unsigned int[0]'} [-Werror=zero-length-bounds]
2263 | for (chunk = grub_zfs_to_cpu16 (l->l_hash[LEAF_HASH (blksft, h, l)], endian);
../../include/grub/types.h:241:48: note: in definition of macro 'grub_le_to_cpu16'
241 | # define grub_le_to_cpu16(x) ((grub_uint16_t) (x))
| ^
../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c:2263:16: note: in expansion of macro 'grub_zfs_to_cpu16'
2263 | for (chunk = grub_zfs_to_cpu16 (l->l_hash[LEAF_HASH (blksft, h, l)], endian);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from ../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c:48:
../../include/grub/zfs/zap_leaf.h:72:16: note: while referencing 'l_hash'
72 | grub_uint16_t l_hash[0];
| ^~~~~~
Here I'd like to quote from the gcc document [1] which seems best to
explain what is going on here.
"Although the size of a zero-length array is zero, an array member of
this kind may increase the size of the enclosing type as a result of
tail padding. The offset of a zero-length array member from the
beginning of the enclosing structure is the same as the offset of an
array with one or more elements of the same type. The alignment of a
zero-length array is the same as the alignment of its elements.
Declaring zero-length arrays in other contexts, including as interior
members of structure objects or as non-member objects, is discouraged.
Accessing elements of zero-length arrays declared in such contexts is
undefined and may be diagnosed."
The l_hash[0] is apparnetly an interior member to the enclosed structure
while l_entries[0] is the trailing member. And the offending code tries
to access members in l_hash[0] array that triggers the diagnose.
Given that the l_entries[0] is used to get proper alignment to access
leaf chunks, we can accomplish the same thing through the ALIGN_UP macro
thus eliminating l_entries[0] from the structure. In this way we can
pacify the warning as l_hash[0] now becomes the last member to the
enclosed structure.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We bumped into the build error while testing gcc-10 pre-release.
../../grub-core/disk/mdraid1x_linux.c: In function 'grub_mdraid_detect':
../../grub-core/disk/mdraid1x_linux.c:181:15: error: array subscript <unknown> is outside array bounds of 'grub_uint16_t[0]' {aka 'short unsigned int[0]'} [-Werror=array-bounds]
181 | (char *) &sb.dev_roles[grub_le_to_cpu32 (sb.dev_number)]
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../../grub-core/disk/mdraid1x_linux.c:98:17: note: while referencing 'dev_roles'
98 | grub_uint16_t dev_roles[0]; /* Role in array, or 0xffff for a spare, or 0xfffe for faulty. */
| ^~~~~~~~~
../../grub-core/disk/mdraid1x_linux.c:127:33: note: defined here 'sb'
127 | struct grub_raid_super_1x sb;
| ^~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Apparently gcc issues the warning when trying to access sb.dev_roles
array's member, since it is a zero length array as the last element of
struct grub_raid_super_1x that is allocated sparsely without extra
chunks for the trailing bits, so the warning looks legitimate in this
regard.
As the whole thing here is doing offset computation, it is undue to use
syntax that would imply array member access then take address from it
later. Instead we could accomplish the same thing through basic array
pointer arithmetic to pacify the warning.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With recent versions of gcc on Ubuntu a very large lzma_decompress.img file is
output. (e.g. 134479600 bytes instead of 2864.) This causes grub-mkimage to
fail with: "error: Decompressor is too big."
This seems to be caused by a section .note.gnu.property that is placed at an
offset such that objcopy needs to pad the img file with zeros.
This issue is present on:
Ubuntu 19.10 with gcc (Ubuntu 8.3.0-26ubuntu1~19.10) 8.3.0
Ubuntu 19.10 with gcc (Ubuntu 9.2.1-9ubuntu2) 9.2.1 20191008
This issue is not present on:
Ubuntu 19.10 with gcc (Ubuntu 7.5.0-3ubuntu1~19.10) 7.5.0
RHEL 8.0 with gcc 8.3.1 20190507 (Red Hat 8.3.1-4)
The issue can be fixed by removing the section using objcopy as shown in
this patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Hardy <simon.hardy@itdev.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add notes on LVM cache booting to the GRUB manual to help user understanding
the outstanding issue and status.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The LVM cache logical volume is the logical volume consisting of the original
and the cache pool logical volume. The original is usually on a larger and
slower storage device while the cache pool is on a smaller and faster one. The
performance of the original volume can be improved by storing the frequently
used data on the cache pool to utilize the greater performance of faster
device.
The default cache mode "writethrough" ensures that any data written will be
stored both in the cache and on the origin LV, therefore grub can be straight
to read the original lv as no data loss is guarenteed.
The second cache mode is "writeback", which delays writing from the cache pool
back to the origin LV to have increased performance. The drawback is potential
data loss if losing the associated cache device.
During the boot time grub reads the LVM offline i.e. LVM volumes are not
activated and mounted, hence it should be fine to read directly from original
lv since all cached data should have been flushed back in the process of taking
it offline.
It is also not much helpful to the situation by adding fsync calls to the
install code. The fsync did not force to write back dirty cache to the original
device and rather it would update associated cache metadata to complete the
write transaction with the cache device. IOW the writes to cached blocks still
go only to the cache device.
To write back dirty cache, as LVM cache did not support dirty cache flush per
block range, there'no way to do it for file. On the other hand the "cleaner"
policy is implemented and can be used to write back "all" dirty blocks in a
cache, which effectively drain all dirty cache gradually to attain and last in
the "clean" state, which can be useful for shrinking or decommissioning a
cache. The result and effect is not what we are looking for here.
In conclusion, as it seems no way to enforce file writes to the original
device, grub may suffer from power failure as it cannot assemble the cache
device and read the dirty data from it. However since the case is only
applicable to writeback mode which is sensitive to data lost in nature, I'd
still like to propose my (relatively simple) patch and treat reading dirty
cache as improvement.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building GRUB with memory management debugging enabled, then the
build fails because of `grub_debug_malloc()` and `grub_debug_free()`
being undefined in the luks2 module. The cause is that we patch
"base64.h" to unconditionaly include "config-util.h", which shouldn't be
included for modules at all. As a result, `MM_DEBUG` is defined when
building the module, causing it to use the debug memory allocation
functions. As these are not built into modules, we end up with a linker
error.
Fix the issue by removing the <config-util.h> include altogether. The
sole reason it was included was for the `_GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST` macro,
which we can simply define as empty in case it's not set.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The memory management system supports a debug mode that can be enabled
at build time by passing "--enable-mm-debug" to the configure script.
Passing the option will cause us define MM_DEBUG as expected, but in
fact the reverse option "--disable-mm-debug" will do the exact same
thing and also set up the define. This currently causes the build of
"lib/gnulib/base64.c" to fail as it tries to use `grub_debug_malloc()`
and `grub_debug_free()` even though both symbols aren't defined.
Seemingly, `AC_ARG_ENABLE()` will always execute the third argument if
either the positive or negative option was passed. Let's thus fix the
issue by moving the call to`AC_DEFINE()` into an explicit `if test
$xenable_mm_debug` block, similar to how other defines work.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
This provides the node's attributes outside the iterator function
so the file modification time can be accessed and reported.
Signed-off-by: David Michael <fedora.dm0@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fixes a build failure:
grub-core/commands/date.c:49: undefined reference to `grub_get_weekday_name'
grub-core/commands/ls.c:155: undefined reference to `grub_unixtime2datetime'
Bug: https://bugs.gentoo.org/711512
Signed-off-by: Mike Gilbert <floppym@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While GRUB has no platform support for SuperH (sh4) yet, this change
adds the target-specific handling of soft-floats such that the GRUB
utilities can be built on this target.
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, in some builds with some checkers, we see:
1. grub-core/disk/efi/efidisk.c:601: error[shiftTooManyBitsSigned]: Shifting signed 64-bit value by 63 bits is undefined behaviour
This is because grub_efi_status_t is defined as grub_efi_intn_t, which is
signed, and shifting into the sign bit is not defined behavior. UEFI fixed
this in the spec in 2.3:
2.3 | Change the defined type of EFI_STATUS from INTN to UINTN | May 7, 2009
And the current EDK2 code has:
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-//
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-// Status codes common to all execution phases
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-//
MdePkg/Include/Base.h:typedef UINTN RETURN_STATUS;
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-/**
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- Produces a RETURN_STATUS code with the highest bit set.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @param StatusCode The status code value to convert into a warning code.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- StatusCode must be in the range 0x00000000..0x7FFFFFFF.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @return The value specified by StatusCode with the highest bit set.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-**/
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-#define ENCODE_ERROR(StatusCode) ((RETURN_STATUS)(MAX_BIT | (StatusCode)))
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-/**
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- Produces a RETURN_STATUS code with the highest bit clear.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @param StatusCode The status code value to convert into a warning code.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- StatusCode must be in the range 0x00000000..0x7FFFFFFF.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @return The value specified by StatusCode with the highest bit clear.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-**/
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-#define ENCODE_WARNING(StatusCode) ((RETURN_STATUS)(StatusCode))
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-/**
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- Returns TRUE if a specified RETURN_STATUS code is an error code.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- This function returns TRUE if StatusCode has the high bit set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @param StatusCode The status code value to evaluate.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @retval TRUE The high bit of StatusCode is set.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @retval FALSE The high bit of StatusCode is clear.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-**/
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-#define RETURN_ERROR(StatusCode) (((INTN)(RETURN_STATUS)(StatusCode)) < 0)
...
Uefi/UefiBaseType.h:typedef RETURN_STATUS EFI_STATUS;
This patch makes grub's implementation match the Edk2 declaration with regards
to the signedness of the type.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
All other video drivers use "video" as the debug condition instead of "fb"
so change this in the efi/uga driver to make it consistent with the others.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
No messages were printed in this function, add some to ease debugging.
Also, the function returns a void * pointer so return NULL instead of
0 to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We get 64 bit from PCI BAR but then truncate by assigning to 32 bit.
Make sure to check that pointer does not overflow on 32 bit platform.
Closes: 50931
Signed-off-by: Andrei Borzenkov <arvidjaar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
EFI GOP has support for multiple different bitness types of frame buffers
and for a special "BLT only" type which is always defined to be RGBx.
Because grub2 doesn't ever directly access the frame buffer but instead
only renders graphics via the BLT interface anyway, we can easily support
these adapters.
The reason this has come up now is the emerging support for virtio-gpu
in OVMF. That adapter does not have the notion of a memory mapped frame
buffer and thus is BLT only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Coverity Scan reports that the grub_strrchr() function can return NULL if
the character is not found. Check if that's the case for dirfile pointer.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The function that searches the mods section base address does not have
any debug information. Add some debugging outputs that could be useful.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The Micron PCIe SSDs Linux driver (mtip32xx) exposes block devices
as /dev/rssd[a-z]+[0-9]*. Add support for these rssd device names.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Linux creates modalias strings by filtering out non-ASCII, space,
and colon characters. Provide an option that does the same filtering
so people can create a modalias string in GRUB, and then match their
modalias patterns against it.
Signed-off-by: Julian Andres Klode <julian.klode@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When running make dist, I hit this error:
rm -f en@arabic.gmo && /usr/bin/gmsgfmt -c --statistics --verbose -o en@arabic.gmoen@arabic.po
en@arabic.po:5312: 'msgstr' is not a valid C format string, unlike 'msgid'.
Reason: The character that terminates the directive number 3 is not a valid conversion specifier.
/usr/bin/gmsgfmt: found 1 fatal error
This was caused by "%m" being replaced with foreign Unicode characters.
For example:
msgid "cannot rename the file %s to %s: %m"
msgstr "ﺹﺎﻨﻧﻮﺗ ﺮﻌﻧﺎﻤﻋ ﺖﻬﻋ ﻒִﻴﻠﻋ %s ﺕﻭ %s: %ﻡ"
Mimic the workaround used for "%s" by reversing the replacement of "%m" at
the end of the sed programs.
Signed-off-by: Mike Gilbert <floppym@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These were inadvertently lost during the conversion to Gnulib (gnulib:
Upgrade Gnulib and switch to bootstrap tool; commit 35b909062). The
files in po/gettext-patches/ can be imported using "git am" on top of
the gettext tag corresponding to AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION in configure.ac
(currently 0.18.3). They handle translation of messages in shell files,
make msgfmt output in little-endian format, and arrange to use @SHELL@
rather than /bin/sh.
There were some changes solely for the purpose of distributing extra
files; for ease of maintenance, I've added these to
conf/Makefile.extra-dist instead.
Fixes: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?57298
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently the string functions grub_strtol(), grub_strtoul(), and
grub_strtoull() don't declare the "end" pointer in such a way as to
require the pointer itself or the character array to be immutable to the
implementation, nor does the C standard do so in its similar functions,
though it does require us not to change any of it.
The typical declarations of these functions follow this pattern:
long
strtol(const char * restrict nptr, char ** restrict endptr, int base);
Much of the reason for this is historic, and a discussion of that
follows below, after the explanation of this change. (GRUB currently
does not include the "restrict" qualifiers, and we name the arguments a
bit differently.)
The implementation is semantically required to treat the character array
as immutable, but such accidental modifications aren't stopped by the
compiler, and the semantics for both the callers and the implementation
of these functions are sometimes also helped by adding that requirement.
This patch changes these declarations to follow this pattern instead:
long
strtol(const char * restrict nptr,
const char ** const restrict endptr,
int base);
This means that if any modification to these functions accidentally
introduces either an errant modification to the underlying character
array, or an accidental assignment to endptr rather than *endptr, the
compiler should generate an error. (The two uses of "restrict" in this
case basically mean strtol() isn't allowed to modify the character array
by going through *endptr, and endptr isn't allowed to point inside the
array.)
It also means the typical use case changes to:
char *s = ...;
const char *end;
long l;
l = strtol(s, &end, 10);
Or even:
const char *p = str;
while (p && *p) {
long l = strtol(p, &p, 10);
...
}
This fixes 26 places where we discard our attempts at treating the data
safely by doing:
const char *p = str;
long l;
l = strtol(p, (char **)&ptr, 10);
It also adds 5 places where we do:
char *p = str;
while (p && *p) {
long l = strtol(p, (const char ** const)&p, 10);
...
/* more calls that need p not to be pointer-to-const */
}
While moderately distasteful, this is a better problem to have.
With one minor exception, I have tested that all of this compiles
without relevant warnings or errors, and that /much/ of it behaves
correctly, with gcc 9 using 'gcc -W -Wall -Wextra'. The one exception
is the changes in grub-core/osdep/aros/hostdisk.c , which I have no idea
how to build.
Because the C standard defined type-qualifiers in a way that can be
confusing, in the past there's been a slow but fairly regular stream of
churn within our patches, which add and remove the const qualifier in many
of the users of these functions. This change should help avoid that in
the future, and in order to help ensure this, I've added an explanation
in misc.h so that when someone does get a compiler warning about a type
error, they have the fix at hand.
The reason we don't have "const" in these calls in the standard is
purely anachronistic: C78 (de facto) did not have type qualifiers in the
syntax, and the "const" type qualifier was added for C89 (I think; it
may have been later). strtol() appears to date from 4.3BSD in 1986,
which means it could not be added to those functions in the standard
without breaking compatibility, which is usually avoided.
The syntax chosen for type qualifiers is what has led to the churn
regarding usage of const, and is especially confusing on string
functions due to the lack of a string type. Quoting from C99, the
syntax is:
declarator:
pointer[opt] direct-declarator
direct-declarator:
identifier
( declarator )
direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-list[opt] assignment-expression[opt] ]
...
direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-list[opt] * ]
...
pointer:
* type-qualifier-list[opt]
* type-qualifier-list[opt] pointer
type-qualifier-list:
type-qualifier
type-qualifier-list type-qualifier
...
type-qualifier:
const
restrict
volatile
So the examples go like:
const char foo; // immutable object
const char *foo; // mutable pointer to object
char * const foo; // immutable pointer to mutable object
const char * const foo; // immutable pointer to immutable object
const char const * const foo; // XXX extra const keyword in the middle
const char * const * const foo; // immutable pointer to immutable
// pointer to immutable object
const char ** const foo; // immutable pointer to mutable pointer
// to immutable object
Making const left-associative for * and right-associative for everything
else may not have been the best choice ever, but here we are, and the
inevitable result is people using trying to use const (as they should!),
putting it at the wrong place, fighting with the compiler for a bit, and
then either removing it or typecasting something in a bad way. I won't
go into describing restrict, but its syntax has exactly the same issue
as with const.
Anyway, the last example above actually represents the *behavior* that's
required of strtol()-like functions, so that's our choice for the "end"
pointer.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On a 32-bit SPARC userland, configure fails to compile assembly and the
build fails:
checking for options to compile assembly... configure: error: could not compile assembly
config.log shows:
asm-tests/sparc64.S: Assembler messages:
asm-tests/sparc64.S:5: Error: Architecture mismatch on "lduw [%o4+4],%o4".
asm-tests/sparc64.S:5: (Requires v9|v9a|v9b|v9c|v9d|v9e|v9v|v9m|m8; requested architecture is sparclite.)
asm-tests/sparc64.S:7: Error: Architecture mismatch on "stw %o5,[%o3]".
asm-tests/sparc64.S:7: (Requires v9|v9a|v9b|v9c|v9d|v9e|v9v|v9m|m8; requested architecture is sparclite.)
asm-tests/sparc64.S:8: Error: Architecture mismatch on "bne,pt %icc,1b ,pt %icc,1b".
asm-tests/sparc64.S:8: (Requires v9|v9a|v9b|v9c|v9d|v9e|v9v|v9m|m8; requested architecture is sparclite.)
Simply moving these blocks earlier in configure.ac is sufficient to
ensure that the tests are executed with the appropriate flags
(specifically -m64 in this case).
Bug: https://bugs.gentoo.org/667850
Signed-off-by: Mike Gilbert <floppym@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
The debug message printed when decryption with a keyslot fails is
missing its trailing newline. Add it to avoid mangling it with
subsequent output.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The necessary check for NULL before use of function ver->close is not
taking place in the failure path. This patch simply adds the missing
check and fixes the problem that GRUB hangs indefinitely after booting
rogue image without valid signature if secure boot is turned on.
Now it displays like this for booting rogue UEFI image:
error: bad shim signature
error: you need to load the kernel first
Press any key to continue...
and then you can go back to boot menu by pressing any key or after a few
seconds expired.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub-editenv create command will wrongly overwrite /boot/grub2/grubenv
with a regular file if grubenv is a symbolic link. But instead, it should
create a new file in the path the symlink points to.
This lets /boot/grub2/grubenv be a symlink to /boot/efi/EFI/fedora/grubenv
even when they're different mount points, which allows grub2-editenv to be
the same across platforms (i.e. UEFI vs BIOS).
For example, in Fedora the GRUB EFI builds have prefix set to /EFI/fedora
(on the EFI System Partition), but for BIOS machine it'll be /boot/grub2
(which may or may not be its own mountpoint).
With this patch, on EFI machines we can make /boot/grub2/grubenv a symlink
to /boot/efi/EFI/fedora/grubenv, and the same copy of grub-set-default will
work on both kinds of systems.
Windows doesn't implement a readlink primitive, so the current behaviour is
maintained for this operating system.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Lebon <jlebon@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently grub-editenv and related tools are not able to follow symbolic
links when finding their config file. For example the grub-editenv create
command will wrongly overwrite a symlink in /boot/grub2/grubenv with a new
regular file, instead of creating a file in the path the symlink points to.
A following patch will change that and add support in grub-editenv to
follow symbolic links when finding the grub environment variables file.
Add a grub_util_readlink() helper function that is just a wrapper around
the platform specific function to read the value of a symbolic link. This
helper function will be used by the following patch for grub-editenv.
The helper function is not added for Windows, since this operating system
doesn't have a primitive to read the contents of a symbolic link.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add documentation to the GRUB manual that specifies the order netboot
clients use to select a GRUB configuration file.
Also explain that the feature is enabled by default but can be disabled
by setting the "feature_net_search_cfg" environment variable to "n" in
an embedded configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marshall <rmarshall@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch implements a search for a specific configuration when the config
file is on a remoteserver. It uses the following order:
1) DHCP client UUID option.
2) MAC address (in lower case hexadecimal with dash separators);
3) IP (in upper case hexadecimal) or IPv6;
4) The original grub.cfg file.
This procedure is similar to what is used by pxelinux and yaboot:
http://www.syslinux.org/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX#config
It is enabled by default but can be disabled by setting the environment
variable "feature_net_search_cfg" to "n" in an embedded configuration.
Fixes: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=873406
Signed-off-by: Paulo Flabiano Smorigo <pfsmorigo@br.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch sets a net_<interface>_clientid and net_<interface>_clientuuid
GRUB environment variables, using the DHCP client ID and UUID options if
these are found.
In the same way than net_<interface>_<option> variables are set for other
options such domain name, boot file, next server, etc.
Signed-off-by: Paulo Flabiano Smorigo <pfsmorigo@br.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The DHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor Extensions enum values are a mixture of
decimal and hexadecimal numbers. Change this to consistently use decimal
numbers for all since that is how these values are defined by RFC 2132.
Suggested-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The printf(3) function has support for the %X format specifier, to output
an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase.
This can be achived in GRUB using the %x format specifier in grub_printf()
and calling grub_toupper(), but it is more convenient if there is support
for %X in grub_printf().
Signed-off-by: Paulo Flabiano Smorigo <pfsmorigo@br.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The common datetime helper functions are currently included in the normal
module, but this makes any other module that calls these functions to have
a dependency with the normal module only for this reason.
Since the normal module does a lot of stuff, it calls functions from other
modules. But since other modules may depend on it for calling the datetime
helpers, this could lead to circular dependencies between modules.
As an example, when platform == xen the grub_get_datetime() function from
the datetime module calls to the grub_unixtime2datetime() helper function
from the normal module. Which leads to the following module dependency:
datetime -> normal
and send_dhcp_packet() from the net module calls the grub_get_datetime()
function, which leads to the following module dependency:
net -> datetime -> normal
but that means that the normal module is not allowed to depend on net or
any other module that depends on it due the transitive dependency caused
by datetime. A recent patch attempted to add support to fetch the config
file over the network, which leads to the following circular dependency:
normal -> net -> datetime -> normal
So having the datetime helpers in the normal module makes it quite fragile
and easy to add circular dependencies like these, that break the build due
the genmoddep.awk script catching the issues.
Fix this by taking the datetime helper functions out of the normal module
and instead add them to the datetime module itself. Besides fixing these
issues, it makes more sense to have these helper functions there anyways.
Reported-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch updates the miniLZO library to a newer version, which among other
things fixes "CVE-2014-4607 - lzo: lzo1x_decompress_safe() integer overflow"
that is present in the current used in GRUB.
It also updates the "GRUB Developers Manual", to mention that the library is
used and describes the process to update it to a newer release when needed.
Resolves: http://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?42635
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
gcc says:
grub-core/fs/squash4.c: In function ‘direct_read’:
grub-core/fs/squash4.c:868:10: error: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in
this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
868 | if (err)
| ^
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
This patch initializes it to GRUB_ERR_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While testing the 86-DOS lDebug [1] booting from GRUB2, newer versions of the
debugger would fail to load when booted using GRUB's freedos command. The
behaviour observed in a qemu i386 machine was that the ROM-BIOS's boot load
would start anew, instead of loading the selected debugger as kernel.
It came to light that there was a size limit: Kernel files that were 58880
bytes (E600h) long or shorter succeeded to boot, while files that were 64000
bytes or longer failed in the manner described.
Eventually it turned out that the relocator16 stub succeeded whenever it was
placed completely within the first 64 KiB of the Low Memory Area. The chunk
for the relocator is allocated with a minimum address of 0x8010 and a maximum
address just below 0xA0000 [2]. That means if the kernel is, for instance,
E600h bytes long, then the kernel will be allocated memory starting at 00600h
(the fixed FreeDOS kernel load address) up to E600h + 00600h = 0EC00h, which
leaves 1400h (5120) bytes for the relocator to stay in the first 64 KiB.
If the kernel is 64000 bytes (FA00h) long, then the relocator must go to
FA00h + 00600h = 10000h at least which is outside the first 64 KiB.
The problem is that the relocator16 initialises the DS register with a
"pseudo real mode" descriptor, which is defined with a segment limit of
64 KiB and a segment base of zero. After that, the relocator addressed
parts of itself (implicitly) using the DS register, with an offset from
ESI, which holds the linear address of the relocator's base [3]. With the
larger kernel files this would lead to accessing data beyond the 64 KiB
segment limit, presumably leading to a fault and perhaps a subsequent
triple-fault or such.
This patch fixes the relocator to set the segment base of the descriptors
to the base address of the relocator; then, the subsequent accesses to
the relocator's variables are done without the ESI register as an index.
This does not interfere with the relocator's or its target's normal
operation; the segment limits are still loaded with 64 KiB and all the
segment bases are subsequently reset by the relocator anyway.
Current versions of the debugger to test are uploaded to [4]. The file
ldebugnh.com (LZ4-compressed and built with -D_EXTHELP=0) at 58368 bytes
loads successfully, whereas ldebug.com at 64000 bytes fails. Loading one
of these files requires setting root to a FAT FS partition and using the
freedos command to specify the file as kernel:
set root='(hd0,msdos1)'
freedos /ldebug.com
boot
Booting the file using the multiboot command (which uses a WIP entrypoint
of the debugger) works, as it does not use GRUB's relocator16 but instead
includes a loader in the kernel itself, which drops it back to 86 Mode.
[1]: https://hg.ulukai.org/ecm/ldebug
[2]: http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/grub.git/tree/grub-core/lib/i386/relocator.c?id=495781f5ed1b48bf27f16c53940d6700c181c74c#n127
[3]: http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/grub.git/tree/grub-core/lib/i386/relocator16.S?id=495781f5ed1b48bf27f16c53940d6700c181c74c#n97
[4]: https://ulukai.org/ecm/lDebug-5479a7988d21-nohelp.zip
Signed-off-by: C. Masloch <pushbx@ulukai.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With cryptsetup 2.0, a new version of LUKS was introduced that breaks
compatibility with the previous version due to various reasons. GRUB
currently lacks any support for LUKS2, making it impossible to decrypt
disks encrypted with that version. This commit implements support for
this new format.
Note that LUKS1 and LUKS2 are quite different data formats. While they
do share the same disk signature in the first few bytes, representation
of encryption parameters is completely different between both versions.
While the former version one relied on a single binary header, only,
LUKS2 uses the binary header only in order to locate the actual metadata
which is encoded in JSON. Furthermore, the new data format is a lot more
complex to allow for more flexible setups, like e.g. having multiple
encrypted segments and other features that weren't previously possible.
Because of this, it was decided that it doesn't make sense to keep both
LUKS1 and LUKS2 support in the same module and instead to implement it
in two different modules luks and luks2.
The proposed support for LUKS2 is able to make use of the metadata to
decrypt such disks. Note though that in the current version, only the
PBKDF2 key derival function is supported. This can mostly attributed to
the fact that the libgcrypt library currently has no support for either
Argon2i or Argon2id, which are the remaining KDFs supported by LUKS2. It
wouldn't have been much of a problem to bundle those algorithms with
GRUB itself, but it was decided against that in order to keep down the
number of patches required for initial LUKS2 support. Adding it in the
future would be trivial, given that the code structure is already in
place.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The luks module contains quite a lot of logic to parse cipher and
cipher-mode strings like aes-xts-plain64 into constants to apply them
to the grub_cryptodisk_t structure. This code will be required by the
upcoming luks2 module, as well, which is why this commit moves it into
its own function grub_cryptodisk_setcipher in the cryptodisk module.
While the strings are probably rather specific to the LUKS modules, it
certainly does make sense that the cryptodisk module houses code to set
up its own internal ciphers instead of hosting that code in the luks
module.
Except for necessary adjustments around error handling, this commit does
an exact move of the cipher configuration logic from luks.c to
cryptodisk.c. Any behavior changes are unintentional.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While the AFSplitter code is currently used only by the luks module,
upcoming support for luks2 will add a second module that depends on it.
To avoid any linker errors when adding the code to both modules because
of duplicated symbols, this commit moves it into its own standalone
module afsplitter as a preparatory step.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The upcoming support for LUKS2 disc encryption requires us to include a
parser for base64-encoded data, as it is used to represent salts and
digests. As gnulib already has code to decode such data, we can just
add it to the boostrapping configuration in order to make it available
in GRUB.
The gnulib module makes use of booleans via the <stdbool.h> header. As
GRUB does not provide any POSIX wrapper header for this, but instead
implements support for bool in <sys/types.h>, we need to patch
base64.h to not use <stdbool.h> anymore. We unfortunately cannot include
<sys/types.h> instead, as it would then use gnulib's internal header
while compiling the gnulib object but our own <sys/types.h> when
including it in a GRUB module. Because of this, the patch replaces the
include with a direct typedef.
A second fix is required to make available _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST, which
is provided by the configure script. As base64.h does not include
<config.h>, it is thus not available and results in a compile error.
This is fixed by adding an include of <config-util.h>.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While the newly added jsmn library provides the parsing interface, it
does not provide any kind of interface to act on parsed tokens. Instead,
the caller is expected to handle pointer arithmetics inside of the token
array in order to extract required information. While simple, this
requires users to know some of the inner workings of the library and is
thus quite an unintuitive interface.
This commit adds a new interface on top of the jsmn parser that provides
convenience functions to retrieve values from the parsed json type, grub_json_t.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The upcoming support for LUKS2 encryption will require a JSON parser to
decode all parameters required for decryption of a drive. As there is
currently no other tool that requires JSON, and as gnulib does not
provide a parser, we need to introduce a new one into the code base. The
backend for the JSON implementation is going to be the jsmn library [1].
It has several benefits that make it a very good fit for inclusion in
GRUB:
- It is licensed under MIT.
- It is written in C89.
- It has no dependencies, not even libc.
- It is small with only about 500 lines of code.
- It doesn't do any dynamic memory allocation.
- It is testen on x86, amd64, ARM and AVR.
The library itself comes as a single header, only, that contains both
declarations and definitions. The exposed interface is kind of
simplistic, though, and does not provide any convenience features
whatsoever. Thus there will be a separate interface provided by GRUB
around this parser that is going to be implemented in the following
commit. This change only imports jsmn.h from tag v1.1.0 and adds it
unmodified to a new json module with the following command:
curl -L https://raw.githubusercontent.com/zserge/jsmn/v1.1.0/jsmn.h \
-o grub-core/lib/json/jsmn.h
Upstream jsmn commit hash: fdcef3ebf886fa210d14956d3c068a653e76a24e
Upstream jsmn commit name: Modernize (#149), 2019-04-20
[1]: https://github.com/zserge/jsmn
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In some cases GRUB2 allocates multiboot2 structure at 0 address, that is
a confusing behavior. Consumers of that structure can have internal NULL-checks
that will throw an error when get a pointer to data allocated at address 0.
To prevent that, define min address for mbi allocation on x86 and x86_64
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Hawrylko <lukasz.hawrylko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Recent work around x86 Linux kernel loader revealed an underflow in the
setup_header length calculation and another related issue. Both lead to
the memory overwrite and later machine crash.
Currently when the GRUB copies the setup_header into the linux_params
(struct boot_params, traditionally known as "zero page") it assumes the
setup_header size as sizeof(linux_i386_kernel_header/lh). This is
incorrect. It should use the value calculated accordingly to the Linux
kernel boot protocol. Otherwise in case of pretty old kernel, to be
exact Linux kernel boot protocol, the GRUB may write more into
linux_params than it was expected to. Fortunately this is not very big
issue. Though it has to be fixed. However, there is also an underflow
which is grave. It happens when
sizeof(linux_i386_kernel_header/lh) > "real size of the setup_header".
Then len value wraps around and grub_file_read() reads whole kernel into
the linux_params overwriting memory past it. This leads to the GRUB
memory allocator breakage and finally to its crash during boot.
The patch fixes both issues. Additionally, it moves the code not related to
grub_memset(linux_params)/grub_memcpy(linux_params)/grub_file_read(linux_params)
section outside of it to not confuse the reader.
Fixes: e683cfb0cf (loader/i386/linux: Calculate the setup_header length)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Krystian Hebel <krystian.hebel@3mdeb.com>
New 3- and 4-copy variants of RAID1 were merged into Linux kernel 5.5.
Add the two new profiles to the list of recognized ones. As this builds
on the same code as RAID1, only the redundancy level needs to be
adjusted, the rest is done by the existing code.
Signed-off-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some TFTP servers do not handle multiple consecutive slashes correctly.
This patch avoids sending TFTP requests with non-normalized paths.
Signed-off-by: Lenny Szubowicz <lszubowi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The environment block is a preallocated 1024-byte file which serves as
persistent storage for environment variables. It has its own format
which is sensitive to corruption if an editor does not know how to
process it. Besides that the editor may inadvertently change grubenv
file size and/or make it sparse which can lead to unexpected results.
This patch adds a message to the grubenv file to warn a user against
editing it by tools other than grub-editenv.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We are often bothered by this sort of lvm warning while running grub-install
every now and then:
File descriptor 4 (/dev/vda1) leaked on vgs invocation. Parent PID 1991: /usr/sbin/grub2-install
The requirement related to the warning is dictated in the lvm man page:
"On invocation, lvm requires that only the standard file descriptors stdin,
stdout and stderr are available. If others are found, they get closed and
messages are issued warning about the leak. This warning can be suppressed by
setting the environment variable LVM_SUPPRESS_FD_WARNINGS."
While it could be disabled through settings, most Linux distributions seem to
enable it by default and the justification provided by the developer looks to
be valid to me: https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=466138#15
Rather than trying to close and reopen the file descriptor to the same file
multiple times, which is rather cumbersome, for the sake of no vgs invocation
could happen in between. This patch enables the close-on-exec flag (O_CLOEXEC)
for new file descriptor returned by the open() system call, making it closed
thus not inherited by the child process forked and executed by the exec()
family of functions.
Fixes Debian bug #466138.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The "which" utility is not guaranteed to be installed either, and if it
is, its behavior is not portable either.
Conversely, the "command -v" shell builtin is required to exist in all
POSIX 2008 compliant shells, and is thus guaranteed to work everywhere.
Examples of open-source shells likely to be installed as /bin/sh on
Linux, which implement the 11-year-old standard: ash, bash, busybox,
dash, ksh, mksh and zsh.
A side benefit of using the POSIX portable option is that it requires
neither an external disk executable, nor (because unlike "which", the
exit code is reliable) a subshell fork. This therefore represents a mild
speedup.
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub-mkconfig and 10_linux scripts by default attempt to use a UUID to
set the root kernel command line parameter and the $root GRUB environment
variable.
The former can be disabled by setting the GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID variable
to "true", but there is currently no way to disable the latter.
The generated grub config uses the search command with the --fs-uuid option
to find the device that has to be set as $root, i.e:
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set=root ...
This is usually more reliable but in some cases it may not be appropriate,
so this patch introduces a new GRUB_DISABLE_UUID variable that can be used
to disable searching for the $root device by filesystem UUID.
When disabled, the $root device will be set to the value specified in the
device.map as found by the grub-probe --target=compatibility_hint option.
When setting GRUB_DISABLE_UUID=true, the GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID and
GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID variables will also be set to "true" unless
these have been explicitly set to "false".
That way, the GRUB_DISABLE_UUID variable can be used to force using the
device names for both GRUB and Linux.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
This patch fixes an issue that prevented the at_keyboard module to work
(for me). The cause was a bad/wrong return value in the
grub_at_keyboard_getkey() function in grub-core/term/at_keyboard.c file
at line 237. My symptoms were to have an unresponsive keyboard. Keys
needed to be pressed 10x and more to effectively be printed sometimes
generating multiple key presses (after 1 or 2 sec of no printing). It
was very problematic when typing passphrase in early stage (with
GRUB_ENABLE_CRYPTODISK). When switched to "console" terminal input
keyboard worked perfectly. It also worked great with the GRUB 2.02
packaged by Debian (2.02+dfsg1-20). It was not an output issue but an
input one.
I've managed to analyze the issue and found that it came from the commit
216950a4e (at_keyboard: Split protocol from controller code.). Three
lines where moved from the fetch_key() function in
grub-core/term/at_keyboard.c file to the beginning of
grub_at_keyboard_getkey() function (same file). However, returning -1
made sense when it happened in fetch_key() function but not anymore in
grub_at_keyboard_getkey() function which should return GRUB_TERM_NO_KEY.
I think it was just an incomplete cut-paste missing a small manual
correction. Let's fix it.
Note: Commit message updated by Daniel Kiper.
Signed-off-by: Michael Bideau <mica.devel@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU option is different than the others in the sense
that it has to be set to "y" instead of "true" to be enabled.
That causes a lot of confusion to users, some may wrongly set it to "true"
expecting that will work the same than with most options, and some may set
it to "yes" since for other options the value to set is a word and not a
single character.
This patch changes all the grub.d scripts using the GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU
option, so they check if it was set to "true" instead of "y", making it
consistent with all the other options.
But to keep backward compatibility for users that set the option to "y" in
/etc/default/grub file, keep testing for this value. And also do it for
"yes", since it is a common mistake made by users caused by this option
being inconsistent with the others.
Signed-off-by: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Extend partition UUID probing support in GRUB core to display pseudo
partition UUIDs for MBR (MSDOS) partitions.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The short form of "--version" that grub-mkconfig accepts is "-V", not "-v".
Fixes Debian bug #935504.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir 'phcoder' Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is needed for the zstd module build for riscv64-emu.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Honor a symlink when generating configuration by grub-mkconfig, so that
the -o option follows it rather than overwriting it with a regular file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Kolaja <mkolaja@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 5bc41db756 ("net/dhcp: Add explicit net_dhcp command")
introduced the new command "net_dhcp", which (for now) is an alias for
the existing "net_bootp". Unfortunately the TEXI documentation was not
adjusted accordingly.
Rename the existing paragraph about net_bootp to read net_dhcp instead,
and make the net_bootp stanza point to this new command.
On the way add the newly parsed TFTP_SERVER_NAME and BOOTFILE_NAME
packets to the list of supported DHCP options.
Fixes bug: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?56725
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, gpt_offset is uninitialised when using a BIOS Boot Partition
but is used unconditionally inside save_blocklists. Instead, ensure it
is always initialised to 0 (note that there is already separate code to
do the equivalent adjustment after we call save_blocklists on this code
path).
This patch has been tested on a T5-2 LDOM.
Signed-off-by: James Clarke <jrtc27@jrtc27.com>
Tested-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
---
util/setup.c | 4 +++-
1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
MinGW for i386-pc without this option generates a .rdata$zzz symbol that is
page-aligned and hence lzma_decompress no longer fits in its allocated space.
Additionally, MinGW with -fno-ident also saves a bit of space in modules. In
case of other compilers we already strip the relevant sections, so, this
option has no effect.
More info can be found at https://github.com/msys2/MINGW-packages/issues/21
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The device tree may passed by the firmware as UEFI configuration
table. Let lsefisystab display a short text and not only the GUID
for the device tree.
Here is an example output:
grub> lsefisystab
Address: 0xbff694d8
Signature: 5453595320494249 revision: 00020046
Vendor: Das U-Boot, Version=20190700
2 tables:
0xbe741000 eb9d2d31-2d88-11d3-9a160090273fc14d SMBIOS
0x87f00000 b1b621d5-f19c-41a5-830bd9152c69aae0 DEVICE TREE
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The following are two use cases from Rajat Jain <rajatjain@juniper.net>:
1) We have a board that boots Linux and this board itself can be plugged
into one of different chassis types. We need to pass different
parameters to the kernel based on the "CHASSIS_TYPE" information
that is passed by the bios in the DMI/SMBIOS tables.
2) We may have a USB stick that can go into multiple boards, and the
exact kernel to be loaded depends on the machine information
(PRODUCT_NAME etc) passed via the DMI.
Signed-off-by: David Michael <fedora.dm0@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Blocklist fallout cleanup after commit 5c6f9bc15 (generic/blocklist: Fix
implicit declaration of function grub_file_filter_disable_compression()).
Signed-off-by: David Michael <fedora.dm0@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building for arm, we already disable movw/movt relocations for clang,
since they are incompatible with PE.
When building with bare metal GCC toolchains (like the one used in the
travis ci scripts), we end up with these relocations again. So add an
additional test for the '-mword-relocations' flag used by GCC.
Reported-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Linux supports root=PARTUUID=<partuuid> boot argument, so add
support for probing it. Compared to the fs UUID, the partition
UUID does not change when reformatting a partition.
For now, only disks using a GPT partition table are supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Kroon <jacob.kroon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a description of the workaround for firmware of older MacBooks
which stalls with a grub-mkrescue ISO image for x86_64-efi target
on an USB stick.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some older distros do not contain gettext 0.18. Document the workaround
to use the bootstrap utility on these systems.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add IA64 to the architectures excluding a declaration for
grub_arch_sync_dma_caches().
IA64 does not include any of the source files that require the function,
but was overlooked for d8901e3ba1 ("cache: Fix compilation for ppc,
sparc and arm64").
Add it to the list of excluding architectures in order to not get
missing symbol errors when running grub-mkimage.
Reported-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Tested-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Unlike in case of disks in this case it's just a single place, so it's easier
to just #undef
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for the grub_f2fs_label
function since the result is found to be false postive.
A pointer to the 'volume_name' member of 'struct grub_f2fs_superblock' is
guaranteed to be aligned as the offset of 'volume_name' within the struct
is dividable by the natural alignment on both 32- and 64-bit targets.
grub-core/fs/f2fs.c: In function ‘grub_f2fs_label’:
grub-core/fs/f2fs.c:1253:60: error: taking address of packed member of ‘struct grub_f2fs_superblock’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
1253 | *label = (char *) grub_f2fs_utf16_to_utf8 (data->sblock.volume_name);
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Reported-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Tested-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On UEFI, 'text' gfxpayload is not supported, but we still reach parse_modespec()
with it, which will obviously fail. Fortunately, whatever gfxpayload is set,
we still still have the 'auto' default to fall back to. Allow getting to this
fallback by not trying to parse 'text' as a modespec.
This is because 'text' correctly doesn't parse as a modespec, and ought to have
been ignored before we got to that point, just like it is immediately picked if
we're running on a system where 'text' is a supported video mode.
Bug: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/index.php?56217
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre <mathieu.trudel-lapierre@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
"--printf" only works with the stat variant provided by coreutils.
With busybox, stat will fail with the following error:
stat: unrecognized option '--printf=%T'
Usage: stat [OPTIONS] FILE...
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The function grub_get_node_path() could return uninitialized offset with
level == 0 if the block is greater than direct_index + 2 * direct_blks +
2 * indirect_blks + dindirect_blks. The uninitialized offset is then used
by function grub_f2fs_get_block() because level == 0 is valid and
meaningful return to be processed.
The fix is to set level = -1 as return value by grub_get_node_path() to
signify an error that the input block cannot be handled. Any caller
should therefore check level is negative or not before processing the
output.
Reported-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Tested-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The arm relocation code has a manual special case for EFI binaries to
add the natural alignment to its own relocation awareness.
Since commit a51f953f4e ("mkimage: Align efi sections on 4k
boundary") we changed that alignment from 0x400 to 0x1000 bytes. Reflect
the change in that branch that we forgot as well.
This fixes running 32bit arm grub efi binaries for me again.
Fixes: a51f953f4e ("mkimage: Align efi sections on 4k boundary")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reported-by: Steve McIntyre <steve@einval.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When creating T32->A32 transition jumps, the relocation code in grub
will generate trampolines. These trampolines live in the .data section
of our PE binary which means they are not marked as executable.
This misbehavior was unmasked by commit a51f953f4e ("mkimage: Align
efi sections on 4k boundary") which made the X/NX boundary more obvious
because everything became page aligned.
To put things into proper order, let's move the arm trampolines into the
.text section instead. That way everyone knows they are executable.
Fixes: a51f953f4e ("mkimage: Align efi sections on 4k boundary")
Reported-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
Reported-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The address of fp->path_name could be unaligned since seeking into the
device path buffer for a given node could end in byte boundary.
The fix is allocating aligned buffer by grub_malloc for holding the
UTF16 string copied from fp->path_name, and after using that buffer as
argument for grub_utf16_to_utf8 to convert it to UTF8 string.
[ 255s] ../../grub-core/kern/efi/efi.c: In function 'grub_efi_get_filename':
[ 255s] ../../grub-core/kern/efi/efi.c:410:60: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 255s] 410 | p = (char *) grub_utf16_to_utf8 ((unsigned char *) p, fp->path_name, len);
[ 255s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~~~
[ 255s] ../../grub-core/kern/efi/efi.c: In function 'grub_efi_print_device_path':
[ 255s] ../../grub-core/kern/efi/efi.c:900:33: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 255s] 900 | *grub_utf16_to_utf8 (buf, fp->path_name,
[ 255s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The address of fp->path_name could be unaligned since seeking into the
device path buffer for a given node could end in byte boundary.
The fix is using aligned buffer allocated by grub_malloc for receiving
the converted UTF16 string by grub_utf8_to_utf16 and also the processing
after. The resulting string then gets copied to fp->path_name.
[ 243s] ../../grub-core/loader/efi/chainloader.c: In function 'copy_file_path':
[ 243s] ../../grub-core/loader/efi/chainloader.c:136:32: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 243s] 136 | size = grub_utf8_to_utf16 (fp->path_name, len * GRUB_MAX_UTF16_PER_UTF8,
[ 243s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~~~
[ 243s] ../../grub-core/loader/efi/chainloader.c:138:12: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 243s] 138 | for (p = fp->path_name; p < fp->path_name + size; p++)
[ 243s] | ^~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for the
grub_usb_get_string function since the result is false postive. The
descstrp->str is found to be aligned in the buffer allocated for 'struct
grub_usb_desc_str'.
[ 229s] ../../grub-core/commands/usbtest.c: In function 'grub_usb_get_string':
[ 229s] ../../grub-core/commands/usbtest.c:104:58: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_usb_desc_str' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 229s] 104 | *grub_utf16_to_utf8 ((grub_uint8_t *) *string, descstrp->str,
[ 229s] | ~~~~~~~~^~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Simply adds the missing packed attribute to 'struct grub_acpi_madt'.
[ 233s] ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c: In function 'disp_acpi_xsdt_table':
[ 233s] ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c:201:27: error: converting a packed 'struct grub_acpi_table_header' pointer (alignment 1) to a 'struct grub_acpi_madt' pointer (alignment 4) may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 233s] 201 | disp_madt_table ((struct grub_acpi_madt *) t);
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] In file included from ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c:23:
[ 233s] ../../include/grub/acpi.h:50:8: note: defined here
[ 233s] 50 | struct grub_acpi_table_header
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] ../../include/grub/acpi.h:90:8: note: defined here
[ 233s] 90 | struct grub_acpi_madt
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c: In function 'disp_acpi_rsdt_table':
[ 233s] ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c:225:27: error: converting a packed 'struct grub_acpi_table_header' pointer (alignment 1) to a 'struct grub_acpi_madt' pointer (alignment 4) may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 233s] 225 | disp_madt_table ((struct grub_acpi_madt *) t);
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] In file included from ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c:23:
[ 233s] ../../include/grub/acpi.h:50:8: note: defined here
[ 233s] 50 | struct grub_acpi_table_header
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] ../../include/grub/acpi.h:90:8: note: defined here
[ 233s] 90 | struct grub_acpi_madt
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The catkey->name could be unaligned since the address of 'void* record'
is calculated as offset in bytes to a malloc buffer.
The fix is using aligned buffer allocated by grub_malloc for holding
the UTF16 string copied from catkey->name. And use that buffer as
argument for grub_utf16_to_utf8 to convert to UTF8 strings.
In addition, using a new copy of buffer rather than catkey->name itself
for processing the endianess conversion, we can also get rid of the hunk
restoring byte order of catkey->name to what it was previously.
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/hfsplus.c: In function 'list_nodes':
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/hfsplus.c:738:57: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_hfsplus_catkey' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 738 | *grub_utf16_to_utf8 ((grub_uint8_t *) filename, catkey->name,
[ 59s] | ~~~~~~^~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/hfsplus.c: In function 'grub_hfsplus_label':
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/hfsplus.c:1019:57: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_hfsplus_catkey' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 1019 | *grub_utf16_to_utf8 ((grub_uint8_t *) (*label), catkey->name,
[ 59s] | ~~~~~~^~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Simply adds the missing packed attribute to 'struct grub_hfs_extent'.
[ 83s] ../grub-core/fs/hfs.c: In function 'grub_hfs_iterate_records':
[ 83s] ../grub-core/fs/hfs.c:699:9: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_hfs_sblock' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 83s] 699 | ? (&data->sblock.catalog_recs)
[ 83s] | ~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 83s] ../grub-core/fs/hfs.c:700:9: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_hfs_sblock' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 83s] 700 | : (&data->sblock.extent_recs));
[ 83s] | ~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for the
grub_jfs_getent function since the result is found to be false postive.
The leaf is read into memory as continous chunks in size of 32 bytes and
the pointer to its base is aligned, which also guarentee its member
leaf->namepart is aligned.
[ 60s] ../grub-core/fs/jfs.c: In function 'grub_jfs_getent':
[ 60s] ../grub-core/fs/jfs.c:557:44: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_jfs_leaf_dirent' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 60s] 557 | le_to_cpu16_copy (filename + strpos, leaf->namepart, len < diro->data->namecomponentlen ? len
[ 60s] | ~~~~^~~~~~~~~~
[ 60s] ../grub-core/fs/jfs.c:570:48: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_jfs_leaf_next_dirent' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 60s] 570 | le_to_cpu16_copy (filename + strpos, next_leaf->namepart, len < 15 ? len : 15);
[ 60s] | ~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~
[ 60s] cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for the
grub_cpio_find_file function since the result is found to be false
postive. Any pointers to member of the 'struct head hd' is aligned even
if the structure is packed without paddings.
[ 59s] In file included from ../grub-core/fs/cpio.c:51:
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c: In function 'grub_cpio_find_file':
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:58:31: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 58 | data->size = read_number (hd.filesize, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.filesize));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:60:29: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 60 | *mtime = read_number (hd.mtime, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.mtime));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:61:28: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 61 | modeval = read_number (hd.mode, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.mode));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:62:29: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 62 | namesize = read_number (hd.namesize, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.namesize));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~
[ 59s] In file included from ../grub-core/fs/cpio_be.c:51:
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c: In function 'grub_cpio_find_file':
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:58:31: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 58 | data->size = read_number (hd.filesize, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.filesize));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:60:29: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 60 | *mtime = read_number (hd.mtime, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.mtime));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:61:28: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 61 | modeval = read_number (hd.mode, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.mode));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:62:29: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 62 | namesize = read_number (hd.namesize, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.namesize));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The UEFI specification allows LoadImage() to be called with a memory
location only and without a device path. In this case FilePath will not be
set in the EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL.
So in function grub_efi_get_filename() the device path argument may be
NULL. As we cannot determine the device path in this case just return NULL
from the function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some older GCC versions produce following error when x86 MSR modules are build:
In file included from commands/i386/rdmsr.c:29:0:
../include/grub/i386/rdmsr.h:27:29: error: no previous prototype for ‘grub_msr_read’ [-Werror=missing-prototypes]
extern inline grub_uint64_t grub_msr_read (grub_uint32_t msr_id)
^
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
This happens due to lack of support for a such usage of extern keyword
in older GCCs. Additionally, this usage is not consistent with the rest
of codebase. So, replace it with static keyword.
Additionally, fix incorrect coding style.
Reported-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reported-by: adrian15 <adrian15sgd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir 'phcoder' Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Tested-by: adrian15 <adrian15sgd@gmail.com>
Function grub_strndup() may return NULL, this is called from
function grub_ieee1275_get_devname() which is then called from
function grub_ieee1275_encode_devname() to set device. The device
variable could then be used with a NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Current comments forms are annoying, so, some of them are disallowed
starting from now. New rules are more flexible and mostly aligned
with, e.g., Linux kernel comments rules.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Previously the setup_header length was just assumed to be the size of the
linux_kernel_params struct. The linux x86 32-bit boot protocol says that the
end of the linux_i386_kernel_header is at 0x202 + the byte value at 0x201 in
the linux_i386_kernel_header. So, calculate the size of the header using the
end of the linux_i386_kernel_header, rather than assume it is the size of the
linux_kernel_params struct.
Additionally, add some required members to the linux_kernel_params
struct and align the content of linux_i386_kernel_header struct with
it. New members naming was taken directly from Linux kernel source.
linux_kernel_params and linux_i386_kernel_header structs require more
cleanup. However, this is not urgent, so, let's do this after release.
Just in case...
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeddeloh <andrew.jeddeloh@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Function grub_efi_find_last_device_path() may return NULL when called
from grub_efidisk_get_device_name().
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Function grub_efi_find_last_device() path may return NULL when called
from is_child().
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Function grub_efi_find_last_device_path() may return constant NULL when
called from find_parent_device().
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When assembling module wirh clang -Qn ends up on command line but later ignored
To avoid it breaking the compile, add -Qunused-arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Recent versions of binutils dropped support for the a.out and COFF
formats on sparc64 targets. Since the boot loader on sparc64 is
supposed to be an a.out binary and the a.out header entries are
rather simple to calculate in our case, we just write the header
ourselves instead of relying on external tools to do that.
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
gnulib now replaces vfprintf and hence its format becomes GNU_PRINTF format
This also fixes matching definitions to always use GNU format
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
They're translated as a separate project, so we
don't want to submit them again.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
With clang nostdinc behaviour is influenced by nostdlib. Since we
always add nostdlib, add it in test as well
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
I didn't check the spec but pointer to address doesn't make much sense
and doesn't match the code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
PowerPC fallout cleanup after commit 4d4a8c96e (verifiers: Add possibility
to verify kernel and modules command lines) and ca0a4f689 (verifiers: File
type for fine-grained signature-verification controlling).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
In addition to what was already there, Gnulib's <intprops.h> needs SCHAR_MIN,
SCHAR_MAX, SHRT_MIN, INT_MIN, LONG_MIN, and LONG_MAX. Fixes build on CentOS 7.
Reported-by: "Chen, Farrah" <farrah.chen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Mirror behaviour of ELF loader in libxc: first look for Xen notes in
PT_NOTE segment, then in SHT_NOTE section and only then fallback to
a section with __xen_guest name. This fixes loading PV kernels that
Xen note have outside of PT_NOTE. While this may be result of a buggy
linker script, loading such kernel directly works fine, so make it work
with GRUB too. Specifically, this applies to binaries built from Unikraft.
Signed-off-by: Marek Marczykowski-Górecki <marmarek@invisiblethingslab.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Various GRUB utilities fail if the current directory doesn't exist,
because grub_find_device() chdirs to a different directory and then
fails when trying to chdir back. Gnulib's save-cwd module uses fchdir()
instead when it can, avoiding this category of problem.
Fixes Debian bug #918700.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Mostly for cosmetic reasons, we add a "net_dhcp" command, which is (at the
moment) identical to the existing "net_bootp" command. Both actually trigger
a DHCP handshake now, and both should be able to deal with pure BOOTP servers.
We could think about dropping the DHCP options from the initial DISCOVER packet
when the user issues the net_bootp command, but it's unclear whether this is
really useful, as both protocols should be able to coexist.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Even though we were parsing some DHCP options sent by the server, so far
we are only using the BOOTP 2-way handshake, even when talking to a DHCP
server.
Change this by actually sending out DHCP DISCOVER packets instead of the
generic (mostly empty) BOOTP BOOTREQUEST packets.
A pure BOOTP server would ignore the extra DHCP options in the DISCOVER
packet and would just reply with a BOOTREPLY packet, which we also
handle in the code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In respone to a BOOTREQUEST packet a BOOTP server would answer with a BOOTREPLY
packet, which ends the conversation for good. DHCP uses a 4-way handshake,
where the initial server respone is an OFFER, which has to be answered with
REQUEST by the client again, only to be completed by an ACKNOWLEDGE packet
from the server.
Teach the grub_net_process_dhcp() function to deal with OFFER packets,
and treat ACK packets the same es BOOTREPLY packets.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The BOOTP RFC describes the boot file name and the server name as being part
of the integral BOOTP data structure, with some limits on the size of them.
DHCP extends this by allowing them to be separate DHCP options, which is more
flexible.
Teach the code dealing with those fields to check for those DHCP options first
and use this information, if provided. We fall back to using the BOOTP
information if those options are not used.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently we have a global timeout for all network cards in the BOOTP/DHCP
discovery process.
Make this timeout a per-interface one, so better accommodate the upcoming
4-way DHCP handshake and to also cover the lease time limit a DHCP offer
will come with.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Change the interface of the function dealing with incoming BOOTP packets
to take an interface instead of a card, to allow more fine per-interface
state (timeout, handshake state) later on.
Use the opportunity to clean up the code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In contrast to BOOTP, DHCP uses a 4-way handshake, so requires to send
packets more often.
Refactor the generation and sending of the BOOTREQUEST packet into
a separate function, so that future code can more easily reuse this.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
DHCP specifies a special dummy option OVERLOAD, to allow DHCP options to
spill over into the (legacy) BOOTFILE and SNAME fields.
Parse and handle this option properly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
For proper DHCP support we will need to parse DHCP options from a packet
more often and at various places.
Refactor the option parsing into a new function, which will scan a packet to
find *a particular* option field. Use that new function in places where we
were dealing with DHCP options before.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The comment is right, the "giaddr" fields holds the IP address of the BOOTP
relay, not a general purpose router address. Just remove the commented code,
archeologists can find it in the git history.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In order to be able to read from and write to model-specific registers,
two new modules are added. They are i386 specific, as the cpuid module.
rdmsr module registers the command rdmsr that allows reading from a MSR.
wrmsr module registers the command wrmsr that allows writing to a MSR.
wrmsr module is disabled if UEFI secure boot is enabled.
Please note that on SMP systems, interacting with a MSR that has a scope
per hardware thread, implies that the value only applies to the
particular cpu/core/thread that ran the command.
Also, if you specify a reserved or unimplemented MSR address, it will
cause a general protection exception (which is not currently being
handled) and the system will reboot.
Signed-off-by: Jesús Diéguez Fernández <jesusdf@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In order to maintain the coding style consistency, it was requested to
replace the methods that use "__asm__ __volatile__" with "asm volatile".
Signed-off-by: Jesús Diéguez Fernández <jesusdf@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add BIOS Boot Partition support for sparc64 platforms. This will work a
little different than x86. With GPT, both the OBP "load" and "boot" commands
are partition aware and neither command can see the partition table. Therefore
the entire boot-loader is stored within the BIOS Boot Partition and nothing
is stored within the bootstrap code area of MBR.
To use it, the end user will issue the boot command with the path pointing to
the BIOS Boot Partition.
For example with the disk below:
Model: Unknown (unknown)
Disk /dev/nvme1n1: 1600GB
Sector size (logical/physical): 512B/512B
Partition Table: gpt
Number Start End Size File system Name Flags
1 1049kB 1075MB 1074MB ext3
2 1075MB 1076MB 1049kB bios_grub
3 1076MB 1600GB 1599GB lvm
To boot grub2 from OBP, you would use:
boot /pci@302/pci@1/pci@0/pci@13/nvme@0/disk@1:b
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a new disk driver called obdisk for IEEE1275 platforms. Currently
the only platform using this disk driver is SPARC, however other IEEE1275
platforms could start using it if they so choose. While the functionality
within the current IEEE1275 ofdisk driver may be suitable for PPC and x86, it
presented too many problems on SPARC hardware.
Within the old ofdisk, there is not a way to determine the true canonical
name for the disk. Within Open Boot, the same disk can have multiple names
but all reference the same disk. For example the same disk can be referenced
by its SAS WWN, using this form:
/pci@302/pci@2/pci@0/pci@17/LSI,sas@0/disk@w5000cca02f037d6d,0
It can also be referenced by its PHY identifier using this form:
/pci@302/pci@2/pci@0/pci@17/LSI,sas@0/disk@p0
It can also be referenced by its Target identifier using this form:
/pci@302/pci@2/pci@0/pci@17/LSI,sas@0/disk@0
Also, when the LUN=0, it is legal to omit the ,0 from the device name. So with
the disk above, before taking into account the device aliases, there are 6 ways
to reference the same disk.
Then it is possible to have 0 .. n device aliases all representing the same disk.
Within this new driver the true canonical name is determined using the the
IEEE1275 encode-unit and decode-unit commands when address_cells == 4. This
will determine the true single canonical name for the device so multiple ihandles
are not opened for the same device. This is what frequently happens with the old
ofdisk driver. With some devices when they are opened multiple times it causes
the entire system to hang.
Another problem solved with this driver is devices that do not have a device
alias can be booted and used within GRUB. Within the old ofdisk, this was not
possible, unless it was the original boot device. All devices behind a SAS
or SCSI parent can be found. Within the old ofdisk, finding these disks
relied on there being an alias defined. The alias requirement is not
necessary with this new driver. It can also find devices behind a parent
after they have been hot-plugged. This is something that is not possible
with the old ofdisk driver.
The old ofdisk driver also incorrectly assumes that the device pointing to by a
device alias is in its true canonical form. This assumption is never made with
this new driver.
Another issue solved with this driver is that it properly caches the ihandle
for all open devices. The old ofdisk tries to do this by caching the last
opened ihandle. However this does not work properly because the layer above
does not use a consistent device name for the same disk when calling into the
driver. This is because the upper layer uses the bootpath value returned within
/chosen, other times it uses the device alias, and other times it uses the
value within grub.cfg. It does not have a way to figure out that these devices
are the same disk. This is not a problem with this new driver.
Due to the way GRUB repeatedly opens and closes the same disk. Caching the
ihandle is important on SPARC. Without caching, some SAS devices can take
15 - 20 minutes to get to the GRUB menu. This ihandle caching is not possible
without correctly having the canonical disk name.
When available, this driver also tries to use the deblocker #blocks and
a way of determining the disk size.
Finally and probably most importantly, this new driver is also capable of
seeing all partitions on a GPT disk. With the old driver, the GPT
partition table can not be read and only the first partition on the disk
can be seen.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
By default all file system modules are added to the GRUB coreboot
payload `default_payload.elf`. This makes the image quite big,
especially as often not all modules are needed.
Introduce the variable `FS_PAYLOAD_MODULES`, which can be used to
explicitly set file systems modules to be added.
$ make default_payload.elf
test -f default_payload.elf && rm default_payload.elf || true
pkgdatadir=. ./grub-mkstandalone --grub-mkimage=./grub-mkimage -O i386-coreboot -o default_payload.elf --modules='ahci pata ehci uhci ohci usb_keyboard usbms part_msdos ext2 fat at_keyboard part_gpt usbserial_usbdebug cbfs' --install-modules='ls linux search configfile normal cbtime cbls memrw iorw minicmd lsmmap lspci halt reboot hexdump pcidump regexp setpci lsacpi chain test serial multiboot cbmemc linux16 gzio echo help syslinuxcfg xnu affs afs bfs btrfs cbfs cpio cpio_be exfat ext2 f2fs fat hfs hfsplus iso9660 jfs minix minix2 minix2_be minix3 minix3_be minix_be newc nilfs2 ntfs odc procfs reiserfs romfs sfs squash4 tar udf ufs1 ufs1_be ufs2 xfs zfs password_pbkdf2 ' --fonts= --themes= --locales= -d grub-core/ /boot/grub/grub.cfg=./coreboot.cfg
$ ls -l default_payload.elf
-rw-rw---- 1 joey joey 1199568 Mar 6 13:58 default_payload.elf
$ make default_payload.elf FS_PAYLOAD_MODULES="" # ext2 already in `--modules`
test -f default_payload.elf && rm default_payload.elf || true
pkgdatadir=. ./grub-mkstandalone --grub-mkimage=./grub-mkimage -O i386-coreboot -o default_payload.elf --modules='ahci pata ehci uhci ohci usb_keyboard usbms part_msdos ext2 fat at_keyboard part_gpt usbserial_usbdebug cbfs' --install-modules='ls linux search configfile normal cbtime cbls memrw iorw minicmd lsmmap lspci halt reboot hexdump pcidump regexp setpci lsacpi chain test serial multiboot cbmemc linux16 gzio echo help syslinuxcfg xnu password_pbkdf2 ' --fonts= --themes= --locales= -d grub-core/ /boot/grub/grub.cfg=./coreboot.cfg
$ ls -l default_payload.elf
-rw-rw---- 1 joey joey 832976 Mar 7 12:13 default_payload.elf
So, the resulting payload size is around 370 kB smaller. (Adding it to
the CBFS, it will be compressed, so the effective size difference will
be smaller.)
Signed-off-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Upgrade Gnulib files to 20190105.
It's much easier to maintain GRUB's use of portability support files
from Gnulib when the process is automatic and driven by a single
configuration file, rather than by maintainers occasionally running
gnulib-tool and committing the result. Removing these
automatically-copied files from revision control also removes the
temptation to hack the output in ways that are difficult for future
maintainers to follow. Gnulib includes a "bootstrap" program which is
designed for this.
The canonical way to bootstrap GRUB from revision control is now
"./bootstrap", but "./autogen.sh" is still useful if you just want to
generate the GRUB-specific parts of the build system.
GRUB now requires Autoconf >= 2.63 and Automake >= 1.11, in line with
Gnulib.
Gnulib source code is now placed in grub-core/lib/gnulib/ (which should
not be edited directly), and GRUB's patches are in
grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/. I've added a few notes to the developer
manual on how to maintain this.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
syslinux_parse simplifies some filenames by removing things like ".."
segments, but the tests assumed that @abs_top_srcdir@ would be
untouched, which is not true in the case of out-of-tree builds where
@abs_top_srcdir@ may contain ".." segments.
Performing the substitution requires some awkwardness in Makefile.am due
to details of how config.status works.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Many of GRUB's utilities don't check anywhere near all the possible
write errors. For example, if grub-install runs out of space when
copying a file, it won't notice. There were missing checks for the
return values of write, fflush, fsync, and close (or the equivalents on
other OSes), all of which must be checked.
I tried to be consistent with the existing logging practices of the
various hostdisk implementations, but they weren't entirely consistent
to start with so I used my judgement. The result at least looks
reasonable on GNU/Linux when I provoke a write error:
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
grub-install: error: cannot copy `/usr/lib/grub/x86_64-efi-signed/grubx64.efi.signed' to `/boot/efi/EFI/debian/grubx64.efi': No space left on device.
There are more missing checks in other utilities, but this should fix
the most critical ones.
Fixes Debian bug #922741.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
For EBR partitions, "start" is the relative starting sector of the EBR
header itself, whereas "offset" is the relative starting byte of the
partition's contents, excluding the EBR header and any padding. Thus we
must use "offset", and divide by the sector size to convert to sectors.
Fixes Debian bug #923253.
Signed-off-by: James Clarke <jrtc27@jrtc27.com>
Reviewed-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Much like on x86, we can work out if the system is running on top of EFI
firmware. If so, return "arm-efi". If not, fall back to "arm-uboot" as
previously.
Split out the code to (maybe) load the efivar module and check for
/sys/firmware/efi into a common helper routine is_efi_system().
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is a really convenient service for open source project from Travis
CI: They allow for free CI testing using their infrastructure.
GRUB has had issues with broken builds for various targets for a long time
already. The main reason is a lack of CI to just do smoke tests on whether
all targets still at least compile.
This patch adds a Travis config file which builds (almost) all currently
available targets.
On top of that, this Travis config also runs a small execution test on the
x86_64-efi target.
All of this config file can easily be extended further on. It probably
makes sense to do something similar to the u-boot test infrastructure
that communicates with the payload properly. Going forward, we also will
want to do more QEMU runtime checks for other targets.
Currently, with this config alone, I already see about half of the available
targets as broken. So it's definitely desperately needed :).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Much like on x86, we can work out if the system is running on top
of EFI firmware. If so, return "arm-efi". If not, fall back to
"arm-uboot" as previously.
Heavily inspired by the existing code for x86.
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_efi_get_ram_base() looks for the lowest available RAM address by
traversing the memory map, comparing lowest address found so far.
Due to a brain glitch, that "so far" was initialized to GRUB_UINT_MAX -
completely preventing boot on systems without RAM below 4GB.
Change the initial value to GRUB_EFI_MAX_USABLE_ADDRESS, as originally
intended.
Reported-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some terminals, like `grub-core/term/at_keyboard.c`, return `-1` in case
they are not ready yet.
if (! KEYBOARD_ISREADY (grub_inb (KEYBOARD_REG_STATUS)))
return -1;
Currently, that is treated as a key press, and the menu time-out is
cancelled/cleared. This is unwanted, as the boot is stopped and the user
manually has to select a menu entry. Therefore, adapt the condition to
require the key value also to be greater than 0.
`GRUB_TERM_NO_KEY` is defined as 0, so the condition could be collapsed
to greater or equal than (≥) 0, but the compiler will probably do that
for us anyway, so keep the cases separate for clarity.
This is tested with coreboot, the GRUB default payload, and the
configuration file `grub.cfg` below.
For GRUB:
$ ./autogen.sh
$ ./configure --with-platform=coreboot
$ make -j`nproc`
$ make default_payload.elf
For coreboot:
$ more grub.cfg
serial --unit 0 --speed 115200
set timeout=5
menuentry 'halt' {
halt
}
$ build/cbfstool build/coreboot.rom add-payload \
-f /dev/shm/grub/default_payload.elf -n fallback/payload -c lzma
$ build/cbfstool build/coreboot.rom add -f grub.cfg -n etc/grub.cfg -t raw
$ qemu-system-x86_64 --version
QEMU emulator version 3.1.0 (Debian 1:3.1+dfsg-2+b1)
Copyright (c) 2003-2018 Fabrice Bellard and the QEMU Project developers
$ qemu-system-x86_64 -M pc -bios build/coreboot.rom -serial stdio -nic none
Currently, the time-out is cancelled/cleared. With the commit, it is not.
With a small GRUB payload, this the problem is also reproducible on the
ASRock E350M1.
Link: http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2019-01/msg00037.html
Signed-off-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We now have signature check logic in grub which allows us to treat
files differently depending on their file type.
Treat a loaded device tree like an overlayed ACPI table.
Both describe hardware, so I suppose their threat level is the same.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Gcc may decide it wants to call helper functions to execute clz. Provide
them in our own copy of libgcc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
To support a new architecture we need to provide a few helper functions
for memory, cache, timer, etc support.
This patch adds the remainders of those. Some bits are still disabled,
as I couldn't guarantee that we're always running on models / in modes
where the respective hardware is available.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds awareness of RISC-V relocations throughout the grub tools
as well as dynamic linkage and elf->PE relocation conversion support.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We currently only support to run grub on RISC-V as UEFI payload. Ideally,
we also only want to support running Linux underneath as UEFI payload.
Prepare that with some Linux boot stub code. Once the arm64 target is
generalized, we can hook into that one and gain boot functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On entry, we need to save the system table pointer as well as our image
handle. Add an early startup file that saves them and then brings us
into our main function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The RISC-V ABI document outlines ELF header structure and relocation
information. Pull the respective magic numbers into our elf header
so we can make use of them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some architectures want to boot Linux as plain UEFI binary. Today that
really only encompasses ARM and AArch64, but going forward more
architectures may adopt that model.
So rename our internal API accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Acked-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are a few spots in the PE generation code for EFI binaries that uses
the section alignment rather than file alignment, even though the alignment
is really only file bound.
Replace those cases with the file alignment constant instead.
Reported-by: Daniel Kiper <dkiper@net-space.pl>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
There is UEFI firmware popping up in the wild now that implements stricter
permission checks using NX and write protect page table entry bits.
This means that firmware now may fail to load binaries if its individual
sections are not page aligned, as otherwise it can not ensure permission
boundaries.
So let's bump all efi section alignments up to 4k (EFI page size). That way
we will stay compatible going forward.
Unfortunately our internals can't deal very well with a mismatch of alignment
between the virtual and file offsets, so we have to also pad our target
binary a bit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
The efi-arm case was defining its own header size calculation, even though it's
100% identical to the common EFI32_HEADER_SIZE definition.
So let's clean it up to use the common define.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
This patch allows to have bigger kernels. If the kernel grows, then it will
overwrite the initrd when it is extracted.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@arm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A certain amount of dynamic space is required for the handover from
GRUB/Linux-EFI-stub. This entails things like initrd addresses,
address-cells entries and associated strings.
But move this into a proper centralised #define rather than live-code
it in the loader.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
uboot_disk_write() is currently lacking the write support
to storage devices because, historically, those devices did not
implement block_write() in U-Boot.
The solution has been tested using a patched U-Boot loading
and booting GRUB in a QEMU vexpress-a9 environment.
The disk write operations were triggered with GRUB's save_env
command.
Signed-off-by: Cristian Ciocaltea <cristian.ciocaltea@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The value of tpm_handle changes between successive calls to grub_tpm_handle_find(),
as instead of simply copying the stored pointer we end up taking the address of
said pointer when using the cached value of grub_tpm_handle.
This causes grub_efi_open_protocol() to return a nullptr in grub_tpm2_execute()
and grub_tpm2_log_event(). Said nullptr goes unchecked and
efi_call_5(tpm->hash_log_extend_event,...) ends up jumping to 0x0, Qemu crashes
once video ROM is reached at 0xb0000.
This patch seems to do the trick of fixing that bug, but we should also ensure
that all calls to grub_efi_open_protocol() are checked so that we don't start
executing low memory.
Signed-off-by: Max Tottenham <mtottenh@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit b07feb8746 (verifiers: Rename
verify module to pgp module) renamed the "verify" module to "pgp", but
the GRUB_MOD_INIT and GRUB_MOD_FINI macros were left as "verify", which
broke the emu target build; and file_filter_test still referred to the
now non-existent "verify" module. Fix both of these.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for multiple, shared, early initrd images. These early
images will be loaded in the order declared, and all will be loaded
before the initrd image.
While many classes of data can be provided by early images, the
immediate use case would be for distributions to provide CPU
microcode to mitigate the Meltdown and Spectre vulnerabilities.
Xen has also support to load microcode updates provided as additional
modules by the bootloader.
There are two environment variables provided for declaring the early
images.
* GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_STOCK is for the distribution declare
images that are provided by the distribution or installed packages.
If undeclared, this will default to a set of common microcode image
names.
* GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_CUSTOM is for user created images. User
images will be loaded after the stock images.
These separate configurations allow the distribution and user to
declare different image sets without clobbering each other.
This also makes a minor update to ensure that UUID partition labels
stay disabled when no initrd image is found, even if early images are
present.
This is basically a copy of a698240d "grub-mkconfig/10_linux: Support
multiple early initrd images" by Matthew S. Turnbull.
Signed-off-by: Peter Große <pegro@friiks.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We should not try to copy any memory area which is outside of the original
fdt. If this extra memory is controlled by a hypervisor this might end
with a crash.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Describe the behaviour of GRUB when the TPM module is in use.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for performing basic TPM measurements. Right now this only
supports extending PCRs statically and only on UEFI. In future we might
want to have some sort of mechanism for choosing which events get logged
to which PCRs, but this seems like a good default policy and we can wait
to see whether anyone has a use case before adding more complexity.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Pass all commands executed by GRUB to the verifiers layer. Most verifiers will
ignore this, but some (such as the TPM verifier) want to be able to measure and
log each command executed in order to ensure that the boot state is as expected.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In order to avoid using plain integers for the ELF notes use the
available Xen include instead.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Add the modifications to the build system needed to build a xen_pvh
grub.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Add all usable memory regions to grub memory management and add the
needed mmap iterate code, which will be used by grub core (e.g.
grub-core/lib/relocator.c or grub-core/mmap/mmap.c).
As we are running in 32-bit mode don't add memory above 4GB.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Initialize the needed Xen specific data. This is:
- the Xen start of day page containing the console and Xenstore ring
page PFN and event channel
- the grant table
- the shared info page
Write back the possibly modified memory map to the hypervisor in case
the guest is reading it from there again.
Set the RSDP address for the guest from the start_info page passed
as boot parameter.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Retrieve the memory map from the hypervisor and normalize it to contain
no overlapping entries and to be sorted by address.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Add the needed code to setup the hypercall page for calling into the
Xen hypervisor.
Import the XEN_HVM_DEBUGCONS_IOPORT define from Xen unstable into
include/xen/arch-x86/xen.h
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Add the hooks to current code needed for Xen PVH. They will be filled
with code later when the related functionality is being added.
loader/i386/linux.c needs to include machine/kernel.h now as it needs
to get GRUB_KERNEL_USE_RSDP_ADDR from there. This in turn requires to
add an empty kernel.h header for some i386 platforms (efi, coreboot,
ieee1275, xen) and for x86_64 efi.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
include/grub/offsets.h needs some defines for Xen PVH mode.
Add them. While at it line up the values in the surrounding lines to
start at the same column.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
grub_xen_ptr2mfn() returns the machine frame number for a given pointer
value. For Xen-PVH guests this is just the PFN. Add the PVH specific
variant.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Rearrange grub-core/kern/xen/init.c to prepare adding PVH mode support
to it. This includes putting some code under #ifdef GRUB_MACHINE_XEN
as it will not be used when running as PVH.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
With Xen PVH mode adding a new machine type the machine related headers
need to be present for the build to succeed. Most of the headers just
need to include the related common i386 headers. Add those to the tree.
Note that xen_pvh/int.h needs to include pc/int_types.h instead of
pc/int.h in order to avoid the definition of grub_bios_interrupt().
xen_pvh/memory.h needs to include coreboot/memory.h (like some other
<machine>/memory.h do as well) as this contains just the needed stubs.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Some common code needs to be special cased for Xen PVH mode. This hits
mostly Xen PV mode specific areas.
Split include/grub/i386/pc/int_types.h off from
include/grub/i386/pc/int.h to support including this file later from
xen_pvh code without the grub_bios_interrupt definition.
Move definition of struct grub_e820_mmap_entry from
grub-core/mmap/i386/pc/mmap.c to include/grub/i386/memory.h in order
to make it usable from xen_pvh code.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Initialize the grant tab in a dedicated function. This will enable
using it for PVH guests, too.
Call the new function from grub_machine_init() as this will later
be common between Xen PV and Xen PVH mode.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Xen PVH guests will have the RSDP at an arbitrary address. Support that
by passing the RSDP address via the boot parameters to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
In order to support grub2 in Xen PVH environment some additional Xen
headers are needed as grub2 will be started in PVH mode requiring to
use several HVM hypercalls and structures.
Add the needed headers from Xen 4.10 being the first Xen version with
full (not only experimental) PVH guest support.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
ARM Xen fallout cleanup after commit ca0a4f689 (verifiers: File type for
fine-grained signature-verification controlling).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Xen fallout cleanup after commit ca0a4f689 (verifiers: File type for
fine-grained signature-verification controlling).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
The grub_ieee1275_parse_bootpath() function (commit a661a32, ofnet: Initialize
structs in bootpath parser) introduces a build regression on SPARC:
cc1: warnings being treated as errors
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c: In function 'grub_ieee1275_parse_bootpath':
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: missing initializer
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: (near initialization for 'client_addr.type')
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: missing initializer
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: (near initialization for 'gateway_addr.type')
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: missing initializer
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: (near initialization for 'subnet_mask.type')
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:157: error: missing initializer
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:157: error: (near initialization for 'hw_addr.type')
make[3]: *** [net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet_module-ofnet.o] Error 1
Initialize the entire structure.
More info can be found here:
http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2018-03/msg00034.html
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
- Adds zstd support to the btrfs module.
- Adds a test case for btrfs zstd support.
- Changes top_srcdir to srcdir in the btrfs module's lzo include
following comments from Daniel Kiper about the zstd include.
Tested on Ubuntu-18.04 with a btrfs /boot partition with and without zstd
compression. A test case was also added to the test suite that fails before
the patch, and passes after.
Signed-off-by: Nick Terrell <terrelln@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
- Import zstd-1.3.6 from upstream
- Add zstd's module.c file
- Add the zstd module to Makefile.core.def
Import zstd-1.3.6 from upstream [1]. Only the files need for decompression
are imported. I used the latest zstd release, which includes patches [2] to
build cleanly in GRUB.
I included the script used to import zstd-1.3.6 below at the bottom of the
commit message.
Upstream zstd commit hash: 4fa456d7f12f8b27bd3b2f5dfd4f46898cb31c24
Upstream zstd commit name: Merge pull request #1354 from facebook/dev
Zstd requires some posix headers, which it gets from posix_wrap.
This can be checked by inspecting the .Po files generated by automake,
which contain the header dependencies. After building run the command
`cat grub-core/lib/zstd/.deps-core/*.Po` to see the dependencies [3].
The only OS dependencies are:
- stddef.h, which is already a dependency in posix_wrap, and used for size_t
by lzo and xz.
- stdarg.h, which comes from the grub/misc.h header, and we don't use in zstd.
All the types like uint64_t are typedefed to grub_uint64_t under the hood.
The only exception is size_t, which comes from stddef.h. This is already the
case for lzo and xz. I don't think there are any cross-compilation concerns,
because cross-compilers provide their own system headers (and it would already
be broken).
[1] https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/tag/v1.3.6
[2] https://github.com/facebook/zstd/pull/1344
[3] https://gist.github.com/terrelln/7a16b92f5a1b3aecf980f944b4a966c4
```
curl -L -O https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/download/v1.3.6/zstd-1.3.6.tar.gz
curl -L -O https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/download/v1.3.6/zstd-1.3.6.tar.gz.sha256
sha256sum --check zstd-1.3.6.tar.gz.sha256
tar xzf zstd-1.3.6.tar.gz
SRC_LIB="zstd-1.3.6/lib"
DST_LIB="grub-core/lib/zstd"
rm -rf $DST_LIB
mkdir -p $DST_LIB
cp $SRC_LIB/zstd.h $DST_LIB/
cp $SRC_LIB/common/*.[hc] $DST_LIB/
cp $SRC_LIB/decompress/*.[hc] $DST_LIB/
rm $DST_LIB/{pool.[hc],threading.[hc]}
rm -rf zstd-1.3.6*
echo SUCCESS!
```
Signed-off-by: Nick Terrell <terrelln@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
An error emerged as when I was testing the verifiers branch, so instead
of putting it in pgp prefix, the verifiers is used to reflect what the
patch is based on.
While running verify_detached, grub aborts with error.
verify_detached /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot/boot/grub/grub.cfg
/@/.snapshots/1/snapshot/boot/grub/grub.cfg.sig
alloc magic is broken at 0x7beea660: 0
Aborted. Press any key to exit.
The error is caused by sig file descriptor been closed twice, first time
in grub_verify_signature() to which it is passed as parameter. Second in
grub_cmd_verify_signature() or in whichever opens the sig file
descriptor. The second close is not consider as bug to me either, as in
common rule of what opens a file has to close it to avoid file
descriptor leakage.
After all the design of grub_verify_signature() makes it difficult to keep
a good trace on opened file descriptor from it's caller. Let's refine
the application interface to accept file path rather than descriptor, in
this way the caller doesn't have to care about closing the descriptor by
delegating it to grub_verify_signature() with full tracing to opened
file descriptor by itself.
Also making it clear that sig descriptor is not referenced in error
returning path of grub_verify_signature_init(), so it can be closed
directly by it's caller. This also makes delegating it to
grub_pubkey_close() infeasible to help in relieving file descriptor
leakage as it has to depend on uncertainty of ctxt fields in error
returning path.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Without this fix, building xen_boot.c omits:
loader/arm64/xen_boot.c: In function ‘xen_boot_binary_load’:
loader/arm64/xen_boot.c:370:7: error: too few arguments to function ‘grub_create_loader_cmdline’
grub_create_loader_cmdline (argc - 1, argv + 1, binary->cmdline,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from loader/arm64/xen_boot.c:36:0:
../include/grub/lib/cmdline.h:29:12: note: declared here
grub_err_t grub_create_loader_cmdline (int argc, char *argv[], char *buf,
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The verifiers framework changed the grub_file_open() interface, breaking all
non-x86 linux loaders. Add file types to the grub_file_open() calls to make
them build again.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The verifiers framework changed the API of grub_file_open(), but did not
fix up all users. Add the file type GRUB_FILE_TYPE_DEVICE_TREE_IMAGE
to the "devicetree" command handler call.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The API change of grub_file_open() for adding verifiers did not include
a type for device tree blobs. Add GRUB_FILE_TYPE_DEVICE_TREE_IMAGE to
the grub_file_type enum.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
verify.h was added without include guards. This means compiling anything
including both include/grub/verify.h and include/grub/lib/cmdline.h fails
(at least grub-core/loader/arm64/linux.c.
Add the necessary include guard.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Device tree (DTB) lengths are being padded to a multiple of 4 bytes
rather than the target-specific pointer size. This causes objects
following OBJ_TYPE_DTB objects to be incorrectly parsed during GRUB
execution on arm64.
Fix by using ALIGN_ADDR(), not ALIGN_UP().
Signed-by-off: Matthew Daley <mattd@bugfuzz.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If / is on the root dataset in a ZFS pool, then ${bootfs} will be set to
"/" (whereas if it is on a non-root dataset, there will be no trailing
slash). Passing "root=ZFS=${rpool}/" will fail to boot, but
"root=ZFS=${rpool}" works fine, so strip the trailing slash.
Fixes: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?52746
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Tested-by: Fejes József <jozsef.fejes@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On a UEFI system, were no boot entry *grub* is present, currently,
`grub-install` fails with an error.
$ efibootmgr
BootCurrent: 0000
Timeout: 0 seconds
BootOrder: 0001,0006,0003,0004,0005
Boot0001 Diskette Drive
Boot0003* USB Storage Device
Boot0004* CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive
Boot0005 Onboard NIC
Boot0006* WDC WD2500AAKX-75U6AA0
$ sudo grub-install /dev/sda
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
grub-install: error: efibootmgr failed to register the boot entry: Unknown error 22020.
The error code is always different, and the error message (incorrectly)
points to efibootmgr.
But, the error is in GRUB’s function
`grub_install_remove_efi_entries_by_distributor()`, where the variable
`rc` for the return value, is uninitialized and never set, when no boot
entry for the distributor is found.
The content of that uninitialized variable is then returned as the error
code of efibootmgr.
Set the variable to 0, so that success is returned, when no entry needs
to be deleted.
Tested on Dell OptiPlex 7010 with firmware A28.
$ sudo ./grub-install /dev/sda
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
Installation finished. No error reported.
[1]: https://github.com/rhboot/efibootmgr/issues/100
Signed-off-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This module provides shim lock verification for various kernels
if UEFI secure boot is enabled on a machine.
It is recommended to put this module into GRUB2 standalone image
(avoid putting iorw and memrw modules into it; they are disallowed
if UEFI secure boot is enabled). However, it is also possible to use
it as a normal module. Though such configurations are more fragile
and less secure due to various limitations.
If the module is loaded and UEFI secure boot is enabled then:
- module itself cannot be unloaded (persistent module),
- the iorw and memrw modules cannot be loaded,
- if the iorw and memrw modules are loaded then
machine boot is disabled,
- GRUB2 defers modules and ACPI tables verification to
other verifiers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
This type of modules cannot be unloaded. This is useful if a given
functionality, e.g. UEFI secure boot shim signature verification, should
not be disabled if it was enabled at some point in time. Somebody may
say that we can use standalone GRUB2 here. That is true. However, the
code is not so big nor complicated hence it make sense to support
modularized configs too.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
This way if a verifier requires verification of a given file it can defer task
to another verifier (another authority) if it is not able to do it itself. E.g.
shim_lock verifier, posted as a subsequent patch, is able to verify only PE
files. This means that it is not able to verify any of GRUB2 modules which have
to be trusted on UEFI systems with secure boot enabled. So, it can defer
verification to other verifier, e.g. PGP one.
I silently assume that other verifiers are trusted and will do good job for us.
Or at least they will not do any harm.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Verifiers framework provides core file verification functionality which
can be used by various security mechanisms, e.g., UEFI secure boot, TPM,
PGP signature verification, etc.
The patch contains PGP code changes and probably they should be extracted
to separate patch for the sake of clarity.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Let's provide file type info to the I/O layer. This way verifiers
framework and its users will be able to differentiate files and verify
only required ones.
This is preparatory patch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Add the RAID 6 recovery, in order to use a RAID 6 filesystem even if some
disks (up to two) are missing. This code use the md RAID 6 code already
present in grub.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The original code which handles the recovery of a RAID 6 disks array
assumes that all reads are multiple of 1 << GRUB_DISK_SECTOR_BITS and it
assumes that all the I/O is done via the struct grub_diskfilter_segment.
This is not true for the btrfs code. In order to reuse the native
grub_raid6_recover() code, it is modified to not call
grub_diskfilter_read_node() directly, but to call an handler passed
as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for recovery for a RAID 5 btrfs profile. In addition
it is added some code as preparatory work for RAID 6 recovery code.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move the code in charge to read the data from disk into a separate
function. This helps to separate the error handling logic (which
depends on the different raid profiles) from the read from disk
logic. Refactoring this code increases the general readability too.
This is a preparatory patch, to help the adding of the RAID 5/6 recovery code.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A portion of the logging code is moved outside of internal for(;;). The part
that is left inside is the one which depends on the internal for(;;) index.
This is a preparatory patch. The next one will refactor the code inside
the for(;;) into an another function.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently read from missing device triggers rescan. However, it is never
recorded that the device is missing. So, each read of a missing device
triggers rescan again and again. This behavior causes a lot of unneeded
rescans leading to huge slowdowns.
This patch fixes above mentioned issue. Information about missing devices
is stored in the data->devices_attached[] array as NULL value in dev
member. Rescan is triggered only if no information is found for a given
device. This means that only first time read triggers rescan.
The patch drops premature return. This way data->devices_attached[] is
filled even when a given device is missing.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreikack@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The caller knows better if this error is fatal or not, i.e. another disk is
available or not.
This is a preparatory patch.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This helper is used in a few places to help the debugging. As
conservative approach the error is only logged.
This does not impact the error handling.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When booting from NVME SSD with 4k sector size, it fails with the message.
error: attempt to read or write outside of partition.
This patch fixes the problem by fixing overflow in converting partition start
and length into 512B blocks.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When reading data off a disk, sector values are based on the disk sector
length.
Within grub_util_fd_open_device(), the start of the partition was taken
directly from grub's partition information structure, which uses the
internal sector length (currently 512b), but never transformed to the
disk's sector length.
Subsequent calculations were all wrong for devices that have a diverging
sector length and the functions eventually skipped to the wrong stream
location, reading invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Moldovan <ionic@ionic.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
gentpl.py is python2/3-agnostic, but there's no way to cause it
to be run with any interpreter other than 'python', it's just
hard-coded into Makefile.common that way. Adjust that to use
AM_PATH_PYTHON (provided by automake) to find an interpreter
and run gentpl.py with that instead. This makes grub buildable
when `python` does not exist (but rather `python3` or `python2`
or `python2.7`, etc.) Minimum version is set to 2.6 as this is
the first version with `__future__.print_function` available.
Note, AM_PATH_PYTHON respects the PYTHON environment variable
and will treat its value as the *only* candidate for a valid
interpreter if it is set - when PYTHON is set, AM_PATH_PYTHON
will not try to find any alternative interpreter, it will only
check whether the interpreter set as the value of PYTHON meets
the requirements and use it if so or fail if not. This means
that when using grub's `autogen.sh`, as it too uses the value
of the PYTHON environment variable (and if it is not set, just
sets it to 'python') you cannot rely on AM_PATH_PYTHON
interpreter discovery. If your desired Python interpreter is
not just 'python', you must set the PYTHON environment variable,
e.g. 'PYTHON=/usr/local/bin/python3 ./autogen.sh'. The specified
interpreter will then be used both by autogen.sh itself and by
the autotools-driven build scripts.
Signed-off-by: Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
pkg-config is apparently preferred over freetype-config these days (see
the BUGS section of freetype-config(1)). pkg-config support was added
to FreeType in version 2.1.5, which was released in 2003, so it should
comfortably be available everywhere by now.
We no longer need to explicitly substitute FREETYPE_CFLAGS and
FREETYPE_LIBS, since PKG_CHECK_MODULES does that automatically.
Fixes Debian bug #887721.
Reported-by: Hugh McMaster <hugh.mcmaster@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Using FREETYPE_CFLAGS and FREETYPE_LIBS is more in line with the naming
scheme used by pkg-config macros.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Code later on checks if variables inside the struct are
0 to see if they have been set, like if there were addresses
in the bootpath.
The variables were not initialized however, so the check
might succeed with uninitialized data, and a new interface
with random addresses and the same name is added. This causes
$net_default_mac to point to the random one, so, for example,
using that variable to load per-mac config files fails.
Bug-Ubuntu: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1785859
Signed-off-by: Julian Andres Klode <julian.klode@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is a cryptographically signed message in MIME format.
Date: Thu, 9 Aug 2018 07:27:35 +0200
Currently, the GRUB payload for coreboot does not detect the Western
Digital hard disk WDC WD20EARS-60M AB51 connected to the ASRock E350M1,
as that takes over ten seconds to spin up.
```
disk/ahci.c:533: port 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:539: port 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:543: port 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:549: port 0, offset: 120, tfd:80, CMD: 6016
disk/ahci.c:552: port 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:563: port 0, offset: 120, tfd:80, CMD: 6016
disk/ahci.c:566: port: 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:593: port 0 is busy
disk/ahci.c:621: cleaning up failed devs
```
GRUB detects the drive, when either unloading the module *ahci*, and
then loading it again, or when doing a warm reset.
As the ten second time-out is too short, increase it to 32 seconds,
used by SeaBIOS. which detects the drive successfully.
The AHCI driver in libpayload uses 30 seconds, and that time-out was
added in commit 354066e1 (libpayload: ahci: Increase timeout for
signature reading) with the description below.
> We can't read the drives signature before it's ready, i.e. spun up.
> So set the timeout to the standard 30s. Also put a notice on the
> console, so the user knows why the signature reading failed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
1. move relocator related code more close to each other
2. use variable "len" since it has correct assignment, and keep coding
style with upper code
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
qemu 2.12 removed the -usbdevice option. Use a more modern spelling
instead, in line with other USB-related tests.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
SeaBIOS 1.11.0 added support for VGA emulation over a serial port, which
interferes with grub-shell. Turn it off.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Make it so that when grub-module-verifier complains of an issue, it tells you
which module the issue was with.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Delete local copy of function to determine required buffer size for the
UEFI memory map, use helper in kern/efi/mm.c.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Delete local copy of function to determine required buffer size for the
UEFI memory map, use helper in kern/efi/mm.c.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Delete local copy of function to determine required buffer size for the
UEFI memory map, use helper in kern/efi/mm.c.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 0ba90a7f01 ("efi: Move grub_reboot() into kernel") broke
the build on i386-efi - genmoddep.awk bails out with message
grub_reboot in reboot is duplicated in kernel
This is because both lib/i386/reset.c and kern/efi/efi.c now provide
this function.
Rather than explicitly list each i386 platform variant in
Makefile.core.def, include the contents of lib/i386/reset.c only when
GRUB_MACHINE_EFI is not set.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The 32-bit arm Linux kernel is built as a zImage, which self-decompresses
down to near start of RAM. In order for an initrd/initramfs to be
accessible, it needs to be placed within the first ~768MB of RAM.
The initrd loader built into the kernel EFI stub restricts this down to
512MB for simplicity - so enable the same restriction in grub.
For arm64, the requirement is within a 1GB aligned 32GB window also
covering the (runtime) kernel image. Since the EFI stub loader itself
will attempt to relocate to near start of RAM, force initrd to be loaded
completely within the first 32GB of RAM.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The 32-bit arm efi port now shares the 64-bit linux loader, so delete
the now unused bits from the 32-bit linux loader.
This in turn leaves the grub-core/kern/arm/efi/misc.c unused, so
delete that too.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The arm64 and arm linux kernel EFI-stub support presents pretty much
identical interfaces, so the same linux loader source can be used for
both architectures.
Switch 32-bit ARM UEFI platforms over to the existing EFI-stub aware
loader initially developed for arm64.
This *WILL* stop non-efistub Linux kernels from booting on arm-efi.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In preparation for using the linux loader for 32-bit and 64-bit platforms,
rename grub_arm64*/GRUB_ARM64* to grub_armxx*/GRUB_ARMXX*.
Move prototypes for now-common functions to efi/efi.h.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Since ARM platforms do not have a common memory map, add a helper
function that finds the lowest address region with the EFI_MEMORY_WB
attribute set in the UEFI memory map.
Required for the arm64 efi linux loader to restrict the initrd
location to where it will be accessible by the kernel at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are several implementations of this function in the tree.
Add a central version in grub-core/efi/mm.c.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The EFI Graphics Output Protocol can return a 64-bit
linear frame buffer address in some firmware/BIOS
implementations. We currently only store the lower
32-bits in the lfb_base. This will eventually be
passed to Linux kernel and the efifb driver will
incorrectly interpret the framebuffer address as
32-bit address.
The Linux kernel has already added support to handle
64-bit linear framebuffer address in the efifb driver
since quite some time now.
This patch adds the support for 64-bit linear frame
buffer address in GRUB to address the above mentioned
scenario.
Signed-off-by: Arindam Nath <arindam.nath@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Clean up code for matching IS_ARM64 slightly by making use of struct
linux_arm64_kernel_header and GRUB_LINUX_ARM64_MAGIC_SIGNATURE.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Clean up code for matching IS_ARM slightly by making use of struct
linux_arm_kernel_header and GRUB_LINUX_ARM_MAGIC_SIGNATURE.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Most 8" or 7" x86 Windows 10 tablets come with volume up/down buttons and
a power-button. In their UEFI these are almost always mapped to arrow
up/down and enter.
Pressing the volume buttons (sometimes by accident) will stop the
menu countdown, but the power-button / "enter" key was not being recognized
as enter, so the user would be stuck at the grub menu.
The problem is that these tablets send scan_code 13 or 0x0d for the
power-button, which officialy maps to the F3 key. They also set
unicode_char to 0x0d.
This commit recognizes the special case of both scan_code and unicode_char
being set to 0x0d and treats this as an enter key press.
This fixes things getting stuck at the grub-menu and allows the user
to choice a grub-menu entry using the buttons on the tablet.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Variable "root" is initialized after root device probing and is null in
current place, so, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Without that fix we have:
In file included from ../../include/grub/command.h:25:0,
from ../../grub-core/loader/multiboot.c:30:
../../grub-core/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c: In function 'grub_multiboot_load_elf64':
../../grub-core/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c:130:28: error: 'relocatable' undeclared (first use in this function)
"load_base_addr=0x%x\n", relocatable,
This happens due to mistake in the commit 14ec665
(mbi: Use per segment a separate relocator chunk).
So, let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis 'GNUtoo' Carikli <GNUtoo@no-log.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When booting an arm* system on UEFI with an empty device tree (currently
only when hardware description comes from ACPI), we don't currently set
default to 1 cell (32 bits).
Set both of these properties, to 2 cells (64 bits), to resolve issues
with kexec on some platforms.
This change corresponds with linux kernel commit ae8a442dfdc4
("efi/libstub/arm*: Set default address and size cells values for an empty dtb")
and ensures booting through grub does not behave differently from booting
the stub loader directly.
See also https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9561201/
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
To be able to resuse the prop_entry_size macro, move it to
<grub/fdt.h> and rename it grub_fdt_prop_entry_size.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If something else on the system is using loopback devices, then the
device that's free at the call to `losetup -f` may not be free in the
following call to try to use it. Instead, find and use the first free
loopback device in a single call to losetup.
Signed-off-by: Will Thompson <wjt@endlessm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Instead of setting up a all comprising relocator chunk for all segments,
use per segment a separate relocator chunk.
Currently, if the ELF is non-relocatable, a single relocator chunk will
comprise memory (between the segments) which gets overridden by the relst()
invocation of the movers code in grub_relocator16/32/64_boot().
The overridden memory may contain reserved ranges like VGA memory or ACPI
tables, which may lead to crashes or at least to strange boot behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Boettcher <alexander.boettcher@genode-labs.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The sparse inode metadata format became a mkfs.xfs default in
xfsprogs-4.16.0, and such filesystems are now rejected by grub as
containing an incompatible feature.
In essence, this feature allows xfs to allocate inodes into fragmented
freespace. (Without this feature, if xfs could not allocate contiguous
space for 64 new inodes, inode creation would fail.)
In practice, the disk format change is restricted to the inode btree,
which as far as I can tell is not used by grub. If all you're doing
today is parsing a directory, reading an inode number, and converting
that inode number to a disk location, then ignoring this feature
should be fine, so I've added it to XFS_SB_FEAT_INCOMPAT_SUPPORTED
I did some brief testing of this patch by hacking up the regression
tests to completely fragment freespace on the test xfs filesystem, and
then write a large-ish number of inodes to consume any existing
contiguous 64-inode chunk. This way any files the grub tests add and
traverse would be in such a fragmented inode allocation. Tests passed,
but I'm not sure how to cleanly integrate that into the test harness.
Signed-off-by: Eric Sandeen <sandeen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Chris Murphy <lists@colorremedies.com>
This patch ensures that grub-probe will find the root device placed in
/dev/mapper/dm-[0-9]+-.* e.g. device named /dev/mapper/dm-0-luks will be
found and grub.cfg will be updated properly, enabling the system to boot.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Solovyov <mcpain@altlinux.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Rounding up the bufio->block_size to meet power of 2 to facilitate next_buf
calculation in grub_bufio_read().
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Update grub-mkconfig.in and 10_linux.in to support grub-probe's new
partuuid target. Update grub.texi documentation. The following table
shows how GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID, GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID, and
initramfs detection interact:
Initramfs GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID Linux Root
detected Set Set ID Method
false false false part UUID
false false true part UUID
false true false dev name
false true true dev name
true false false fs UUID
true false true part UUID
true true false fs UUID
true true true dev name
Note: GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID and GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID equate to
'false' when unset or set to any value other than 'true'.
GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID defaults to 'true'.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add PARTUUID detection support grub-probe for MBR and GPT partition schemes.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Rename grub_gpt_part_type to grub_gpt_part_guid and update grub_gpt_partentry
to use this type for both the partition type GUID string and the partition GUID
string entries. This change ensures that the two GUID fields are handled more
consistently and helps to simplify the changes needed to add Linux partition
GUID support.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Define print_gpt_guid(), so there is a central function for printing
GUID strings. This change is a precursor for later patches which rely
on this logic.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With --disable-nls no locales exist.
Avoid runtime error by moving code that copies locales into its own
function. Return early in case nls was disabled. That way the compiler
will throw away unreachable code, no need to put preprocessor
conditionals everywhere to avoid warnings about unused code.
Fix memleak by freeing srcf and dstf.
Convert tabs to spaces in moved code.
Signed-off-by: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
"F2FS (Flash-Friendly File System) is flash-friendly file system which was merged
into Linux kernel v3.8 in 2013.
The motive for F2FS was to build a file system that from the start, takes into
account the characteristics of NAND flash memory-based storage devices (such as
solid-state disks, eMMC, and SD cards).
F2FS was designed on a basis of a log-structured file system approach, which
remedies some known issues of the older log structured file systems, such as
the snowball effect of wandering trees and high cleaning overhead. In addition,
since a NAND-based storage device shows different characteristics according to
its internal geometry or flash memory management scheme (such as the Flash
Translation Layer or FTL), it supports various parameters not only for
configuring on-disk layout, but also for selecting allocation and cleaning
algorithm.", quote by https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/F2FS.
The source codes for F2FS are available from:
http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/jaegeuk/f2fs.githttp://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/jaegeuk/f2fs-tools.git
This patch has been integrated in OpenMandriva Lx 3.
https://www.openmandriva.org/
Signed-off-by: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Pete Batard <pete@akeo.ie>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building with GCC 8, there are several errors regarding packed-not-aligned.
./include/grub/gpt_partition.h:79:1: error: alignment 1 of ‘struct grub_gpt_partentry’ is less than 8 [-Werror=packed-not-aligned]
This patch fixes the build error by cleaning up the ambiguity of placing
aligned structure in a packed one. In "struct grub_btrfs_time" and "struct
grub_gpt_part_type", the aligned attribute seems to be superfluous, and also
has to be packed, to ensure the structure is bit-to-bit mapped to the format
laid on disk. I think we could blame to copy and paste error here for the
mistake. In "struct efi_variable", we have to use grub_efi_packed_guid_t, as
the name suggests. :)
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Tested-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Tested-by: Paul Menzel <paulepanter@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A GPU inserted into a PCIe I/O slot disappears during system startup.
The problem centers around GRUB and a specific VGA init function in
efi_uga.c. This causes an LER (Link Error Recorvery) because the MMIO
memory has not been enabled before attempting access.
The fix is to add the same coding used in other VGA drivers, specifically
to add a check to insure that it is indeed a VGA controller. And then
enable the MMIO address space with the specific bits.
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <mike.travis@hpe.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Read from NULL pointer canon in function grub_machine_get_bootlocation().
Function grub_ieee1275_canonicalise_devname() may return NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Split up some of the functionality in grub_machine_get_bootlocation into
grub_ieee1275_get_boot_dev. This will allow for code reuse in a follow on
patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These fields must reflect the ROM-BIOS's geometry for CHS-based
loaders to correctly load their next stage. Most loaders do not
query the ROM-BIOS (Int13.08), relying on the BPB fields to hold
the correct values already.
Tested with lDebug booted in qemu via grub2's
FreeDOS direct loading support, refer to
https://bitbucket.org/ecm/ldosboot + https://bitbucket.org/ecm/ldebug
(For this test, lDebug's iniload.asm must be assembled with
-D_QUERY_GEOMETRY=0 to leave the BPB values provided by grub.)
Signed-off-by: C. Masloch <pushbx@38.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for multiple, shared, early initrd images. These early
images will be loaded in the order declared, and all will be loaded
before the initrd image.
While many classes of data can be provided by early images, the
immediate use case would be for distributions to provide CPU
microcode to mitigate the Meltdown and Spectre vulnerabilities.
There are two environment variables provided for declaring the early
images.
* GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_STOCK is for the distribution declare
images that are provided by the distribution or installed packages.
If undeclared, this will default to a set of common microcode image
names.
* GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_CUSTOM is for user created images. User
images will be loaded after the stock images.
These separate configurations allow the distribution and user to
declare different image sets without clobbering each other.
This also makes a minor update to ensure that UUID partition labels
stay disabled when no initrd image is found, even if early images are
present.
This is a continuation of a previous patch published by Christian
Hesse in 2016:
http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2016-02/msg00025.html
Down stream Gentoo bug:
https://bugs.gentoo.org/645088
Signed-off-by: Robin H. Johnson <robbat2@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Matthew S. Turnbull <sparky@bluefang-logic.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_mkimage_load_image function (commit 7542af6, mkimage: refactor a bunch
of section data into a struct.) introduces a build regression on SPARC:
cc1: warnings being treated as errors
In file included from util/grub-mkimage32.c:23:
util/grub-mkimagexx.c: In function 'grub_mkimage_load_image32':
util/grub-mkimagexx.c:1968: error: missing initializer
util/grub-mkimagexx.c:1968: error: (near initialization for 'smd.sections')
make[2]: *** [util/grub_mkimage-grub-mkimage32.o] Error 1
Initialize the entire section_metadata structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This can cause an issue where GRUB is trying to display both a text and
graphical menu on the display at the same time, resulting in a flickering
effect when e.g. scrolling quickly through a menu (LP: #1752767).
Revert for now while we look for a better solution for the original issue.
This reverts commit 52ef7b23f5.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Return the 64bit number of blocks of storage associated with the device or
instance. Where a "block" is a unit of storage consisting of the number of
bytes returned by the package's "block-size" method. If the size cannot be
determined, or if the number of blocks exceeds the range return -1.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Return the number of blocks of storage associated with the device or
instance. Where a "block" is a unit of storage consisting of the number
of bytes returned by the package's "block-size" method. If the size cannot
be determined, the #blocks method returns the maximum unsigned integer
(which, because of Open Firmware's assumption of two's complement arithmetic,
is equivalent to the signed number -1). If the number of blocks exceeds
the range of an unsigned number, return 0 to alert the caller to try
the #blocks64 command.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
IEEE Std 1275-1994 Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration)
Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices
3.8.3 deblocker support package
Any package that uses the "deblocker" support package must define
the following method, which the deblocker uses as a low-level
interface to the device
block-size ( -- block-len ) Return "granularity" for accesses to this
device.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
IEEE 1275-1994 Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration)
Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices
E.3.2.2 Bus-specific methods for bus nodes
A package implementing the scsi-2 device type shall implement the
following bus-specific method:
no-data-command ( cmd-addr -- error? )
Executes a simple SCSI command, automatically retrying under
certain conditions. cmd-addr is the address of a 6-byte command buffer
containing an SCSI command that does not have a data transfer phase.
Executes the command, retrying indefinitely with the same retry criteria
as retry-command.
error? is nonzero if an error occurred, zero otherwise.
NOTE no-data-command is a convenience function. It provides
no capabilities that are not present in retry-command, but for
those commands that meet its restrictions, it is easier to use.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
IEEE 1275-1994 Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration)
Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices
E.3.2.2 Bus-specific methods for bus nodes
A package implementing the scsi-2 device type shall implement the
following bus-specific method:
set-address ( unit# target# -- )
Sets the SCSI target number (0x0..0xf) and unit number (0..7) to which
subsequent commands apply.
This function is for devices with #address-cells == 2
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Convert physical address to text unit-string.
Convert phys.lo ... phys-high, the numerical representation, to unit-string,
the text string representation of a physical address within the address
space defined by this device node. The number of cells in the list
phys.lo ... phys.hi is determined by the value of the #address-cells property
of this node.
This function is for devices with #address-cells == 4
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
decode-unit ( addr len -- phys.lo ... phys.hi )
Convert text unit-string to physical address.
Convert unit-string, the text string representation, to phys.lo ... phys.hi,
the numerical representation of a physical address within the address space
defined by this device node. The number of cells in the list
phys.lo ... phys.hi is determined by the value of the #address-cells
property of this node.
This function is for devices with #address-cells == 4
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Limit NVMe of_path_of_nvme to just SPARC hardware for now. It has been
found that non-Open Firmware hardware platforms can some how access
this function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The of_path_of_nvme function (commit 2391d57, ieee1275: add nvme
support within ofpath) introduced a functional regression:
On systems which are not based on Open Firmware but have at
least one NVME device, find_obppath will return NULL and thus
trying to append the disk name to of_path will result in a
crash.
The proper behavior of of_path_of_nvme is, however, to just
return NULL in such cases, like other users of find_obppath,
such as of_path_of_scsi.
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This way debuginfo built from the .module will still include this
information, but the final result won't have the data we don't actually
need in the modules, either on-disk, loaded at runtime, or in prebuilt
images.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some versions of gcc include a plugin called "annobin", and in some
build systems this is enabled by default. This plugin creates special
ELF note sections to track which ABI-breaking features are used by a
binary, as well as a series of relocations to annotate where.
If grub is compiled with this feature, then when grub-mkimage translates
the binary to another file format which does not strongly associate
relocation data with sections (i.e. when platform is *-efi), these
relocations appear to be against the .text section rather than the
original note section. When the binary is loaded by the PE runtime
loader, hilarity ensues.
This issue is not necessarily limited to the annobin, but could arise
any time there are relocations in sections that are not represented in
grub-mkimage's output.
This patch seeks to avoid this issue by only including relocations that
refer to sections which will be included in the final binary.
As an aside, this should also obviate the need to avoid -funwind-tables,
-fasynchronous-unwind-tables, and any sections similar to .eh_frame in
the future. I've tested it on x86-64-efi with the following gcc command
line options (as recorded by -grecord-gcc-flags), but I still need to
test the result on some other platforms that have been problematic in
the past (especially ARM Aarch64) before I feel comfortable making
changes to the configure.ac bits:
GNU C11 7.2.1 20180116 (Red Hat 7.2.1-7) -mno-mmx -mno-sse -mno-sse2 -mno-sse3 -mno-3dnow -msoft-float -mno-stack-arg-probe -mcmodel=large -mno-red-zone -m64 -mtune=generic -march=x86-64 -g3 -Os -freg-struct-return -fno-stack-protector -ffreestanding -funwind-tables -fasynchronous-unwind-tables -fno-strict-aliasing -fstack-clash-protection -fno-ident -fplugin=annobin
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This basically moves a bunch of the section information we pass around a
lot into a struct, and passes a pointer to a single one of those
instead.
This shouldn't change the binary file output or the "grub-mkimage -v"
output in any way.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This puts both kinds of address initialization at the same place, and also lets
us iterate through the section list one time fewer.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This renames some things:
- the "strtab" and "strtab_section" in relocate_symbols are changed to "symtab"
instead, so as to be less confusing when "strtab" is moved to a struct in a
later patch.
- The places where we pass section_vaddresses to functions are changed to also
be called section_vaddresses"inside those functions, so I get less confused
when I put addresses and vaddresses in a struct in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This makes it so you can treat grub-mkimagexx.c as a file you can build
directly, so syntax checkers like vim's "syntastic" plugin, which uses
"gcc -x c -fsyntax-only" to build it, will work.
One still has to do whatever setup is required to make it pick the right
include dirs, which -W options we use, etc., but this makes it so you
can do the checking on the file you're editing, rather than on a
different file.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_aout_load() has a grub_file_t parameter, and depending on what order
includes land in, it's sometimes not defined. This patch explicitly adds
file.h to aout.h so that it will always be defined.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The of_path_of_nvme function (commit 2391d57, ieee1275: add nvme
support within ofpath) introduced a build regression:
grub-core/osdep/linux/ofpath.c:365:21: error: comparison between pointer
and zero character constant [-Werror=pointer-compare]
if ((digit_string != '\0') && (*part_end == 'p'))
Update digit_string to compare against the char instead of the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Bech <joakim.bech@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
<grub/machine/loader.h> (for machine arm/efi) and
<grub/machine/kernel.h> (for machine arm/coreboot) will not always
resolve (and will likely not be valid to) if pulled in when building
non-native commands, such as host tools or the "file" command.
So explicitly include them with their expanded pathnames.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use kernel header struct and magic definition to align (and coexist) with
i386/arm64 ports.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Rename GRUB_LINUX_MAGIC_SIGNATURE GRUB_LINUX_I386_MAGIC_SIGNATURE,
to be usable in code that supports more than one image type.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Replace uses of GRUB_LINUX_MACHINE_HEADER and GRUB_LINUX_CPU_HEADER
with GRUB_<arch>_LINUX_HEADER include guards to prevent issues when
including more than one of them.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The EFI page definitions and macros are generic and should not be confined
to arm64 headers - so move to efi/memory.h.
Also add EFI_PAGE_SIZE macro.
Update loader sources to reflect new header location.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The CRC implementation imported from libgcrypt 1.5.3 is arguably
non-free, due to being encumbered by the restrictive Internet Society
licence on RFCs (see e.g. https://wiki.debian.org/NonFreeIETFDocuments).
Fortunately, libgcrypt has since replaced it with a version that is both
reportedly better-optimised and doesn't suffer from this encumbrance.
The ideal solution would be to update to a new version of libgcrypt, and
I spent some time trying to do that. However, util/import_gcry.py
requires complex modifications to cope with the new version, and I
stalled part-way through; furthermore, GRUB's libgcrypt tree already
contains some backports of upstream changes. Rather than allowing the
perfect to be the enemy of the good, I think it's best to backport this
single change to at least sort out the licensing situation. Doing so
won't make things any harder for a future wholesale upgrade.
This commit is mostly a straightforward backport of
https://git.gnupg.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=libgcrypt.git;a=commitdiff;h=06e122baa3321483a47bbf82fd2a4540becfa0c9,
but I also imported bufhelp.h from libgcrypt 1.7.0 (newer versions
required further changes elsewhere).
I've tested that "hashsum -h crc32" still produces correct output for a
variety of files on both i386-pc and x86_64-emu targets.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add NVMe support within ofpath.
The Open Firmware text representation for a NVMe device contains the
Namespace ID. An invalid namespace ID is one whose value is zero or whose
value is greater than the value reported by the Number of Namespaces (NN)
field in the Identify Controller data structure. At the moment only a
single Namespace is supported, therefore the value is currently hard coded
to one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The definition of bpb's num_total_sectors_16 and num_total_sectors_32
is that either the 16-bit field is non-zero and is used (in which case
eg mkfs.fat sets the 32-bit field to zero), or it is zero and the
32-bit field is used. Therefore, a BPB is invalid only if *both*
fields are zero; having one field as zero and the other as non-zero is
the case to be expected. (Indeed, according to Microsoft's specification
one of the fields *must* be zero, and the other non-zero.)
This affects all users of grub_chainloader_patch_bpb which are in
chainloader.c, freedos.c, and ntldr.c
Some descriptions of the semantics of these two fields:
https://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/fs/fat/fat-1.html
The old 2-byte fields "total number of sectors" and "number of
sectors per FAT" are now zero; this information is now found in
the new 4-byte fields.
(Here given in the FAT32 EBPB section but the total sectors 16/32 bit
fields semantic is true of FAT12 and FAT16 too.)
https://wiki.osdev.org/FAT#BPB_.28BIOS_Parameter_Block.29
19 | 2 | The total sectors in the logical volume. If this value is 0,
it means there are more than 65535 sectors in the volume, and the actual
count is stored in "Large Sectors (bytes 32-35).
32 | 4 | Large amount of sector on media. This field is set if there
are more than 65535 sectors in the volume.
(Doesn't specify what the "large" field is set to when unused, but as
mentioned mkfs.fat sets it to zero then.)
https://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc976796.aspx
0x13 | WORD | 0x0000 |
Small Sectors . The number of sectors on the volume represented in 16
bits (< 65,536). For volumes larger than 65,536 sectors, this field
has a value of zero and the Large Sectors field is used instead.
0x20 | DWORD | 0x01F03E00 |
Large Sectors . If the value of the Small Sectors field is zero, this
field contains the total number of sectors in the FAT16 volume. If the
value of the Small Sectors field is not zero, the value of this field
is zero.
https://staff.washington.edu/dittrich/misc/fatgen103.pdf page 10
BPB_TotSec16 | 19 | 2 |
This field is the old 16-bit total count of sectors on the volume.
This count includes the count of all sectors in all four regions of the
volume. This field can be 0; if it is 0, then BPB_TotSec32 must be
non-zero. For FAT32 volumes, this field must be 0. For FAT12 and
FAT16 volumes, this field contains the sector count, and
BPB_TotSec32 is 0 if the total sector count “fits” (is less than
0x10000).
BPB_TotSec32 | 32 | 4 |
This field is the new 32-bit total count of sectors on the volume.
This count includes the count of all sectors in all four regions of the
volume. This field can be 0; if it is 0, then BPB_TotSec16 must be
non-zero. For FAT32 volumes, this field must be non-zero. For
FAT12/FAT16 volumes, this field contains the sector count if
BPB_TotSec16 is 0 (count is greater than or equal to 0x10000).
(This specifies that an unused BPB_TotSec32 field is set to zero.)
By the way fix offsets in include/grub/fat.h.
Tested with lDebug booted in qemu via grub2's
FreeDOS direct loading support, refer to
https://bitbucket.org/ecm/ldosboot + https://bitbucket.org/ecm/ldebug
Signed-off-by: C. Masloch <pushbx@38.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Code is currently ignoring errors from efibootmgr, giving users
clearly bogus output like:
Setting up grub-efi-amd64 (2.02~beta3-4) ...
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
Could not delete variable: No space left on device
Could not prepare Boot variable: No space left on device
Installation finished. No error reported.
and then potentially unbootable systems. If efibootmgr fails, grub-install
should know that and report it!
We've been using similar patch in Debian now for some time, with no ill effects.
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fix the Open Firmware (OF) path property for sun4v SPARC systems.
These platforms do not have a /sas/ within their path. Over time
different OF addressing schemes have been supported. There
is no generic addressing scheme that works across every HBA.
It looks that this functionality will not work if you try to cross-install
SPARC GRUB2 binary using e.g. x86 grub-install. By default it should work.
However, we will also have other issues here, like lack of access to OF
firmware/paths, which make such configs unusable anyway. So, let's leave
this patch as is for time being. If somebody cares then he/she should fix
the issue(s) at some point.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add block-list GPT support for SPARC. The OBP "load" and "boot" methods
are partition aware and neither command can see the partition table. Also
neither command can address the entire physical disk. When the install
happens, grub generates the block-list entries based on the beginning of the
physical disk, not the beginning of the partition. This patch fixes the
block-list entries so they match what OBP expects during boot for a GPT disk.
T5 and above now supports GPT as well as VTOC.
This patch has been tested on T5-2 and newer SPARC systems.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Check the error bits in the interrupt status register. According to the
AHCI 1.2 spec, "Interrupt sources that are disabled (‘0’) are still
reflected in the status registers.", so this should work even though
grub uses polling
This fixes the following problem on a Fujitsu E744 laptop:
Sometimes there is a very long delay (up to several minutes) when
booting from hard disk. It seems accessing the DVD drive (which has no
disk inserted) sometimes fails with some errors, which leads to each
access being stalled until the 20s timeout triggers. This seems to
happen when grub is trying to read filesystem/partition data.
The problem is that the command_issue bit that is checked in the loop is
only reset if the "HBA receives a FIS which clears the BSY, DRQ, and ERR
bits for the command", but the ERR bit is never cleared. Therefore
command_issue is never reset and grub waits for the timeout.
The relevant bit in our case is the Task File Error Status (TFES), which
is equivalent to the ERR bit 0 in tfd. But this patch also checks
the other error bits except for the "Interface non-fatal error status"
bit.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Fritsch <fritsch@genua.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub-mkconfig will set GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT to "gfxterm" unless the user
has overridden it. On EFI systems, this will stop output from going to the
default "console" terminal. When the EFI fw console is configured to output to
both serial and video, this will cause GRUB to only display on video - while
continuing to accept input from both video and serial.
Instead of switching from "console" to "gfxterm", let's output to both.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The properties #address-cells and #size-cells are used to know the
number of cells for ranges provided by "regs". If they don't exist, the
value are resp. 2 and 1.
Currently, when multiboot nodes are created it is assumed that #address-cells
and #size-cells are exactly 2. However, they are never set by GRUB and
will result to later failure when the device-tree is generated by GRUB
or contain different values.
To prevent this failure, create the both properties in the chosen nodes.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub-mkconfig detects detached RSA signatures for kernel images used for
signature checking as valid images and adds them to grub.cfg as separate
menu entries. This patch adds .sig extension to common blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Jordan Glover <Golden_Miller83@protonmail.ch>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Prevent a double open. This can cause problems with some ieee1275
devices, causing the system to hang. The double open can occur
as follows:
grub_ls_list_files (char *dirname, int longlist, int all, int human)
dev = grub_device_open (device_name);
dev remains open while:
grub_normal_print_device_info (device_name);
dev = grub_device_open (name);
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On efi systems, make pmtimer based tsc calibration the default over the
pit. This prevents Grub from hanging on Intel SoC systems that power gate
the pit.
Signed-off-by: David E. Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When we exit grub, we don't free all the memory that we allocated earlier
for our heap region. This can cause problems with setups where you try
to descend the boot order using "exit" entries, such as PXE -> HD boot
scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The reboot function calls machine_fini() and then reboots the system.
Currently it lives in lib/ which means it gets compiled into the
reboot module which lives on the heap.
In a following patch, I want to free the heap on machine_fini()
though, so we would free the memory that the code is running in. That
obviously breaks with smarter UEFI implementations.
So this patch moves it into the core. That way we ensure that all
code running after machine_fini() in the UEFI case is running from
memory that got allocated (and gets deallocated) by the UEFI core.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The multiboot2 is much more preferable than multiboot. Especiall
if booting under EFI where multiboot does not have the functionality
to pass ImageHandler.
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit d33045ce7f introduced
the support for this, but it does not work under x86 (as it stops
20_linux_xen from running).
The 20_linux_xen is run under a shell and any exits from within it:
(For example on x86):
+ /usr/bin/grub2-file --is-arm64-efi /boot/xen-4.9.0.gz
[root@tst063 grub]# echo $?
1
will result in 20_linux_xen exiting without continuing
and also causing grub2-mkconfig to stop processing.
As in:
[root@tst063 grub]# ./grub-mkconfig | tail
Generating grub configuration file ...
Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-4.13.0-0.rc5.git1.1.fc27.x86_64
Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-4.13.0-0.rc5.git1.1.fc27.x86_64.img
Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2
Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2.img
echo 'Loading Linux 0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2 ...'
linux /vmlinuz-0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2 root=/dev/mapper/fedora_tst063-root ro single
echo 'Loading initial ramdisk ...'
initrd /initramfs-0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2.img
}
}
### END /usr/local/etc/grub.d/10_linux ###
### BEGIN /usr/local/etc/grub.d/20_linux_xen ###
root@tst063 grub]#
And no more.
This patch wraps the invocation of grub-file to be a in subshell
and to process the return value in a conditional. That fixes
the issue.
RH-BZ 1486002: grub2-mkconfig does not work if xen.gz is installed.
CC: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The `grub_util_exec_redirect_all` helper function can be used to
spawn an executable and redirect its output to some files. After calling
`fork()`, the parent will wait for the child to terminate with
`waitpid()` while the child prepares its file descriptors, environment
and finally calls `execvp()`. If something in the children's setup
fails, it will stop by calling `exit(127)`.
Calling `exit()` will cause any function registered via `atexit()` to be
executed, which is usually the wrong thing to do in a child. And
actually, one can easily observe faulty behaviour on musl-based systems
without modprobe(8) installed: executing `grub-install --help` will call
`grub_util_exec_redirect_all` with "modprobe", which obviously fails if
modprobe(8) is not installed. Due to the child now exiting and invoking
the `atexit()` handlers, it will clean up some data structures of the
parent and cause it to be deadlocked in the `waitpid()` syscall.
The issue can easily be fixed by calling `_exit(127)` instead, which is
especially designed to be called when the atexit-handlers should not be
executed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Previously we had multiboot and multiboot2 declaring the same symbols.
This can potentially lead to aliasing and strange behaviours when e.g.
module instead of module2 is used with multiboot2.
Bug: #51137
With upcoming changes to EDK2, allocations of type EFI_LOADER_DATA may
not return regions with execute ability. Since modules are loaded onto
the heap, change the heap allocation type to GRUB_EFI_LOADER_CODE in
order to permit execution on systems with this feature enabled.
Closes: 50420
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
In preparation for turning this into a common loader for 32-bit and 64-bit
platforms, ensure the code will compile cleanly for either.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Add a generic GRUB_PE32_MAGIC definition for the PE 'MZ' tag and delete
the existing one in arm64/linux.h.
Update arm64 Linux loader to use this new definition.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
There is nothing ARM64 (or even ARM) specific about the efi fdt helper
library, which is used for locating or overriding a firmware-provided
devicetree in a UEFI system - so move it to loader/efi for reuse.
Move the fdtload.h include file to grub/efi and update path to
efi/fdtload.h in source code referring to it.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
grub_efi_allocate_pages Essentially does 2 unrelated things:
* Allocate at fixed address.
* Allocate at any address.
To switch between 2 different functions it uses address == 0 as magic
value which is wrong as 0 is a perfectly valid fixed adress to allocate at.
Expose a new function, grub_efi_allocate_pages_real(), making it possible
to specify allocation type and memory type as supported by the UEFI
AllocatePages boot service.
Make grub_efi_allocate_pages() a consumer of the new function,
maintaining its old functionality.
Also delete some left-around #if 1/#else blocks in the affected
functions.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Use same algorithm as in libblkid from util-linux v2.30.
1. Take first 16 bytes from UTF-8 encoded string of VolumeSetIdentifier
2. If all bytes are hexadecimal digits, convert to lowercase and use as UUID
3. If first 8 bytes are not all hexadecimal digits, convert those 8 bytes
to their hexadecimal representation, resulting in 16 bytes for UUID
4. Otherwise, compose UUID from two parts:
1. part: converted first 8 bytes (which are hexadecimal digits) to lowercase
2. part: encoded following 4 bytes to their hexadecimal representation (16 bytes)
So UUID would always have 16 hexadecimal digits in lowercase variant.
According to UDF specification, first 16 Unicode characters of
VolumeSetIdentifier should be unique value and first 8 should be
hexadecimal characters.
In most cases all 16 characters are hexadecimal, but e.g. MS Windows
format.exe set only first 8 as hexadecimal and remaining as fixed
(non-unique) which violates specification.
UDF dstring has stored length in the last byte of buffer. Therefore last
byte is not part of recorded characters. And empty string in dstring is
encoded as empty buffer, including first byte (compression id).
when protocols_per_handle returns error, we can't use the pointers we
passed to it, and that includes trusting num_protocols.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On such a filesystem, inodes may have EXT4_ENCRYPT_FLAG set.
For a regular file, this means its contents are encrypted; for a
directory, this means the filenames in its directory entries are
encrypted; and for a symlink, this means its target is encrypted. Since
GRUB cannot decrypt encrypted contents or filenames, just issue an error
if it would need to do so. This is sufficient to allow unencrypted boot
files to co-exist with encrypted files elsewhere on the filesystem.
(Note that encrypted regular files and symlinks will not normally be
encountered outside an encrypted directory; however, it's possible via
hard links, so they still need to be handled.)
Tested by booting from an ext4 /boot partition on which I had run
'tune2fs -O encrypt'. I also verified that the expected error messages
are printed when trying to access encrypted directories, files, and
symlinks from the GRUB command line. Also ran 'sudo ./grub-fs-tester
ext4_encrypt'; note that this requires e2fsprogs v1.43+ and Linux v4.1+.
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Don't use devspec to determine the OBP path on SPARC hardware. Within all
versions of Linux on SPARC, the devspec returns one of three values:
"none", "vnet-port", or "vdisk". Unlike on PPC, none of these values
are useful in determining the OBP path.
Before this patch grub-ofpathname always returned the wrong value
for a virtual disk. For example:
% grub-ofpathname /dev/vdiskc2
vdisk/disk@2:b
After this patch it now returns the correct value:
% grub-ofpathname /dev/vdiskc2
/virtual-devices@100/channel-devices@200/disk@2:b
Orabug: 24459765
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
delete: xen_linux, xen_initrd, xen_xsm
add: xen_module
This update bases on
commit 0edd750e50
Author: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Date: Fri Jan 22 10:18:47 2016 +0100
xen_boot: Remove obsolete module type distinctions.
Also bases on the module loading mechanism of Xen code:
488c2a8 docs/arm64: clarify the documention for loading XSM support
67831c4 docs/arm64: update the documentation for loading XSM support
ca32012 xen/arm64: check XSM Magic from the second unknown module.
Signed-off-by: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds the support of xen_boot command for aarch64:
xen_hypervisor
xen_module
These two commands are only for aarch64, since it has its own protocol and
commands to boot xen hypervisor and Dom0, but not multiboot.
For other architectures, they are still using multiboot and module
commands.
Signed-off-by: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds "--nounzip" option support in order to
be compatible with the module command of multiboot on other architecture,
by this way we can simplify grub-mkconfig support code.
This patch also allow us to use zip compressed module(like Linux kernel
for Dom0).
Signed-off-by: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Xen is currently crashing because of malformed compatible property for
the boot module. This is because the property string is not
null-terminated as requested by the ePAR spec.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The ihandle is left open with a cd-core image. This will cause a delay
booting grub from a virtual cdrom in a LDOM. It will also cause problems
as Linux boots, since it expects the ihandle to be closed during init.
Orabug: 25911275
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds support for virtual LAN (VLAN) tagging. VLAN tagging allows
multiple VLANs in a bridged network to share the same physical network link
but maintain isolation:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_802.1Q
* grub-core/net/ethernet.c: Add check, get, and set vlan tag id.
* grub-core/net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c: Get vlan tag id from bootargs.
* grub-core/net/arp.c: Add check.
* grub-core/net/ip.c: Likewise.
* include/grub/net/arp.h: Add vlantag attribute.
* include/grub/net/ip.h: Likewise.
(for x in tests/syslinux/ubuntu10.04_grub.cfg.in ;do cat $(srcdir)/"$$x";done)|$(top_builddir)/config.status --file=$@:-
simplified_abs_top_srcdir=`echo"$(abs_top_srcdir)"| sed 's,//,/,g; s,/\./,/,g; :loop; s,/[^/][^/]*/\.\.\(/\|$$\),\1,; t loop'`;\
sed "s,@simplified_abs_top_srcdir@,$$simplified_abs_top_srcdir,g"$(srcdir)/tests/syslinux/ubuntu10.04_grub.cfg.in |$(top_builddir)/config.status --file=$@:-
@@ -77,6 +77,9 @@ This edition documents version @value{VERSION}.
* Coding style::
* Coding style::
* Finding your way around::
* Finding your way around::
* Contributing Changes::
* Contributing Changes::
* Setting up and running test suite::
* Updating External Code::
* Debugging::
* Porting::
* Porting::
* Error Handling::
* Error Handling::
* Stack and heap size::
* Stack and heap size::
@@ -84,6 +87,8 @@ This edition documents version @value{VERSION}.
* Video Subsystem::
* Video Subsystem::
* PFF2 Font File Format::
* PFF2 Font File Format::
* Graphical Menu Software Design::
* Graphical Menu Software Design::
* Verifiers framework::
* Lockdown framework::
* Copying This Manual:: Copying This Manual
* Copying This Manual:: Copying This Manual
* Index::
* Index::
@end menu
@end menu
@@ -92,8 +97,8 @@ This edition documents version @value{VERSION}.
@node Getting the source code
@node Getting the source code
@chapter Getting the source code
@chapter Getting the source code
GRUB is maintained using the @uref{GIT revision
GRUB is maintained using the @uref{https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2,
control system}. To fetch:
GIT revision control system}. To fetch:
@example
@example
git clone git://git.sv.gnu.org/grub.git
git clone git://git.sv.gnu.org/grub.git
@@ -181,38 +186,44 @@ If a macro is global, its name must be prefixed with GRUB_ and must consist of o
@section Comments
@section Comments
All comments shall be C-style comments, of the form @samp{/* @dots{} */}.
All comments shall be C-style comments, of the form @samp{/* @dots{} */}.
A comment can be placed immediately preceding the entity it describes or it
Comments shall be placed only on a line by themselves. They shall not be placed together with code, variable declarations, or other non-comment entities. A comment should be placed immediately preceding the entity it describes.
can be placed together with code, variable declarations, or other non-comment
entities. However, it is recommended to not mix various forms especially in
types/structs descriptions.
Acceptable:
Acceptable:
@example
@example
/* The page # that is the front buffer. */
/* The page # that is the front buffer. */
int displayed_page;
int displayed_page;
/* The page # that is the back buffer. */
int render_page;
@end example
@end example
Unacceptable:
@example
@example
int displayed_page; /* The page # that is the front buffer. */
int render_page; /* The page # that is the back buffer. */
int render_page; /* The page # that is the back buffer. */
@end example
@end example
@node Multi-Line Comments
@node Multi-Line Comments
@section Multi-Line Comments
@section Multi-Line Comments
Comments spanning multiple lines shall be formatted with all lines after the first aligned with the first line.
Comments spanning multiple lines shall be formatted with all lines after the
first aligned with the first line. Asterisk characters should be repeated at
Asterisk characters should not be repeated a the start of each subsequent line.
the start of each subsequent line.
Acceptable:
Acceptable:
@example
@example
/* This is a comment
/*
which spans multiple lines.
* This is a comment
It is long. */
* which spans multiple lines.
* It is long.
*/
@end example
@end example
Unacceptable:
Unacceptable:
@example
/* This is a comment
which spans multiple lines.
It is long. */
@end example
@example
@example
/*
/*
* This is a comment
* This is a comment
@@ -220,7 +231,16 @@ Unacceptable:
* It is long. */
* It is long. */
@end example
@end example
The opening @samp{/*} and closing @samp{*/} should be placed together on a line with text.
@example
/* This is a comment
* which spans multiple lines.
* It is long.
*/
@end example
In particular first unacceptable form makes comment difficult to distinguish
from the code itself. Especially if it contains the code snippets and/or is
long. So, its usage is disallowed.
@node Finding your way around
@node Finding your way around
@chapter Finding your way around
@chapter Finding your way around
@@ -327,8 +347,8 @@ manual and try GRUB 2 out to see what you think is missing from there.
Loaded 100 of 1049 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff.
Show more
Reference in new issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
Daniel Kiper